Cisco Nat Xe 16 Book

IP Addressing: NAT Configuration Guide
Americas Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA
http://www.cisco.com
Tel: 408 526-4000
800 553-NETS (6387)
Fax: 408 527-0883
© 2022 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 Read Me First 1
Short Description 2
CHAPTER 2 Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation 3
Prerequisites for Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation 3

Access Lists 3
NAT Requirements 4
Restrictions for Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation 4
Information About Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation 6
Benefits of Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation 6
How NAT Works 7
Uses of NAT 7
Types of NAT 7
NAT Inside and Outside Addresses 8
Inside Source Address Translation 8
Overloading of Inside Global Addresses 10
Address Translation of Overlapping Networks 11
TCP Load Distribution for NAT 12
Static IP Address Support 13
RADIUS 13
Denial-of-Service Attacks 13
Viruses and Worms That Target NAT 13
How to Configure NAT for IP Address Conservation 14
Configuring Inside Source Addresses 14
Configuring Static Translation of Inside Source Addresses 14
Configuring Dynamic Translation of Inside Source Addresses 16

iii
Contents
Configuring the Same Global Address for Static NAT and PAT 18
Using NAT to Allow Internal Users Access to the Internet 19
Configuring Address Translation Timeouts 20
Changing the Translation Timeout 21
Changing the Timeouts When Overloading Is Configured 21
Allowing Overlapping Networks to Communicate Using NAT 23
Configuring Static Translation of Overlapping Networks 23
What to Do Next 25
Configuring Server TCP Load Balancing 25
Enabling Route Maps on Inside Interfaces 27
Enabling NAT Route Maps Outside-to-Inside Support 28
Configuring NAT of External IP Addresses Only 29
Configuring the NAT Default Inside Server Feature 31
Reenabling RTSP on a NAT Router 32
Configuring Support for Users with Static IP Addresses 32
Configuring the Rate Limiting NAT Translation Feature 34
Configuring Bypass NAT Functionality 36
Configuration Examples for Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation 37
Example: Configuring Static Translation of Inside Source Addresses 37
Example: Configuring Dynamic Translation of Inside Source Addresses 38
Example: Using NAT to Allow Internal Users Access to the Internet 38
Example: Allowing Overlapping Networks to Communicate Using NAT 39
Example: Configuring Static Translation of Overlapping Networks 39
Example: Configuring Dynamic Translation of Overlapping Networks 39
Example: Configuring Server TCP Load Balancing 39
Example: Enabling Route Maps on Inside Interfaces 40
Example: Enabling NAT Route Maps Outside-to-Inside Support 40
Example: Configuring NAT of External IP Addresses Only 40
Example: Configuring Support for Users with Static IP Addresses 40
Example: Configuring NAT Static IP Support 40
Example: Creating a RADIUS Profile for NAT Static IP Support 40
Example: Configuring the Rate Limiting NAT Translation Feature 41
Example: Setting a Global NAT Rate Limit 41

Example: Setting NAT Rate Limits for a Specific VRF Instance 41

iv
Contents
Example: Setting NAT Rate Limits for All VRF Instances 41

Example: Setting NAT Rate Limits for Access Control Lists 42
Example: Setting NAT Rate Limits for an IP Address 42
Where to Go Next 42
Additional References for Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation 42
CHAPTER 3 Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT 45
Prerequisites for Using Application Level Gateways with NAT 45

Restrictions for Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT 46
Information About Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT 46
IPsec 46
Benefits of Configuring NAT IPsec 47
Voice and Multimedia over IP Networks 47
NAT Support of H.323 v2 RAS 47
NAT Support for H.323 v3 and v4 in v2 Compatibility Mode 48
NAT H.245 Tunneling Support 48
NAT Support of Skinny Client Control Protocol 48
NAT Support of SCCP Fragmentation 48
NAT Segmentation with Layer 4 Forwarding 49
How to Configure Application-Level Gateways with NAT 50
Configuring IPsec Through NAT 50
Configuring IPsec ESP Through NAT 50
Enabling the Preserve Port 51
Enabling SPI Matching on the NAT Device 52
Enabling SPI Matching on Endpoints 53
Enabling MultiPart SDP Support for NAT 53
Configuring NAT Between an IP Phone and Cisco CallManager 54
Configuration Examples for Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT 55
Example: Specifying a Port for NAT Translation 55
Example: Enabling the Preserve Port 55
Example Enabling SPI Matching 55
Example: Enabling SPI Matching on Endpoints 55
Example: Enabling MultiPart SDP Support for NAT 56
Example: Specifying a Port for NAT Translation 56

v
Contents
Where to Go Next 56
Additional References for Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT 56
Feature Information for Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT 57
CHAPTER 4 Carrier Grade Network Address Translation 61
Restrictions for Carrier Grade Network Address Translation 61

Information About Carrier Grade Network Address Translation 62
Carrier Grade NAT Overview 62
Carrier Grade NAT Support for Broadband Access Aggregation 63
How to Configure Carrier Grade Network Address Translation 63
Configuring Static Carrier Grade NAT 63
Configuring Dynamic Carrier Grade NAT 66
Configuring Dynamic Port Address Carrier Grade NAT 68
Logging Destination IP Address and Port Details in Carrier Grade NAT (CGN) Mode 70
Configuration Examples for Carrier Grade Network Address Translation 71
Example: Configuring Static Carrier Grade NAT 71
Example: Configuring Dynamic Carrier Grade NAT 71
Example: Configuring Dynamic Port Address Carrier Grade NAT 72
Additional References for Carrier Grade Network Address Translation 72
Feature Information for Carrier Grade Network Address Translation 73
CHAPTER 5 Static NAT Mapping with HSRP 75

Prerequisites for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP 75
Restrictions for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP 75
Information About Static NAT Mapping with HSRP 76
Static Mapping Support with HSRP for High Availability Feature Overview 76
Address Resolution with ARP 76
How to Configure Static NAT Mapping with HSRP 77
Configuring NAT Static Mapping Support for HSRP 77
Enabling HSRP on the NAT Interface 77
Enabling Static NAT for HSRP 79
Configuration Example for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP 80
Example: Configuring Static NAT in an HSRP Environment 80
Additional References for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP 81

vi
Contents
Feature Information for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP 82
CHAPTER 6 VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP 83
Prerequisites for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP 83

Restrictions for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP 83
Information About VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP 84
VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP Overview 84
Address Resolution with ARP 84
How to Configure VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP 85
Enabling HSRP for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT 85
Configuration Examples for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP 88
Example: Enabling HSRP for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT 88

Verifying HSRP for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT 89
Additional References VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP 91
Feature Information for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP 91
CHAPTER 7 Configuring Stateful Interchassis Redundancy 93
Prerequisites for Stateful Interchassis Redundancy 93

Restrictions for Stateful Interchassis Redundancy 93
Information About Stateful Interchassis Redundancy 94
Stateful Interchassis Redundancy Overview 94
Stateful Interchassis Redundancy Operation 95
Associations with Firewalls and NAT 96
LAN-LAN Topology 96
How to Configure Stateful Interchassis Redundancy 97
Configuring the Control Interface Protocol 97
Configuring a Redundancy Group 99
Configuring a Redundant Traffic Interface 102
Configuring NAT with Stateful Interchassis Redundancy 103
Managing and Monitoring Stateful Interchassis Redundancy 104
Configuration Examples for Stateful Interchassis Redundancy 106
Example: Configuring the Control Interface Protocol 106
Example: Configuring a Redundancy Group 106
Example: Configuring a Redundant Traffic Interface 106

vii
Contents
Example: Configuring NAT with Stateful Interchassis Redundancy 107

Additional References for Stateful Interchassis Redundancy 107
CHAPTER 8 Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT 109
Restrictions for Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT 109
Information About Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT 110
Asymmetric Routing Overview 110
Asymmetric Routing Support in Firewalls 112
Asymmetric Routing in NAT 112
Asymmetric Routing in a WAN-LAN Topology 113
VRF-Aware Asymmetric Routing in Zone-Based Firewalls 113
VRF-Aware Asymmetric Routing in NAT 114
How to Configure Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT 114
Configuring a Redundancy Application Group and a Redundancy Group Protocol 114
Configuring Data, Control, and Asymmetric Routing Interfaces 116
Configuring a Redundant Interface Identifier and Asymmetric Routing on an Interface 118
Configuring Dynamic Inside Source Translation with Asymmetric Routing 119
Configuration Examples for Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and
NAT 122
Example: Configuring a Redundancy Application Group and a Redundancy Group Protocol 122
Example: Configuring Data, Control, and Asymmetric Routing Interfaces 122
Example: Configuring a Redundant Interface Identifier and Asymmetric Routing on an Interface 123
Example: Configuring Dynamic Inside Source Translation with Asymmetric Routing 123
Example: Configuring VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing
Box-to-Box Redundancy 123
Example: Configuring Asymmetric Routing with VRF 126
Additional References for Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and
NAT 126
Feature Information for Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT 127
CHAPTER 9 VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy 129
Finding Feature Information 129
Restrictions for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box
Redundancy 130

viii
Contents
Information About VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box
Redundancy 130
VRF-Aware Box-to-Box High Availability Support 130
Stateful Interchassis Redundancy Overview 131
Stateful Interchassis Redundancy Operation in NAT 131
How to Configure VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box
Redundancy 132
Configuration Examples for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing
Example: Configuring VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing
Additional References for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing
Feature Information for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing
CHAPTER 10 Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs 137

Prerequisites for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs 137
Restrictions for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs 137
Information About Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs 138
Benefits of NAT Integration with MPLS VPNs 138
Implementation Options for Integrating Nat with MPLS VPNs 138
Scenarios for Implementing NAT on the PE Router 138
How to Integrate NAT with MPLS VPNs 139
Configuring Inside Dynamic NAT with MPLS VPNs 139
Configuring Inside Static NAT with MPLS VPNs 141
Configuring Outside Dynamic NAT with MPLS VPNs 142
Configuring Outside Static NAT with MPLS VPNs 143
Configuration Examples for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs 145
Configuring Inside Dynamic NAT with MPLS VPNs Example 145
Configuring Inside Static NAT with MPLS VPNs Example 145
Configuring Outside Dynamic NAT with MPLS VPNs Example 146
Configuring Outside Static NAT with MPLS VPNs Example 146
Where to Go Next 146
Additional References for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs 147

ix
Contents
Feature Information for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs 147
CHAPTER 11 Monitoring and Maintaining NAT 149
Prerequisites for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT 149

Restrictions for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT 149
Information About Monitoring and Maintaining NAT 149
NAT Display Contents 149
Translation Entries 149
Statistical Information 150
NAT-Forced Clear of Dynamic NAT Half-Entries 151
How to Monitor and Maintain NAT 151

Displaying NAT Translation Information 151
Clearing NAT Entries Before the Timeout 152
Examples for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT 154
Example: Clearing UDP NAT Translations 154
Additional References for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT 154
Feature Information for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT 155
CHAPTER 12 Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF 157

Information About Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF 157
High-Speed Logging for NAT 157
How to Configure Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF 158
Enabling High-Speed Logging of NAT Translations 158
Configuration Examples for Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF 160
Example: Enabling High-Speed Logging of NAT Translations 160
Additional References for Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF 160
Feature Information for Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF 161
CHAPTER 13 Stateless Network Address Translation 64 163
Restrictions for Stateless Network Address Translation 64 163
Restrictions for Stateless Network Address Translation 64 164
Information About Stateless Network Address Translation 64 164
Fragmentation of IP Datagrams in IPv6 and IPv4 Networks 164

Translation of ICMP for Stateless NAT64 Translation 164

x
Contents
IPv4-Translatable IPv6 Address 164

Prefixes Format 165
Supported Stateless NAT64 Scenarios 165
Multiple Prefixes Support for Stateless NAT64 Translation 166
Support to Map a VRF to an IPv4 to IPv6 Prefix Mapping 166
How to Configure Stateless Network Address Translation 64 167
Configuring a Routing Network for Stateless NAT64 Communication 167

Configuring Multiple Prefixes for Stateless NAT64 Translation 169
Monitoring and Maintaining the Stateless NAT64 Routing Network 172
Configuring a VRF for Stateless NAT64 Translation 175
Configuration Examples for Stateless Network Address Translation 64 178
Example Configuring a Routing Network for Stateless NAT64 Translation 178

Example: Configuring Multiple Prefixes for Stateless NAT64 Translation 178
Additional References for Stateless Network Address Translation 64 179
Glossary 179
CHAPTER 14 Stateful Network Address Translation 64 181
Prerequisites for Configuring Stateful Network Address Translation 64 181
Restrictions for Configuring Stateful Network Address Translation 64 181
Information About Stateful Network Address Translation 64 182
Stateful Network Address Translation 64 182
Prefixes Format for Stateful Network Address Translation 64 183
Well Known Prefix 183

Stateful IPv4-to-IPv6 Packet Flow 183
Stateful IPv6-to-IPv4 Packet Flow 184
IP Packet Filtering 184
Differences Between Stateful NAT64 and Stateless NAT64 184
High-Speed Logging for NAT64 185
How to Configure Enabling NAT64 High-Speed Logging per VRF 186
FTP64 Application-Level Gateway Support 188
FTP64 NAT ALG Intrabox High Availability Support 188
Stateful NAT64—Intrachassis Redundancy 189
Asymmetric Routing Support for NAT64 190
How to Configure Stateful Network Address Translation 64 190

xi
Contents
Configuring Static Stateful Network Address Translation 64 190
Configuring Dynamic Stateful Network Address Translation 64 192
Configuring Dynamic Port Address Translation Stateful NAT64 195

Monitoring and Maintaining a Stateful NAT64 Routing Network 198
Configuration Examples for Stateful Network Address Translation 64 199
Example: Configuring Static Stateful Network Address Translation 64 199
Example: Configuring Dynamic Stateful Network Address Translation 64 200
Example: Configuring Dynamic Port Address Translation Stateful NAT64 200

Example: Configuring Asymmetric Routing Support for NAT64 200
Additional References for Stateful Network Address Translation 64 203
Feature Information for Stateful Network Address Translation 64 204
Glossary 205
CHAPTER 15 Stateful Network Address Translation 64 Interchassis Redundancy 207

Restrictions for Stateful Network Address Translation 64 Interchassis Redundancy 207
Information About Stateful Network Address Translation 64 Interchassis Redundancy 207
Stateful Interchassis Redundancy Operation 207
Active/Active Failover 209
Active/Standby Failover 209
LAN-LAN Topology 210
Redundancy Groups for Stateful NAT64 210
Translation Filtering 210
FTP64 Application-Level Gateway Support 211
How to Configure Stateful Network Translation 64 Interchassis Redundancy 212
Configuring Redundancy Group Protocols 212
Configuring Redundancy Groups for Active/Standby Load Sharing 213
Configuring Redundancy Groups for Active/Active Load Sharing 214
Configuring a Traffic Interface for Stateful NAT64 Interchassis Redundancy 217
Configuring Static Stateful NAT64 for Interchassis Redundancy 218
Configuration Examples for Stateful Network Address Translation 64 Interchassis Redundancy 221
Example: Configuring Redundancy Group Protocols 221
Example: Configuring Redundancy Groups for Active/Standby Load Sharing 221
Example: Configuring Redundancy Groups for Active/Active Load Sharing 222
Example: Configuring a Traffic Interface for Stateful NAT64 Interchassis Redundancy 222

xii
Contents
Additional References 223
CHAPTER 16 Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation 225
Restrictions for Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation 225

Information About Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation 225
Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation Overview 225
MAP-T Mapping Rules 226
MAP-T Address Formats 227
Packet Forwarding in MAP-T Customer Edge Devices 227
Packet Forwarding in Border Routers 228
ICMP/ICMPv6 Header Translation for MAP-T 228
Path MTU Discovery and Fragmentation in MAP-T 229
How to Configure Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation 229
Configuring Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation 229
Configuration Examples for Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation 231
Example: Configuring Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation 231
Example: MAP-T Deployment Scenario 231
Additional References for Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation 232
Feature Information for Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation 233
Glossary 233
CHAPTER 17 Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64 235

Restrictions for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64 235
Information About Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64 236
Disabling of Flow Cache Entries Overview 236
How to Disable Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64 237
Disabling Flow Cache Entries in Dynamic NAT 237
Disabling Flow Cache Entries in Static NAT64 239
Disabling Flow Cache Entries in Static CGN 241
Configuration Examples for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64 243
Example: Disabling Flow Cache Entries in Dynamic NAT 243
Example: Disabling Flow Cache Entries in Static NAT64 243
Example: Disabling Flow Cache Entries in Static CGN 243
Additional References for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64 244

xiii
Contents
Feature Information for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64 245
CHAPTER 18 Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT 247

Restrictions for Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT 247
Information About Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT 248
Paired-Address-Pooling Support Overview 248
How to Configure Paired-Address-Pooling Support 249
Configuring Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT 249

How to Configure Paired-Address-Pooling Support For a NAT Pool 251
Configuring Paired-Address-Pooling Support For a NAT Pool 251
Configuration Examples for Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT 253
Example: Configuring Paired Address Pooling Support in NAT 253
Additional References for Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT 254
Feature Information for Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT 254
CHAPTER 19 Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation 255
Prerequisites for Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation 255

Restrictions for Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation 255
Information About Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation 256
Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation Overview 256
Port Size in Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation 256
High-Speed Logging in Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation 257
How to Configure Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation 258
Configuring Bulk Logging and Port-Block Allocation 258
Configuration Examples for Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation 260
Example: Configuring Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation 260
Verifying Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation 261
Additional References for Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation 262
CHAPTER 20 MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT 263
Prerequisites for MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT 263
Restrictions for MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT 263
Information About MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT 264
Application-Level Gateways 264

xiv
Contents
MSRPC 264
MSRPC ALG on Firewall 264
MSRPC ALG on NAT 265
MSRPC Stateful Parser 265
How to Configure MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT 266
Configuring a Layer 4 MSRPC Class Map and Policy Map 266
Configuring a Zone Pair and Attaching an MSRPC Policy Map 267
Enabling vTCP Support for MSRPC ALG 269
Disabling vTCP Support for MSRPC ALG 270
Configuration Examples for MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT 270
Example: Configuring a Layer 4 MSRPC Class Map and Policy Map 270
Example: Configuring a Zone Pair and Attaching an MSRPC Policy Map 271
Example: Enabling vTCP Support for MSRPC ALG 271
Example: Disabling vTCP Support for MSRPC ALG 271
Feature Information for MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT 272
CHAPTER 21 Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT 273
Restrictions for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT 273
Information About Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT 273
Sun RPC 274
How to Configure Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT 274
Configuring the Firewall for the Sun RPC ALG 275
Configuring a Layer 4 Class Map for a Firewall Policy 275
Configuring a Layer 7 Class Map for a Firewall Policy 276
Configuring a Sun RPC Firewall Policy Map 277
Attaching a Layer 7 Policy Map to a Layer 4 Policy Map 278
Creating Security Zones and Zone Pairs and Attaching a Policy Map to a Zone Pair 279
Configuration Examples for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT 282
Example: Configuring a Layer 4 Class Map for a Firewall Policy 282
Example: Configuring a Layer 7 Class Map for a Firewall Policy 282
Example: Configuring a Sun RPC Firewall Policy Map 282
Example: Attaching a Layer 7 Policy Map to a Layer 4 Policy Map 282
Example: Creating Security Zones and Zone Pairs and Attaching a Policy Map to a Zone Pair 282

xv
Contents
Example: Configuring the Firewall for the Sun RPC ALG 283
Additional References for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT 284
Feature Information for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT 285
CHAPTER 22 vTCP for ALG Support 287
Prerequisites for vTCP for ALG Support 287

Restrictions for vTCP for ALG Support 287
Information About vTCP for ALG Support 288
Overview of vTCP for ALG Support 288
vTCP with NAT and Firewall ALGs 288
How to Configure vTCP for ALG Support 288
Enabling RTSP to Activate vTCP 289
Troubleshooting Tips 292
Configuration Examples for vTCP for ALG Support 292
Example RTSP Configuration 292
Additional References for vTCP for ALG Support 293
CHAPTER 23 ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT 295
Restrictions for ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT 295
Information About ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT 296
Basic H.323 ALG Support 296
Overview of vTCP for ALG Support 297
vTCP with NAT and Firewall ALGs 297
Overview of ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support 297
How to Configure ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT 298
Configuring ALG-H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for NAT 298
Configuration Examples for ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and
NAT 300
Example: Configuring ALG-H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for NAT 300
Additional References for ALG-H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT 301
Feature Information for ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT 302
CHAPTER 24 SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall 303

xvi
Contents
Restrictions for SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall 303
Information About SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall 304
SIP Overview 304
SIP ALG Local Database Management 304
SIP ALG Via Header Support 305
SIP ALG Method Logging Support 305
SIP ALG PRACK Call-Flow Support 305
SIP ALG Record-Route Header Support 306
How to Configure SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall 306
Enabling NAT for SIP Support 306
Enabling SIP Inspection 307
Configuring a Zone Pair and Attaching a SIP Policy Map 308
Configuration Examples for SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall 310
Example: Enabling NAT for SIP Support 310
Example: Enabling SIP Inspection 311
Example: Configuring a Zone Pair and Attaching a SIP Policy Map 311
Additional References for SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall 311
Feature Information for SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall 312
CHAPTER 25 SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks 313

Information About SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks 313
SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks Overview 313
SIP ALG Dynamic Blacklist 314
SIP ALG Lock Limit 314
SIP ALG Timers 314
How to Configure SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks 315
Configuring SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks 315
Verifying SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks 316
Configuration Examples for SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks 319
Example: Configuring SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks 319
Additional References for SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks 319

xvii
Contents
CHAPTER 26 Match-in-VRF Support for NAT 321

Restrictions for Match-in-VRF Support for NAT 321
Information About Match-in-VRF Support for NAT 321
Match-in-VRF Support for NAT 321
How to Configure Match-in-VRF Support for NAT 323
Configuring Static NAT with Match-in-VRF 323
Configuring Dynamic NAT with Match-in-VRF 324
Configuration Examples for Match-in-VRF Support for NAT 327
Example: Configuring Static NAT with Match-in-VRF 327
Example: Configuring Dynamic NAT with Match-in-VRF 327
Additional References for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP 327
Feature Information for Match-in-VRF Support for NAT 328
CHAPTER 27 IP Multicast Dynamic NAT 329
Restrictions for IP Multicast Dynamic NAT 329

Information About IP Multicast Dynamic NAT 330
How NAT Works 330
Uses of NAT 330
NAT Inside and Outside Addresses 330
Dynamic Translation of Addresses 331
How to Configure IP Multicast Dynamic NAT 332
Configuring IP Multicast Dynamic NAT 332
Configuration Examples for IP Multicast Dynamic NAT 334
Example: Configuring IP Multicast Dynamic NAT 334
Additional References 335
Feature Information for IP Multicast Dynamic NAT 336
CHAPTER 28 PPTP Port Address Translation 337
Restrictions for PPTP Port Address Translation 337

Information About PPTP Port Address Translation 337
PPTP ALG Support Overview 337
How to Configure PPTP Port Address Translation 338
Configuring PPTP ALG for Port Address Translation 338

xviii
Contents
Configuration Examples for PPTP Port Address Translation 340

Example: Configuring PPTP ALG for Port Address Translation 340
Additional References for PPTP Port Address Translation 340
Feature Information for PPTP Port Address Translation 341
CHAPTER 29 NPTv6 Support 343

Information About NPTv6 support 343
Benefits of Using NPTv6 support 344
Restrictions for NPTv6 support 344
IPv6 Prefix Format 344
NPTv6 Translation Inside to Outside Network 344
NPTv6 Translation Outside to Inside Network 344
Configuring NPTv6 344
Troubleshooting Tips 346

Use Cases for NPTv6 support 346
Additional References for NPTv6 support 347

xix
Contents

xx
CHAPTER 1
Read Me First
Important Information
Note For CUBE feature support information in Cisco IOS XE Bengaluru 17.6.1a and later releases, see Cisco
Unified Border Element IOS-XE Configuration Guide.
Note The documentation set for this product strives to use bias-free language. For purposes of this
documentation set, bias-free is defined as language that does not imply discrimination based on age,
disability, gender, racial identity, ethnic identity, sexual orientation, socioeconomic status, and
intersectionality. Exceptions may be present in the documentation due to language that is hardcoded in
the user interfaces of the product software, language used based on standards documentation, or language
that is used by a referenced third-party product.
Feature Information
Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about feature support, platform support, and Cisco software
image support. An account on Cisco.com is not required.
Related References
• Cisco IOS Command References, All Releases
Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request

• To receive timely, relevant information from Cisco, sign up at Cisco Profile Manager.
• To get the business impact you’re looking for with the technologies that matter, visit Cisco Services.
• To submit a service request, visit Cisco Support.
• To discover and browse secure, validated enterprise-class apps, products, solutions and services, visit
Cisco Marketplace.
• To obtain general networking, training, and certification titles, visit Cisco Press.
• To find warranty information for a specific product or product family, access Cisco Warranty Finder.

1
Read Me First
Short Description
• Short Description, on page 2
Short Description
The documentation set for this product strives to use bias-free language. For purposes of this documentation
set, bias-free is defined as language that does not imply discrimination based on age, disability, gender, racial
identity, ethnic identity, sexual orientation, socioeconomic status, and intersectionality. Exceptions may be
present in the documentation due to language that is hardcoded in the user interfaces of the product software,
language used based on standards documentation, or language that is used by a referenced third-party product.
Cisco and the Cisco logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Cisco and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and
other countries. To view a list of Cisco trademarks, go to this URL: https://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/about/
legal/trademarks.html. Third-party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use
of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (1721R)

2
CHAPTER 2
Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation
This module describes how to configure Network Address Translation (NAT) for IP address conservation
and how to configure inside and outside source addresses. This module also provides information about the
benefits of configuring NAT for IP address conservation.
NAT enables private IP internetworks that use nonregistered IP addresses to connect to the Internet. NAT
operates on a device, usually connecting two networks. Before packets are forwarded onto another network,
NAT translates the private (not globally unique) addresses in the internal network into legal addresses. NAT
can be configured to advertise to the outside world only one address for the entire network. This ability
provides more security by effectively hiding the entire internal network behind that one address.
NAT is also used at the enterprise edge to allow internal users access to the Internet. It allows Internet access
to internal devices such as mail servers.
• Prerequisites for Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation, on page 3
• Restrictions for Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation, on page 4
• Information About Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation, on page 6
• How to Configure NAT for IP Address Conservation, on page 14
• Configuration Examples for Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation, on page 37
• Where to Go Next, on page 42
• Additional References for Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation, on page 42
Prerequisites for Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation

Access Lists
All access lists that are required for use with the configuration tasks that are described in this module must
be configured before initiating a configuration task. For information about how to configure an access list,
see the IP Access List EntrySequence Numbering document.
Note If you specify an access list with a NAT command, NAT will not support the permit ip any any
command. This command is commonly used in an access list.

3
NAT Requirements
NAT Requirements
Before configuring NAT in your network, ensure that you know the interfaces on which NAT is configured
and for what purposes. The following requirements help you decide how to configure and use NAT:
• Define the NAT inside and outside interfaces if:
• Users exist off multiple interfaces.
• Multiple interfaces connect to the internet.
• Define what you need NAT to accomplish:

• Allow internal users to access the internet.
• Allow the internet to access internal devices such as a mail server.
• Allow overlapping networks to communicate.
• Allow networks with different address schemes to communicate.
• Allow networks with different address schemes to communicate.
• Redirect TCP traffic to another TCP port or address.
• Use NAT during a network transition.
From Cisco IOS XE Denali 16.3 release, NAT support is introduced on Bridge Domain Interface (BDI) for
enabling NAT configuration on the BDI interface.
Restrictions for Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation

• When you configure Network Address Translation (NAT) on an interface, that interface becomes optimized
for NAT packet flow. Any nontranslated packet that flows through the NAT interface goes through a
series of checks to determine whether the packet must be translated or not. These checks result in increased
latency for nontranslated packet flows and thus negatively impact the packet processing latency of all
packet flows through the NAT interface. We highly recommend that a NAT interface must be used only
for NAT-only traffic. Any non-NAT packets must be separated and these packets must go through an
interface that does not have NAT configured on it. You can use Policy-Based Routing (PBR) for separating
non-NAT traffic.
• NAT Virtual Interfaces (NVIs) are not supported in the Cisco IOS XE software.
• In Cisco IOS XE software, NAT outside interfaces show up in the translations tables, by default. This
view of NAT outside interfaces causes the connection that originates from the outside interface of the
device to fail. To restore connectivity, you must explicitly deny the outside Interface within the NAT
ACL using the deny command. After using the deny command, no translation is observed for the outside
interface.
• NAT is not practical if large numbers of hosts in the stub domain communicate outside of the domain.
• Some applications use embedded IP addresses in such a way that translation by a NAT device is
impractical. These applications may not work transparently or at all through a NAT device.

4
Restrictions for Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation
• In a NAT configuration, addresses configured for any inside mapping must not be configured for any
outside mapping.
• Do not configure the interface IP address as part of the IP address NAT pool.
• By default, support for the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) is enabled on port 5060. Therefore,
NAT-enabled devices interpret all packets on this port as SIP call messages. If other applications in the
system use port 5060 to send packets, the NAT service may corrupt the packet. This packet corruption
is due to its attempt to interpret the packet as a SIP call message.
• NAT hides the identity of hosts, which may be an advantage or a disadvantage depending on the needed
result.
• Devices that are configured with NAT must not advertise the local networks to outside the network.
However, routing information that NAT receives from the outside can be advertised in the stub domain
as usual.
• NAT outside interface is not supported on a VRF. However, NAT outside interface is supported in iWAN
and is part of the Cisco Validated Design.
• For VRF-aware NAT, remove the NAT configuration before you remove the VRF configuration.
• If you specify an access list to use with a NAT command, NAT does not support the permit ip any any
command. This NAT command is commonly used in the access list.
• This platform does not support an access list with a port range.
• NAT configuration is not supported on the access side of the Intelligent Services Gateway (ISG).
• Using any IP address that is configured of a device as an address pool or in a NAT static rule is not
supported. NAT can share the physical interface address (not any other IP address) of a device only by
using the NAT interface overload configuration. A device uses the ports of its physical interface and
NAT must receive communication about the ports that it can safely use for translation. This communication
happens only when the NAT interface overload is configured.
• The output of the show ip nat statistics command displays information about all IP address pools and
NAT mappings that you have configured. If your NAT configuration has a high number of IP address
pools and NAT mappings, the update rate of the pool and mapping statistics in show ip nat statistics is
slow. For example, NAT configuration output with 1000 to 4000 NAT mappings.
• Static and dynamic NAT with generic routing encapsulation (generic GRE) and dynamic NAT with
Layer 2 do not work when used along with hardware-based Cisco AppNav appliances such as, Wide
Area Application Services (WAAS). In the context of WAAS, generic GRE is an out of path deployment
mechanism. It helps to return packets from the WAAS Wide-Area Application Engine (WAE) through
the GRE tunnel to the same device from which they were originally redirected after completing
optimization.
• Port Address Translation (also called NAT overload) only supports protocols whose port numbers are
known; these protocols are Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP), TCP, and UDP. Other protocols
do not work with PAT because they consume the entire address in an address pool. Configure your access
control list to only permit ICMP, TCP, and UDP protocols, so that all other protocol traffic is prevented
from entering the network.
• NAT, Zone-Based Policy Firewall, and Web Cache Communication Protocol (WCCP) cannot coexist
in a network.

5
Information About Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation
• Non-Pattable traffic, is traffic for a protocol where there are no ports. PAT/Overload can only be done
on protocols where the ports are known, that is, UDP, TCP, and ICMP.
When NAT overload (PAT) is configured and Non-Pattable traffic hits the router, Non-Pattable BIND
entry gets created for this traffic. Following is a bind entry in the NAT table:
--- 213.252.7.132 172.16.254.242 ---
This bind entry consumes an entire address from the pool. In this example, 213.252.7.132 is an address
from an overloaded pool.
That means an inside local IP Address gets bound to the outside global IP which is similar to static NAT.
Because of this binding action, new inside local IP Addresses cannot use this global IP Address until the
current entry gets timed out. All the translation that is created off this BIND is 1-to-1 translations instead
of overload.
To avoid consumption of an entire address from the pool, make sure that there are not any entries for the
Non-Pattable traffic across the router.
• When configuring NAT with ACLs or route maps, the ACLs or route maps must not overlap. If the ACLs
or route maps overlap, NAT cannot map to the required transition.
Information About Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation

Benefits of Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation
NAT allows organizations to resolve the problem of IP address depletion when they have existing networks
and must access the Internet. Sites that do not yet possess Network Information Center (NIC)-registered IP
addresses must acquire them. If more than 254 clients are present or planned, the scarcity of Class B addresses
becomes a serious issue. Cisco IOS XE NAT addresses these issues by mapping thousands of hidden internal
addresses to a range of easy-to-get Class C addresses.
Sites that already have registered IP addresses for clients on an internal network may want to hide those
addresses from the Internet. This action disable hacker to directly attack the clients. With clients addresses
hidden, an extent of security is established. Cisco IOS XE NAT gives LAN administrators complete freedom
to expand Class A addressing. The Class A addressing expansion is drawn from the reserve pool of the Internet
Assigned Numbers Authority (RFC 1597). This expansion occurs within the organization without concern
for addressing changes at the LAN/Internet interface.
The Cisco IOS XE software can selectively or dynamically perform NAT. This flexibility allows the network
administrator to use a mix of RFC 1597 and RFC 1918 addresses or registered addresses. NAT is designed
for use on various devices for IP address simplification and conservation. In addition, Cisco IOS XE NAT
allows the selection of internal hosts that are available for NAT.
A significant advantage of NAT is that it can be configured without requiring changes to hosts or devices in
the network. However, changes are required on few other devices where NAT is configured.
In Cisco IOS XE Denali 16.3 release, Multi-Tenant support for NAT feature was introduced. With Multi-Tenant
support, the configuration changes of a Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) instance does not interrupt
the traffic flow of other VRFs in the network.
NAT is a feature that allows the IP network of an organization to appear, from the outside, to be using a
different IP address space than the one that it is actually using. Thus, NAT allows an organization with
nonglobally routable addresses to connect to the Internet by translating those addresses into a globally routable

6
How NAT Works
address space. NAT also allows a graceful renumbering strategy for organizations that are changing service
providers or voluntarily renumbering into classless interdomain routing (CIDR) blocks. NAT is described in
RFC 1631.
How NAT Works

A device that is configured with NAT has at least one interface to the inside network and one to the outside
network. In a typical environment, NAT is configured at the exit device between a stub domain and the
backbone. When a packet exits the domain, NAT translates the locally significant source address into a globally
unique address. When a packet enters the domain, NAT translates the globally unique destination address
into a local address. If more than one exit point exists, each NAT must have the same translation table. If
NAT cannot allocate an address because it has run out of addresses, it drops the packet. Then, NAT sends an
Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) host unreachable packet to the destination.
Uses of NAT
NAT can be used for the following scenarios:
• Connect to the internet when all your hosts do not have globally unique IP addresses. Network Address
Translation (NAT) enables private IP networks that use nonregistered IP addresses to connect to the
Internet. NAT is configured on a device at the border of a stub domain (mentioned as the inside network)
and a public network such as the Internet (mentioned as the outside network). NAT translates internal
local addresses to globally unique IP addresses before sending packets to the outside network. As a
solution to the connectivity problem, NAT is practical only when relatively few hosts in a stub domain
communicate simultaneously outside the domain. When outside communication is necessary, only a
small subset of the IP addresses in the domain must be translated into globally unique IP addresses. Also,
these addresses can be reused when they are no longer in use.
• Change your internal addresses. Instead of changing the internal addresses, which can be a considerable
amount of work, you can translate them by using NAT.
• For basic load-sharing of TCP traffic. You can map a single global IP address with many local IP addresses
by using the TCP Load Distribution feature.
Types of NAT
NAT operates on a router—generally connecting only two networks. Before any packets are forwarded to
another network, NAT translates the private (inside local) addresses within the internal network into public
(inside global) addresses. This functionality gives you the option to configure NAT so that it advertises only
a single address for your entire network to the outside world. Doing this translation, NAT effectively hides
the internal network from the world, giving you some additional security.
The types of NAT include:
• Static address translation (static NAT)—Allows one-to-one mapping between local and global addresses.
• Dynamic address translation (dynamic NAT)—Maps unregistered IP addresses to registered IP addresses
from a pool of registered IP addresses.
• Overloading—Maps multiple unregistered IP addresses to a single registered IP address (many to one)
by using different ports. This method is also known as Port Address Translation (PAT). Thousands of
users can be connected to the Internet by using only one real global IP address through overloading.

7
NAT Inside and Outside Addresses

The term inside in a Network Address Translation (NAT) context refers to networks owned by an organization
that must be translated. When NAT is configured, hosts within this network have addresses in one space
(known as the local address space). These hosts appear to those users outside the network as being in another
space (known as the global address space).
Similarly, the term outside refers to those networks to which the stub network connects, and which are not
under the control of an organization. Also, hosts in outside networks can be subject to translation, and can
thus have local and global addresses. NAT uses the following definitions:
• Inside local address—An IP address that is assigned to a host on the inside network. The address that
the Network Information Center (NIC) or service provider assigns is probably not a legitimate IP address.
• Inside global address—A legitimate IP address assigned by the NIC or service provider that represents
one or more inside local IP addresses to the outside world.
• Outside local address—The IP address of an outside host as it appears to the inside network. Not
necessarily a legitimate address, it is allocated from the address space that is routable on the inside.
• Outside global address—The IP address that is assigned to a host on the outside network by the owner
of the host. The address is allocated from a globally routable address or network space.
NAT supports the following VRFs:
Table 1: VRF NAT Support
NAT Inside Interface NAT Outside Interface Condition
Global VRF (also referred to as a Global VRF (also referred to as a Normal

non-VRF interface) non-VRF interface)
VRF X Global VRF (also referred to as a When NAT is not configured for
non-VRF interface) Match-in-VRF support. For more
details, see the Match-in-VRF
Support for NAT chapter.
VRF X VRF X When both inside and outside

interfaces are in the same VRF, and
NAT is configured with
Match-in-VRF support.
This section describes the following topics:

• Inside Source Address Translation, on page 8
• Overloading of Inside Global Addresses, on page 10
Inside Source Address Translation

You can translate IP addresses into globally unique IP addresses when communicating outside of your network.
You can configure inside source address translation of static or dynamic NAT as follows:

8
Inside Source Address Translation
• Static translation establishes a one-to-one mapping between the inside local address and an inside global
address. Static translation is useful when a host on the inside must be accessible by a fixed address from
the outside.
• Dynamic translation establishes a mapping between an inside local address and a pool of global addresses.
The following figure illustrates a device that is translating a source address inside a network to a source address
outside the network.
Figure 1: NAT Inside Source Translation
The following process describes the inside source address translation, as shown in the preceding figure:
1. The user at host 10.1.1.1 opens a connection to Host B in the outside network.
2. The first packet that the device receives from host 10.1.1.1 causes the device to check its Network Address
Translation (NAT) table. Based on the NAT configuration, the following scenarios are possible:
• If a static translation entry is configured, the device goes to Step 3.
• If no translation entry exists, the device determines that the source address (SA) 10.1.1.1 must be
translated dynamically. The device selects a legal, global address from the dynamic address pool,
and creates a translation entry in the NAT table. This kind of translation entry is called a simple entry.
3. The device replaces the inside local source address of host 10.1.1.1 with the global address of the translation
entry and forwards the packet.
4. Host B receives the packet and responds to host 10.1.1.1 by using the inside global IP destination address
(DA) 203.0.113.2.
5. When the device receives the packet with the inside global IP address, it performs a NAT table lookup
by using the inside global address as a key. It then translates the address to the inside local address of host
10.1.1.1 and forwards the packet to host 10.1.1.1.
Host 10.1.1.1 receives the packet and continues the conversation. The device performs Steps 2 to 5 for each
packet that it receives.

9
Overloading of Inside Global Addresses
Overloading of Inside Global Addresses

You can conserve addresses in the inside global address pool by allowing a device to use one global address
for many local addresses. This type of Network Address Translation (NAT) configuration is called overloading.
When overloading is configured, the device maintains enough information from higher-level protocols (for
example, TCP or UDP port numbers). This action translates the global address back to the correct local address.
When multiple local addresses map to one global address, the TCP or UDP port numbers of each inside host
distinguish between local addresses.
The following figure illustrates a NAT operation when an inside global address represents multiple inside
local addresses. The TCP port numbers act as differentiators.
Figure 2: NAT Overloading Inside Global Addresses
The device performs the following process in the overloading of inside global addresses, as shown in the
preceding figure. Both Host B and Host C believe that they are communicating with a single host at address
203.0.113.2. Whereas, they are actually communicating with different hosts; the port number is the
differentiator. In fact, many inside hosts can share the inside global IP address by using many port numbers.
1. The user at host 10.1.1.1 opens a connection to Host B.
2. The first packet that the device receives from host 10.1.1.1 causes the device to check its NAT table.
Based on your NAT configuration the following scenarios are possible:
• If no translation entry exists, the device determines that IP address 10.1.1.1 must be translated, and
translates inside local address 10.1.1.1 to a legal global address.
• If overloading is enabled and another translation is active, the device reuses the global address from
that translation and saves enough information. This saved information can be used to translate the
global address back, as an entry in the NAT table. This type of translation entry is called an extended
entry.
3. The device replaces inside local source address 10.1.1.1 with the selected global address and forwards
the packet.
4. Host B receives the packet and responds to host 10.1.1.1 by using the inside global IP address 203.0.113.2.

10
Address Translation of Overlapping Networks
5. When the device receives the packet with the inside global IP address, it performs a NAT table lookup
by using a protocol, the inside global address and port, and the outside address and port as keys. It translates
the address to the inside local address 10.1.1.1 and forwards the packet to host 10.1.1.1.
Host 10.1.1.1 receives the packet and continues the conversation. The device performs Steps 2 to 5 for each
packet it receives.
Address Translation of Overlapping Networks

Use Network Address Translation (NAT) to translate IP addresses if the IP addresses that you use are not
legal or officially assigned. Overlapping networks result when you assign an IP address to a device on your
network. This device is already legally owned and assigned to a different device on the Internet or outside the
network.
The following figure shows how NAT translates overlapping networks.
Figure 3: NAT Translating Overlapping Addresses
The following steps describe how a device translates overlapping addresses:

1. Host 10.1.1.1 opens a connection to Host C using a name, requesting a name-to-address lookup from a
Domain Name System (DNS) server.
2. The device intercepts the DNS reply, and translates the returned address if there is an overlap. That is,
the resulting legal address resides illegally in the inside network. To translate the return address, the device
creates a simple translation entry. This entry maps the overlapping address, 10.1.1.3 to an address from
a separately configured, outside the local address pool.

11
TCP Load Distribution for NAT
The device examines every DNS reply to ensure that the IP address is not in a stub network. If it is, the device
translates the address as described in the following steps:
1. Host 10.1.1.1 opens a connection to 172.16.0.3.
2. The device sets up the translation mapping of the inside local and global addresses to each other. It also
sets up the translation mapping of the outside global and local addresses to each other.
3. The device replaces the SA with the inside global address and replaces the DA with the outside global
address.
4. Host C receives the packet and continues the conversation.
5. The device does a lookup, replaces the DA with the inside local address, and replaces the SA with the
outside local address.
6. Host 10.1.1.1 receives the packet and the conversation continues using this translation process.
TCP Load Distribution for NAT

Your organization may have multiple hosts that must communicate with a heavily used host. By using Network
Address Translation (NAT), you can establish a virtual host on the inside network that coordinates load sharing
among real hosts. Destination addresses that match an access list are replaced with addresses from a rotary
pool. Allocation is done on a round-robin basis and only when a new connection is opened from the outside
to inside the network. Non-TCP traffic is passed untranslated (unless other translations are configured). The
following figure illustrates how TCP load distribution works.
Figure 4: NAT TCP Load Distribution
A device performs the following process when translating rotary addresses:

1. Host B (192.0.2.223) opens a connection to a virtual host at 10.1.1.127.

12
Static IP Address Support
2. The device receives the connection request and creates a new translation, allocating the next real host
(10.1.1.1) for the inside local IP address.
3. The device replaces the destination address with the selected real host address and forwards the packet.
4. Host 10.1.1.1 receives the packet and responds.
5. The device receives the packet and performs a NAT table lookup by using the inside local address and
port number. It also does a NAT table lookup by using the outside address and port number as keys. The
device then translates the source address to the address of the virtual host and forwards the packet.
6. The device will allocate IP address 10.1.1.2 as the inside local address for the next connection request.
Static IP Address Support

A public wireless LAN provides users of mobile computing devices with wireless connections to a public
network, such as the Internet.
To support users who are configured with a static IP address, the NAT Static IP Address Support feature
extends the capabilities of public wireless LAN providers. By configuring a device to support users with a
static IP address, public wireless LAN providers extend their services to a greater number of users.
Users with static IP addresses can use services of the public wireless LAN provider without changing their
IP address. NAT entries are created for static IP clients and a routable address is provided.
RADIUS
RADIUS is a distributed client/server system that secures networks against unauthorized access. Communication
between a network access server (NAS) and a RADIUS server is based on UDP. Generally, the RADIUS
protocol is considered a connectionless service. RADIUS-enabled devices handle issues that are related to a
server availability, retransmission, and timeouts rather than the transmission protocol.
The RADIUS client is typically a NAS, and the RADIUS server is usually a daemon process running on a
UNIX or Windows NT machine. The client passes user information to designated RADIUS servers and acts
on the response that is returned. To deliver service to the user, RADIUS servers receive a user connection
request, authenticate the user, and then return the configuration information necessary for the client. A RADIUS
server can act as a proxy client to other RADIUS servers or other kinds of authentication servers.
Denial-of-Service Attacks
A denial-of-service (DoS) attack typically involves misuse of standard protocols or connection processes.
The intent of DoS attack is to overload and disable a target, such as a device or web server. DoS attacks can
come from a malicious user or from a computer that is infected with a virus or worm. Distributed DoS attack
is an attack that comes from many different sources at once. This attack can be when a virus or worm has
infected many computers. Such distributed DoS attacks can spread rapidly and involve thousands of systems.
Viruses and Worms That Target NAT

Viruses and worms are malicious programs that are designed to attack computers and networking equipment.
Although viruses are typically embedded in discrete applications and run only when executed, worms
self-propagate and can quickly spread by their own. Although a specific virus or worm may not expressly

13
How to Configure NAT for IP Address Conservation
target NAT, it may use NAT resources to propagate itself. The Rate Limiting NAT Translation feature can
be used to limit the impact of viruses and worms. These viruses and worms originate from specific hosts,
access control lists, and VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instances.
How to Configure NAT for IP Address Conservation

The tasks that are described in this section configure NAT for IP address conservation. Ensure that you
configure at least one of the tasks that are described in this section. Based on your configuration, you may
need to configure more than one task.
Configuring Inside Source Addresses

Inside source addresses, can be configured for static or dynamic translations. Based on your requirements,
you can configure either static or dynamic translations.
Configuring Static Translation of Inside Source Addresses

Configure static translation of the inside source addresses to allow one-to-one mapping between an inside
local address and an inside global address. Static translation is useful when a host on the inside must be
accessible by a fixed address from the outside.
Note Configure different IP addresses for an interface on which NAT is configured and for inside addresses
that are configured by using the ip nat inside source static command.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
2. configure terminal
3. ip nat inside source static local-ip global-ip
4. interface type number
5. ip address ip-address mask [secondary]
6. ip nat inside
7. exit
10. ip nat outside
11. end
DETAILED STEPS
Command or Action Purpose

Step 1 enable Enables privileged EXEC mode.
Example: • Enter your password if prompted.
Device> enable

14
Configuring Static Translation of Inside Source Addresses

Step 2 configure terminal Enters global configuration mode.
Example:
Device# configure terminal
Step 3 ip nat inside source static local-ip global-ip Establishes static translation between an inside local
address and an inside global address.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat inside source static
10.10.10.1 172.16.131.1
Step 4 interface type number Specifies an interface and enters the interface configuration
mode.
Example:
Device(config)# interface ethernet 1
Step 5 ip address ip-address mask [secondary] Sets a primary IP address for an interface.
Example:
Device(config-if)# ip address 10.114.11.39
255.255.255.0
Step 6 ip nat inside Connects the interface to the inside network, which is
subject to NAT.
Example:
Device(config-if)# ip nat inside
Step 7 exit Exits interface configuration mode and returns to global

configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config-if)# exit
Step 8 interface type number Specifies a different interface and enters the interface
configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config)# interface gigabitethernet 0/0/0
Example:
255.255.255.240
Step 10 ip nat outside Connects the interface to the outside network.

Example:
Device(config-if)# ip nat outside
Step 11 end Exits interface configuration mode and returns to privileged

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config-if)# end Note Conditional translation is not supported with ip
nat outside source route-map configuration.

15
Configuring Dynamic Translation of Inside Source Addresses

Dynamic translation establishes a mapping between an inside local address and a pool of global addresses.
Dynamic translation is useful when multiple users on a private network must access the Internet. The
dynamically configured pool IP address may be used as needed. It is released for use by other users when
access to the Internet is no longer required.
Note When inside global or outside local addresses belong to a directly connected subnet on a NAT device,
the device adds IP aliases for them. This action enables it to answer Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)
requests. However, a situation can arise where the device answers packets that are not destined for it,
possibly causing a security issue. This security issue can happen when an incoming Internet Control
Message Protocol (ICMP) packet or a UDP packet that is destined for one of the aliased addresses does
not have a corresponding NAT translation in the NAT table. Also, the device itself runs a corresponding
service, for example, Network Time Protocol (NTP). Such a situation can cause minor security risks.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip {netmask netmask | prefix-length prefix-length}
4. access-list access-list-number permit source [source-wildcard]
5. ip nat inside source list access-list-number pool name
7. ip address ip-address mask
8. ip nat inside
9. exit
12. ip nat outside
13. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip {netmask netmask | Defines a pool of global addresses to be allocated as
prefix-length prefix-length} needed.
Example:

16

Device(config)# ip nat pool net-208 172.16.233.208
172.16.233.223 prefix-length 28
Step 4 access-list access-list-number permit source Defines a standard access list permitting those addresses
[source-wildcard] that are to be translated.
Example:
Device(config)# access-list 1 permit 192.168.34.0
0.0.0.255
Step 5 ip nat inside source list access-list-number pool name Establishes dynamic source translation, specifying the
access list defined in Step 4.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list 1 pool
net-208
Step 6 interface type number Specifies an interface and enters an interface configuration
mode.
Example:
Step 7 ip address ip-address mask Sets a primary IP address for the interface.
Example:
255.255.255.0
subject to NAT.
Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 10 interface type number Specifies an interface and enters an interface configuration
mode.
Example:
Example:
255.255.255.240

Example:

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config-if)# end

17
Configuring the Same Global Address for Static NAT and PAT
Configuring the Same Global Address for Static NAT and PAT
You can configure the same global address for the static NAT and PAT. Static translation is useful when a
host on the inside must be accessible by a fixed address from the outside.
Note This is not supported with ip nat inside source static configuration.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat outside source static outside global-ip outside local-ip
4. ip nat outside source static {tcp | udp} outside global-ip global-port outside local-ip local-port
extendable
5. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat outside source static outside global-ip outside Establishes static translation between an outside local
local-ip address and an outside global address.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat outside source static
10.21.0.202 12.182.174.202
Step 4 ip nat outside source static {tcp | udp} outside global-ip • Establishes static translation between an outside global
global-port outside local-ip local-port extendable address and inside local address.
Example:
Router(config)# ip nat outside source static tcp
10.21.14.49 22512 12.182.174.202 5009 extendable

EXEC mode.
Example:

18
Using NAT to Allow Internal Users Access to the Internet
Using NAT to Allow Internal Users Access to the Internet

Perform this task to allow your internal users access to the Internet and conserve addresses in the inside global
address pool using overloading of global addresses.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
5. ip nat inside source list access-list-number pool name overload
8. ip nat inside
9. exit
12. ip nat outside
13. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat pool net-208
192.168.202.129 192.168.202.158 netmask
255.255.255.224
Example: • The access list must permit only those addresses that
Device(config)# access-list 1 permit are to be translated. (Remember that there is an
192.168.201.30 0.0.0.255 implicit “deny all” at the end of each access list.) Use
of an access list that is too permissive can lead to
unpredictable results.

19
Configuring Address Translation Timeouts

Step 5 ip nat inside source list access-list-number pool name Establishes dynamic source translation with overloading,
overload specifying the access list defined in Step 4.
Example:
net-208 overload
mode.
Example:
Example:
255.255.255.240
subject to NAT.
Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
mode.
Example:
Example:
255.255.255.240

Example:

EXEC mode.
Example:
Configuring Address Translation Timeouts

You can configure address translation timeouts that is based on your NAT configuration.

20
Changing the Translation Timeout
By default, dynamic address translations time out after a period of remaining idle. You can change the default
values on timeouts, if necessary. When overloading is not configured, simple translation entries time out after
24 hours. Use the ip nat translation timeout command to change the timeout value for dynamic address
translations.
You can use the ip nat translation max-entries command to change the default global NAT translation limit.
Note On Catalyst 6500 Series Switches, when the NAT translation is done in the hardware, timers are reset
every 100 seconds or once the set timeout value is reached.
Changing the Translation Timeout

By default, dynamic address translations time out after some period of remaining idle. You can change the
default values on timeouts, if necessary. When overloading is not configured, simple translation entries time
out after 24 hours. Configure the ip nat translation timeout seconds command to change the timeout value
for dynamic address translations that do not use overloading.
Changing the Timeouts When Overloading Is Configured

If you have configured overloading, you can control the translation entry timeout, because each translation
entry contains more context about the traffic using it.
Based on your configuration, you can change the timeouts that are described in this section. If you must
quickly free your global IP address for a dynamic configuration, configure a shorter timeout than the default
timeout. You can do it by using the ip nat translation timeout command. However, the configured timeout
is longer than the other timeouts configured using commands specified in the following task. If a finish (FIN)
packet does not close a TCP session properly from both sides or during a reset, change the default TCP timeout.
You can do it by using the ip nat translation tcp-timeout command.
When you change the default timeout using the ip nat translation timeout command, the timeout that you
configure overrides the default TCP and UDP timeout values, unless you explicitly configure the TCP timeout
value (using the ip nat translation tcp-timeout seconds command) or the UDP timeout value (using the ip
nat translation udp-timeout seconds command).
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat translation seconds
4. ip nat translation udp-timeout seconds
5. ip nat translation dns-timeout seconds
6. ip nat translation tcp-timeout seconds
7. ip nat translation finrst-timeout seconds
8. ip nat translation icmp-timeout seconds
9. ip nat translation syn-timeout seconds
10. end

21
Changing the Timeouts When Overloading Is Configured
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat translation seconds (Optional) Changes the amount of time after which NAT
translations time out.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat translation 300 • The default timeout is 24 hours, and it applies to the
aging time for half-entries.
• The timeout configured using this command overrides
the default TCP and UDP timeout values, unless
explicitly configured.
Step 4 ip nat translation udp-timeout seconds (Optional) Changes the UDP timeout value.
Example: • The default is 300 seconds. This default value only
Device(config)# ip nat translation udp-timeout applies if the general IP NAT translation timeout
300 value (using the ip nat translation seconds
command) is not configured.
Step 5 ip nat translation dns-timeout seconds (Optional) Changes the Domain Name System (DNS)
timeout value.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat translation dns-timeout 45
Step 6 ip nat translation tcp-timeout seconds (Optional) Changes the TCP timeout value.
Example: • The default is 7440 seconds. This default value only
Device(config)# ip nat translation tcp-timeout applies if the general IP NAT translation timeout
2500 value (using the ip nat translation seconds
command) is not configured.
Step 7 ip nat translation finrst-timeout seconds (Optional) Changes the finish and reset timeout value.
Example: • finrst-timeout—The aging time after a TCP session
Device(config)# ip nat translation finrst-timeout receives both finish-in (FIN-IN) and finish-out
45 (FIN-OUT) requests or after the reset of a TCP
session.
Step 8 ip nat translation icmp-timeout seconds (Optional) Changes the ICMP timeout value.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat translation icmp-timeout
45

22
Allowing Overlapping Networks to Communicate Using NAT

Step 9 ip nat translation syn-timeout seconds (Optional) Changes the synchronous (SYN) timeout value.
Example: • The synchronous timeout or the aging time is used
Device(config)# ip nat translation syn-timeout 45 only when a SYN request is received on a TCP
session. When a synchronous acknowledgment
(SYNACK) request is received, the timeout changes
to TCP timeout.
Step 10 end (Optional) Exits global configuration mode and returns to

privileged EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end
Allowing Overlapping Networks to Communicate Using NAT

Tasks in this section are grouped because they perform the same action. However, the tasks are executed
differently depending on the type of translation that is implemented—static or dynamic. Perform the task that
applies to the translation type that you have implemented.
This section contains the following tasks:
• Configuring Static Translation of Overlapping Networks
• Configuring Dynamic Translation of Overlapping Networks
• What to Do Next
Configuring Static Translation of Overlapping Networks

Configure static translation of overlapping networks that are based on the following requirements:
• If your IP addresses in the stub network are legitimate IP addresses belonging to another network.
• If you want to communicate with those hosts or routers by using static translation.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
6. ip nat inside
7. exit
10. ip nat outside
11. end

23
Configuring Static Translation of Overlapping Networks
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat inside source static local-ip global-ip Establishes static translation between an inside local
address and an inside global address.
Example:
192.168.121.33 10.2.2.1
mode.
Example:
Example:
255.255.255.0
Step 6 ip nat inside Marks the interface as connected to the inside.

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
mode.
Example:
Example:
255.255.255.240
Step 10 ip nat outside Marks the interface as connected to the outside.

Example:

24
What to Do Next

Step 11 end (Optional) Exits interface configuration mode and returns
to privileged EXEC mode.
Example:
What to Do Next
When you have completed the required configuration, go to the “Monitoring and Maintaining NAT” module.
Configuring Server TCP Load Balancing

Perform this task to configure a server TCP load balancing by way of destination address rotary translation.
The commands that are specified in the task allow you to map one virtual host with many real hosts. Each
new TCP session opened with the virtual host is translated into a session with a different real host.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip {netmask netmask | prefix-length prefix-length} type rotary
5. ip nat inside destination-list access-list-number pool name
8. ip nat inside
9. exit
12. ip nat outside
13. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip {netmask netmask | Defines a pool of addresses containing the addresses of
prefix-length prefix-length} type rotary the real hosts.
Example:

25
Configuring Server TCP Load Balancing

Device(config)# ip nat pool real-hosts
192.168.201.2 192.168.201.5 prefix-length 28 type
rotary
Step 4 access-list access-list-number permit source Defines an access list permitting the address of the virtual
[source-wildcard] host.
Example:
Device(config)# access-list 1 permit
192.168.201.30 0.0.0.255
Step 5 ip nat inside destination-list access-list-number pool Establishes dynamic inside destination translation,
name specifying the access list defined in the prior step.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat inside destination-list 2
pool real-hosts
mode.
Example:
Example:
255.255.255.240

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 10 interface type number Specifies a different interface and enters the interface
configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config)# interface serial 0
Example:
255.255.255.240

Example:

26
Enabling Route Maps on Inside Interfaces

Step 13 end (Optional) Exits interface configuration mode and returns
Example:
Enabling Route Maps on Inside Interfaces

Before you begin
All route maps required for use with this task must be configured before you begin the configuration task.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat inside source {list {access-list-number | access-list-name} pool pool-name [overload]| static
local-ip global-ip [route-map map-name]}
4. exit
5. show ip nat translations [verbose]
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat inside source {list {access-list-number | Enables route mapping with static NAT configured on the
access-list-name} pool pool-name [overload]| static NAT inside interface.
local-ip global-ip [route-map map-name]}
Example:
192.168.201.6 192.168.201.21 route-map isp2
Step 4 exit Exits global configuration mode and returns to privileged

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# exit
Step 5 show ip nat translations [verbose] (Optional) Displays active NAT.

Example:
Device# show ip nat translations

27
Enabling NAT Route Maps Outside-to-Inside Support
Enabling NAT Route Maps Outside-to-Inside Support

The NAT Route Maps Outside-to-Inside Support feature enables you to configure a Network Address
Translation (NAT) route map configuration. It allows IP sessions to be initiated from the outside to the inside.
Perform this task to enable the NAT Route Maps Outside-to-Inside Support feature.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip netmask netmask
5. ip nat inside source route-map name pool name [reversible]
6. ip nat inside source route-map name pool name [reversible]
7. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Device(config)# configure terminal
Step 3 ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip netmask netmask Defines a pool of network addresses for NAT.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat pool POOL-A 192.168.201.4
192.168.201.6 netmask 255.255.255.128
Step 4 ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip netmask netmask Defines a pool of network addresses for NAT.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat pool POOL-B 192.168.201.7
192.168.201.9 netmask 255.255.255.128
Step 5 ip nat inside source route-map name pool name Enables outside-to-inside initiated sessions to use route
[reversible] maps for destination-based NAT.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat inside source route-map
MAP-A pool POOL-A reversible
Step 6 ip nat inside source route-map name pool name Enables outside-to-inside initiated sessions to use route
[reversible] maps for destination-based NAT.
Example:
MAP-B pool POOL-B reversible

28
Configuring NAT of External IP Addresses Only

Example:
Device(config)# end

When you configure NAT of external IP addresses, NAT can be configured to ignore all embedded IP addresses
for any application and traffic type. Traffic between a host and the traffic outside an enterprise’s network
flows through the internal network. A device that is configured for NAT translates the packet to an address
that can be routed inside the internal network. If the intended destination is outside an enterprise’s network,
the packet gets translated back to an external address and is sent out.
Note When you configure the ip nat outside source static command to add static routes for outside local
addresses, there is a delay in the translation of packets and packets are dropped. Packets are dropped
because a shortcut is not created for the initial synchronization (SYN) packet when NAT is configured
for static translation. To avoid dropped packets, configure either the ip nat outside source static
add-route command or the ip route command.
Benefits of configuring NAT of external IP addresses only are:

• Allows an enterprise to use the Internet as its enterprise backbone network.
• Allows the use of network architecture that requires only the header translation.
• Gives the end client a usable IP address at the starting point. This address is the address that is used for
IPsec connections and for traffic flows.
• Supports public and private network architecture with no specific route updates.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat inside source {list {access-list-number | access-list-name} pool pool-name [overload] | static
network local-ip global-ip [no-payload]}
{tcp | udp} local-ip local-port global-ip global-port [no-payload]}
[network] local-network-mask global-network-mask [no-payload]}
6. ip nat outside source {list {access-list-number | access-list-name} pool pool-name | static local-ip
global-ip [no-payload]}
7. ip nat outside source {list {access-list-number | access-list-name} pool pool-name | static {tcp | udp}
local-ip local-port global-ip global-port [no-payload]}
8. ip nat outside source {list {access-list-number | access-list-name} pool pool-name | static [network]
local-network-mask global-network-mask [no-payload]}
9. exit

29
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat inside source {list {access-list-number | Disables the network packet translation on the inside host
access-list-name} pool pool-name [overload] | static device.
network local-ip global-ip [no-payload]}
Example:
network 10.1.1.1 192.168.251.0/24 no-payload
Step 4 ip nat inside source {list {access-list-number | Disables port packet translation on the inside host device.
access-list-name} pool pool-name [overload] | static {tcp
| udp} local-ip local-port global-ip global-port
[no-payload]}
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat inside source static tcp
10.1.1.1 2000 192.168.1.1 2000 no-payload
Step 5 ip nat inside source {list {access-list-number | Disables packet translation on the inside host device.
access-list-name} pool pool-name [overload] | static
[network] local-network-mask global-network-mask
[no-payload]}
Example:
10.1.1.1 192.168.1.1 no-payload
Step 6 ip nat outside source {list {access-list-number | Disables packet translation on the outside host device.
access-list-name} pool pool-name | static local-ip
global-ip [no-payload]}
Example:
10.1.1.1 192.168.1.1 no-payload
Step 7 ip nat outside source {list {access-list-number | Disables port packet translation on the outside host device.
access-list-name} pool pool-name | static {tcp | udp}
local-ip local-port global-ip global-port [no-payload]}
Example:

30
Configuring the NAT Default Inside Server Feature

Device(config)# ip nat outside source static tcp
10.1.1.1 20000 192.168.1.1 20000 no-payload
Step 8 ip nat outside source {list {access-list-number | Disables network packet translation on the outside host
access-list-name} pool pool-name | static [network] device.
local-network-mask global-network-mask [no-payload]}
Example:
network 10.1.1.1 192.168.251.0/24 no-payload

EXEC mode.
Example:
Step 10 show ip nat translations [verbose] Displays active NAT.

Example:
Configuring the NAT Default Inside Server Feature

The NAT Default Inside Server feature helps forward packets from the outside to a specified inside local
address. Traffic that does not match any existing dynamic translations or static port translations are redirected,
and packets are not dropped.
Dynamic mapping and interface overload can be configured for gaming devices. For online games, outside
traffic comes on a different UDP port. If a packet is destined for an interface from outside an enterprise’s
network, and there is no match in the NAT table for fully extended entry or static port entry, the packet is
forwarded to the gaming device using a simple static entry.
Note • You can use this feature to configure gaming devices with an IP address different from the IP
address of the PC. To avoid unwanted traffic or DoS attacks, use access lists.
• For traffic going from the PC to the outside, it is better to use a route map so that extended entries
are created.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat inside source static local-ip interface type number
4. ip nat inside source static tcp local-ip local-port interface global-port
5. exit

31
Reenabling RTSP on a NAT Router
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat inside source static local-ip interface type number Enables static NAT on the interface.
Example:
10.1.1.1 interface Ethernet 1/1
Step 4 ip nat inside source static tcp local-ip local-port interface (Optional) Enables the use of telnet to the device from the
global-port outside.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat inside source static tcp
10.1.1.1 23 interface 23

EXEC mode.
Example:
Step 6 show ip nat translations [verbose] (Optional) Displays active NAT.

Example:
Reenabling RTSP on a NAT Router

The Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) is a client/server multimedia presentation control protocol that
supports multimedia application delivery. Some of the applications that use RTSP include Windows Media
Services (WMS) by Microsoft, QuickTime by Apple Computer, and RealSystem G2 by RealNetworks.
When the RTSP protocol passes through a NAT router, the embedded address and port must be translated for
the connection to be successful. NAT uses Network Based Application Recognition (NBAR) architecture to
parse the payload and translate the embedded information in the RTSP payload.
RTSP is enabled by default. Use the ip nat service rtsp port port-number command to reenable RTSP on a
NAT router if this configuration has been disabled.
Configuring Support for Users with Static IP Addresses

Configuring support for users with static IP addresses enables those users to establish an IP session in a public
wireless LAN environment.

32
Configuring Support for Users with Static IP Addresses
Before you begin

Before configuring support for users with static IP addresses, you must first enable NAT on your router and
configure a RADIUS server host.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
4. ip nat inside
5. exit
6. ip nat allow-static-host
7. ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip netmask netmask accounting list-name
9. access-list access-list-number deny ip source
10. end
11. show ip nat translations verbose
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 interface type number Configures an interface and enters an interface

configuration mode.
Example:

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 6 ip nat allow-static-host Enables static IP address support.

Example: • Dynamic Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) learning
Device(config)# ip nat allow-static-host will be disabled on this interface, and NAT will
control the creation and deletion of ARP entries for
the static IP host.

33
Configuring the Rate Limiting NAT Translation Feature

Step 7 ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip netmask netmask Specifies an existing RADIUS profile name to be used for
accounting list-name authentication of the static IP host.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat pool pool1 172.16.0.0
172.16.0.254 netmask 255.255.255.0 accounting
WLAN-ACCT
Step 8 ip nat inside source list access-list-number pool name Specifies the access list and pool to be used for static IP
support.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list 1 pool • The specified access list must permit all traffic.
net-208
Step 9 access-list access-list-number deny ip source Removes the traffic of the device from NAT.
Example: • The source argument is the IP address of the device
Device(config)# access-list 1 deny ip that supports the NAT Static IP Support feature.
192.168.196.51

Example:
Device(config)# end
Step 11 show ip nat translations verbose (Optional) Displays active NAT translations and additional
information for each translation table entry, including how
Example:
long ago the entry was created and used.
Device# show ip nat translations verbose
Examples
The following is sample output from the show ip nat translations verbose command:
--- 172.16.0.0 10.1.1.1 --- ---

create 00:05:59, use 00:03:39, left 23:56:20, Map-Id(In): 1, flags: none wlan-flags: Secure
ARP added, Accounting Start sent Mac-Address:0010.7bc2.9ff6 Input-IDB:Ethernet1/2, use_count:
0, entry-id:7, lc_entries: 0

SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
2. show ip nat translations
4. ip nat translation max-entries {number | all-vrf number | host ip-address number | list listname number
| vrf name number}
5. end

34
6. show ip nat statistics
DETAILED STEPS

Device enable
Step 2 show ip nat translations (Optional) Displays active NAT.

Example: • A specific host, access control list, or VRF instance
Device# show ip nat translations generating an unexpectedly high number of NAT
requests may be the source of a malicious virus or
worm attack.

Example:
Step 4 ip nat translation max-entries {number | all-vrf number Configures the maximum number of NAT entries that are
| host ip-address number | list listname number | vrf name allowed from the specified source.
number}
• The maximum number of allowed NAT entries is
Example: 2147483647, although a typical range for a NAT rate
Device(config)# ip nat translation max-entries 300 limit is 100 to 300 entries.
• When you configure a NAT rate limit for all VRF
instances, each VRF instance is limited to the
maximum number of NAT entries that you specify.
• When you configure a NAT rate limit for a specific
VRF instance, you can specify a maximum number of
NAT entries for the named VRF instance that is greater
than or less than that allowed for all VRF instances.
Step 5 end Exits global configuration mode and returns to privileged

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end
Step 6 show ip nat statistics (Optional) Displays current NAT usage information,
including NAT rate limit settings.
Example:
Device# show ip nat statistics • After setting a NAT rate limit, use the show ip nat
statistics command to verify the current NAT rate
limit settings.

35
Configuring Bypass NAT Functionality

Note The CEF counters associated with the output of
the show ip nat statistics command signify the
number of packets that are translated and
forwarded in the SW plane. Packets that require
translation are punted to the SW plane in the
absence of the corresponding NF shortcuts in
the HW plane. This enables SW plane to carry
out the translation and program the
corresponding NF shortcuts in the HW in order
to facilitate the HW translation for subsequent
packets that match the given flow.
A route-map based NAT rule does not maintain
Half Entry mappings and this implies that every
new packet flow that matches the given rule is
directed to the SW plane for translation and
forwarding. Such packets undergo translation in
the SW plane. This in turn results in the
increment of the afore mentioned CEF counters.
This is an expected behavior when you employ
a route-map-based NAT configuration. However,
note that these packets that undergo translation
in the SW result in the corresponding full flow
NF shortcuts to be programmed in the HW. This
is to facilitate the HW translation of subsequent
packets that match the given flow.
Configuring Bypass NAT Functionality

The Bypass NAT functionality feature reduces the TCAM size by resolving the deny jump issue. To enable
the Bypass NAT functionality feature, you must:
• Create a NAT bypass pool by using a reserved loopback address (127.0.0.1).
• Create a new NAT mapping containing a new ACL with all existing deny statements that are converted
to permit statements.
You can enable the Bypass NAT functionality by creating new NAT mapping with new ACL mapped to a
bypass pool.
To configure the bypass-pool with 127.0.0.1 as reserved loopback address:
enable
configure terminal
access-list 60 permit 25.33.0.0 0.0.255.255
ip nat pool bypass-pool 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 prefix-length 24
ip nat inside source list 60 pool bypass-pool
end
To convert existing configuration with deny statements:

enable
configure terminal

36
Configuration Examples for Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation
ip access list extended nat-acl

deny ip host 10.10.10.10 host 10.77.64.17
permit ip any 10.77.64.0 0.0.15.255
ip nat inside source list nat-acl pool nat-pool
end
New converted configuration using bypass pool with permit statements:

enable
configure terminal
ip nat pool bypass-pool 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 prefix-length 24
ip access list extended nat-bypass-acl
permit ip host 10.10.10.10 host 10.77.64.17
ip nat inside source list nat-bypass-acl pool bypass-pool
ip access list extended nat-acl
permit ip any 10.77.64.0 0.0.15.255
ip nat inside source list nat-acl pool nat-pool
end
Configuration Examples for Configuring NAT for IP Address

Conservation
Example: Configuring Static Translation of Inside Source Addresses
The following example shows how inside hosts addressed from the 10.114.11.0 network are translated to the
globally unique 172.31.233.208/28 network. Further, packets from outside hosts that are addressed from the
10.114.11.0 network (the true 10.114.11.0 network) are translated to appear from the 10.0.1.0/24 network.
ip nat pool net-208 172.31.233.208 172.31.233.223 prefix-length 28

ip nat inside source list 1 pool net-208
ip nat outside source list 1 pool net-10
!
interface gigabitethernet 0/0/0
ip address 172.31.232.182 255.255.255.240
ip nat outside
!
ip address 10.114.11.39 255.255.255.0
ip nat inside
!
The following example shows NAT configured on the provider edge (PE) device with a static route to the
shared service for the vrf1 and vrf2 VPNs. NAT is configured as inside source static one-to-one translation.
ip nat pool outside 10.4.4.1 10.4.4.254 netmask 255.255.255.0

ip nat outside source list 1 pool mypool
ip nat inside source static 192.168.121.33 10.2.2.1 vrf vrf1
ip nat inside source static 192.168.121.33.10.2.2.2 vrf vrf2

37
Example: Configuring Dynamic Translation of Inside Source Addresses
Example: Configuring Dynamic Translation of Inside Source Addresses

The following example shows how inside hosts addressed from either the 192.168.1.0 or the 192.168.2.0
network are translated to the globally unique 172.31.233.208/28 network:

!
ip address 172.31.232.182 255.255.255.240
ip nat outside
!
ip address 192.168.1.94 255.255.255.0
ip nat inside
!
!
The following example shows how only traffic local to the provider edge (PE) device running NAT is translated:
ip nat inside source list 1 interface gigabitethernet 0/0/0 vrf vrf1 overload
!
ip route vrf vrf1 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.1
ip route vrf vrf2 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.1
!
access-list 1 permit 10.1.1.1.0 0.0.0.255
!
!
ip route vrf vrf1 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.16.1.1 global
ip route vrf vrf2 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 172.16.1.1 global
!
Example: Using NAT to Allow Internal Users Access to the Internet

The following example shows how to create a pool of addresses that is named net-208. The pool contains
addresses from 172.31.233.208 to 172.31.233.233. Access list 1 allows packets with SA from 192.168.1.0 to
192.168.1.255. If no translation exists, packets matching access list 1 is translated to an address from the pool.
The router allows multiple local addresses (192.168.1.0 to 192.168.1.255) to use the same global address.
The router retains port numbers to differentiate the connections.
ip nat pool net-208 172.31.233.208 172.31.233.233 netmask 255.255.255.240

ip nat inside source list 1 pool net-208 overload
ip address 192.168.201.1 255.255.255.240
ip nat inside
!
ip address 192.168.201.29 255.255.255.240
ip nat outside
!

38
Example: Allowing Overlapping Networks to Communicate Using NAT
Example: Allowing Overlapping Networks to Communicate Using NAT

Example: Configuring Static Translation of Overlapping Networks
ip nat inside source static 192.168.121.33 10.2.2.1

!
ip address 10.114.11.39 255.255.255.0
ip nat inside
!
ip address 172.16.232.182 255.255.255.240
ip nat outside
!
Example: Configuring Dynamic Translation of Overlapping Networks

In the following example, the addresses in the local network are being used legitimately by someone
else on the Internet. An extra translation is required to access the external network. The pool net-10
is a pool of outside local IP addresses. The ip nat outside source list 1 pool net-10 command
translates the addresses of hosts from the outside overlapping network to addresses in that pool.

ip nat outside source list 1 pool net-10
!
ip address 10.114.11.39 255.255.255.0
ip nat inside
!
ip address 172.16.232.182 255.255.255.240
ip nat outside
!
Example: Configuring Server TCP Load Balancing

In the following example, the goal is to define a virtual address, connections to which are distributed among
a set of real hosts. The pool defines addresses of real hosts. The access list defines the virtual address. If a
translation does not exist, TCP packets from serial interface 0 (the outside interface), whose destination
matches the access list, are translated to an address from the pool.
ip nat pool real-hosts 192.168.15.2 192.168.15.15 prefix-length 28 type rotary

access-list 2 permit 192.168.15.1
ip nat inside destination list 2 pool real-hosts
ip address 192.168.15.129 255.255.255.240
ip nat inside
!
interface serial 0
ip address 192.168.15.17 255.255.255.240

39
Example: Enabling Route Maps on Inside Interfaces
ip nat outside
!
Example: Enabling Route Maps on Inside Interfaces

!
Example: Enabling NAT Route Maps Outside-to-Inside Support

The following example shows how to configure a route map A and route map B to allow outside-to-inside
translation for a destination-based Network Address Translation (NAT):
ip nat pool POOL-A 192.168.201.4 192.168.201.6 netmask 255.255.255.128
ip nat pool POOL-B 192.168.201.7 192.168.201.9 netmask 255.255.255.128
ip nat inside source route-map MAP-A pool POOL-A reversible
ip nat inside source route-map MAP-B pool POOL-B reversible
Example: Configuring NAT of External IP Addresses Only

ip nat inside source static network 10.1.1.1 192.168.2510/24 no-payload
ip nat inside source static tcp 10.1.1.1 2000 192.168.1.1 2000 no-payload
ip nat inside source static 10.1.1.1 192.168.1.1 no-payload
ip nat outside source static 10.1.1. 192.168.1.1 no-payload
ip nat outside source static tcp 10.1.1.1 20000 192.168.1.1 20000 no-payload
ip nat outside source static network 10.1.1.1 192.168.251.0/24 no-payload
Example: Configuring Support for Users with Static IP Addresses

ip nat inside
!
ip nat allow-static-host
ip nat pool pool1 172.16.0.0 172.16.0.254 netmask 255.255.255.0 accounting WLAN-ACCT
access-list 1 deny ip 192.168.196.51
Example: Configuring NAT Static IP Support

The following example shows how to enable static IP address support for the device at 192.168.196.51:

ip nat inside
!
ip nat allow-static-host
ip nat pool net-208 172.16.1.1 172.16.1.10 netmask 255.255.255.0 accounting WLAN-ACCT
access-list 1 deny ip 192.168.196.51
Example: Creating a RADIUS Profile for NAT Static IP Support

The following example shows how to create a RADIUS profile for use with the NAT Static IP Support feature:

40
Example: Configuring the Rate Limiting NAT Translation Feature
aaa new-model
!
aaa group server radius WLAN-RADIUS
server 172.16.88.1 auth-port 1645 acct-port 1645
server 172.16.88.1 auth-port 1645 acct-port 1646
!
aaa accounting network WLAN-ACCT start-stop group WLAN-RADIUS
aaa session-id common
ip radius source-interface gigabitethernet3/0
radius-server host 172.31.88.1 auth-port 1645 acct-port 1646
radius-server key cisco
Example: Configuring the Rate Limiting NAT Translation Feature

The following example shows how to limit the maximum number of allowed NAT entries to 300:
ip nat translation max-entries 300
The following example shows how to limit the VRF instance named “vrf1” to 150 NAT entries:
ip nat translation max-entries vrf vrf1 150
The following example shows how to limit each VRF instance to 200 NAT entries:
ip nat translation max-entries all-vrf 200
The following example shows how to limit the VRF instance, “vrf2” to 225 NAT entries, but limit all other
VRF instances to 100 NAT entries each:
The following example shows how to limit the access control list named “vrf3” to 100 NAT entries:
ip nat translation max-entries list vrf3 100
The following example shows how to limit the host at IP address 10.0.0.1 to 300 NAT entries:
ip nat translation max-entries host 10.0.0.1 300
Example: Setting a Global NAT Rate Limit

The following example shows how to limit the maximum number of allowed NAT entries to 300:
ip nat translation max-entries 300
Example: Setting NAT Rate Limits for a Specific VRF Instance

The following example shows how to limit the VRF instance named “vrf1” to 150 NAT entries:
Example: Setting NAT Rate Limits for All VRF Instances

The following example shows how to limit each VRF instance to 200 NAT entries:
The following example shows how to limit the VRF instance, “vrf2” to 225 NAT entries, but limit all other
VRF instances to 100 NAT entries each:

41
Example: Setting NAT Rate Limits for Access Control Lists

Example: Setting NAT Rate Limits for Access Control Lists

The following example shows how to limit the access control list named “vrf3” to 100 NAT entries:
ip nat translation max-entries list vrf3 100
Example: Setting NAT Rate Limits for an IP Address

The following example shows how to limit the host at IP address 10.0.0.1 to 300 NAT entries:
ip nat translation max-entries host 10.0.0.1 300
Where to Go Next
• To configure NAT for use with application-level gateways, see the “Using Application Level Gateways
with NAT” module.
• To verify, monitor, and maintain NAT, see the “Monitoring and Maintaining NAT” module.
• To integrate NAT with Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) VPNs, see the “Integrating NAT with
MPLS VPNs” module.
• To configure NAT for high availability, see the “Configuring NAT for High Availability” module.
Additional References for Configuring NAT for IP Address

Conservation
Related Documents
Related Topic Document Title
Cisco IOS commands Cisco IOS Master Command List, All Releases
NAT commands: complete command syntax, Cisco IOS IP Addressing Services Command Reference
command mode command history, defaults,
usage guidelines, and examples
Application-level gateways Using Application Level Gateways with NAT module
IP access list sequence numbering IP Access List Entry Sequence Numbering document
RADIUS attributes overview RADIUS Attributes Overview and RADIUS IETF Attributes
module

42
Additional References for Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation
Standards and RFCs
Standard/RFC Title
IETF Behave Draft NAT MIB Definitions of Managed Objects for Network Address
Translators (NAT) draft-ietf-behave-nat-mib-11
RFC 1597 Internet Assigned Numbers Authority
RFC 1631 The IP Network Address Translation (NAT)
RFC 1918 Address Allocation for Private Internets
RFC 2663 IP Network Address Translation (NAT) Terminology and

Considerations
RFC 3022 Traditional IP Network Address Translation (Traditional NAT)
Technical Assistance
Description Link
The Cisco Support website provides extensive online resources, including http://www.cisco.com/support
documentation and tools for troubleshooting and resolving technical issues
with Cisco products and technologies.
To receive security and technical information about your products, you can
subscribe to various services. These services are the Product Alert Tool
(accessed from Field Notices), the Cisco Technical Services Newsletter, and
Really Simple Syndication (RSS) Feeds.
Access to most tools on the Cisco Support website requires a Cisco.com user
ID and password.

43
Additional References for Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation

44
CHAPTER 3
Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT
This module describes the basic tasks to configure an application-level gateway (ALG) with Network Address
Translation (NAT). This module also provides information about the protocols that use ALGs for IP header
translation.
NAT performs translation services on any TCP/UDP traffic that does not carry source and destination IP
addresses in the application data stream. Protocols that do not carry the source and destination IP addresses
include HTTP, TFTP, telnet, archie, finger, Network Time Protocol (NTP), Network File System (NFS),
remote login (rlogin), remote shell (rsh) protocol, and remote copy (rcp).
Specific protocols that embed the IP address information within the payload require the support of an ALG.
NAT requires a variety of ALGs to handle application data stream (Layer 7) protocol-specific services such
as translating embedded IP addresses and port numbers in the packet payload and extracting new
connection/session information from control channels.
NAT supports virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) for protocols that have a supported ALG.
The Support for IPsec ESP Through NAT feature provides the ability to support multiple concurrent IPsec
Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) tunnels or connections through a NAT device configured in Overload
or Port Address Translation (PAT) mode. You can use the ip nat service dns-v6 command to control processing
of IPv6 DNS packets by ALG
• Prerequisites for Using Application Level Gateways with NAT, on page 45
• Restrictions for Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT, on page 46
• Information About Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT, on page 46
• How to Configure Application-Level Gateways with NAT, on page 50
• Configuration Examples for Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT, on page 55
• Additional References for Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT, on page 56
• Feature Information for Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT, on page 57
Prerequisites for Using Application Level Gateways with NAT

• Before performing the tasks in this module, you should be familiar with the concepts described in the
“Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation” module.
• All access lists required for use with the tasks in this module should be configured prior to beginning
the configuration task. For information about how to configure an access list, see the “IP Access List
Sequence Numbering” document.

45
Restrictions for Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT
• Before performing the tasks in this module, you should verify that the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)
and H.323 are not disabled. SIP and H.323 are enabled by default.
Restrictions for Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT

• Configuring EDM (end-point dependent mapping) using NAT is not supported on ALG.
• The H.323 functionality is deprecated in Cisco IOS 15.9(3)M release and this change can impact the
NAT H.323 ALG functionality. The Cisco Technical Support team does not provide support for the ALG
functionality issues related to the H.323 deprecation. If you are impacted by this change, it is recommended
to use SIP as a migration path.
Information About Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT

IPsec
IPsec is a set of extensions to the IP protocol family in a framework of open standards for ensuring secure
private communications over the Internet. Based on standards developed by the IETF, IPsec ensures
confidentiality, integrity, and authenticity of data communications across the public network and provides
cryptographic security services.
Secure tunnels between two peers, such as two routers, are provided and decisions are made as to which
packets are considered sensitive and should be sent through these secure tunnels, and which parameters should
be used to protect these sensitive packets by specifying characteristics of these tunnels. When the IPsec peer
receives a sensitive packet, it sets up the appropriate secure tunnel and sends the packet through the tunnel to
the remote peer.
IPsec using Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) can pass through a router running NAT without any specific
support from it as long as Network Address Port Translation (NAPT) or address overloading is not configured.
You can enable IPsec packet processing using ESP with the ip nat service ipsec-esp enable command.
There are a number of factors to consider when attempting an IPsec VPN connection that traverses a NAPT
device that represents multiple private internal IP addresses as a single public external IP address. Such factors
include the capabilities of the VPN server and client, the capabilities of the NAPT device, and whether more
than one simultaneous connection is attempted across the NAPT device.
There are two possible methods for configuring IPsec on a router with NAPT:
• Encapsulate IPsec in a Layer 4 protocol such as TCP or UDP. In this case, IPsec is sneaking through
NAT. The NAT device is unaware of the encapsulation.
• Add IPsec-specific support to NAPT. IPsec works with NAT in this case as opposed to sneaking through
NAT. The NAT Support for IPsec ESP-- Phase II feature provides support for Internet Key Exchange
(IKE) and ESP without encapsulation in tunnel mode through a Cisco IOS router configured with NAPT.
We recommend that TCP and UDP be used when conducting IPsec sessions that traverse a NAPT device.
However, not all VPN servers or clients support TCP or UDP.

46
Benefits of Configuring NAT IPsec
SPI Matching
SPI matching is used to establish VPN connections between multiple pairs of destinations. NAT entries will
immediately be placed in the translation table for endpoints matching the configured access list..
Benefits of Configuring NAT IPsec

• NAT enables customers to deploy private IP addresses within their network and translate the private IP
addresses to public IP addresses when connecting to the Internet or when interconnecting with another
corporate network.
• NAT support for the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) adds the ability to deploy NAT on VoIP solutions
based on SIP.
• With NAT ALGs, customers can control their IP address scheme and include complete support for H.323
v2 gatekeeper designs.
• ESP entries in the translation table are normally delayed from being transmitted until a reply is received
from the destination. With predictable security parameter indexes (SPIs) and SPI matching, the delay
can be eliminated because SPI entries are matched. Some third-party concentrators require both source
ports and incoming ports to use port 500. Use the ip nat service preserve-port command to preserve
the ports rather than changing them, which is required with regular NAT.
Voice and Multimedia over IP Networks

SIP is a protocol developed by the IETF Multiparty Multimedia Session Control (MMUSIC) Working Group.
The Cisco SIP functionality equips Cisco routers to signal the setup of voice and multimedia calls over IP
networks. SIP provides an alternative to H.323 within the VoIP internetworking software.
Session Description Protocol (SDP) is a protocol that describes multimedia sessions. SDP may be used in SIP
message bodies to describe multimedia sessions used for creating and controlling multimedia sessions with
two or more participants.
The NAT Support for SIP feature allows SIP embedded messages passing through a router configured with
NAT to be translated and encoded back to the packet. An ALG is used with NAT to translate the SIP or SDP
messages.
Note By default support for SIP is enabled on port 5060. Therefore, NAT-enabled devices interpret all packets
on this port as SIP call messages. If other applications in the system use port 5060 to send packets, the
NAT service may corrupt the packet as it attempts to interpret the packet as a SIP call message.
NAT Support of H.323 v2 RAS

Cisco IOS NAT supports all H.225 and H.245 message types, including those sent in the Registration,
Admission, and Status (RAS) protocol. RAS provides a number of messages that are used by software clients
and VoIP devices to register their location, request assistance in call setup, and control bandwidth. The RAS
messages are directed toward an H.323 gatekeeper.
Some RAS messages include IP addressing information in the payload, typically meant to register a user with
the gatekeeper or learn about another user already registered. If these messages are not known to NAT, they
cannot be translated to an IP address that will be visible to the public.

47
NAT Support for H.323 v3 and v4 in v2 Compatibility Mode
In Cisco IOS Release 12.2(2)T and later releases, embedded IP addresses can be inspected for potential address
translation. Prior to Cisco IOS Release 12.2(2)T, NAT did not support H.323 v2 RAS messages.
NAT Support for H.323 v3 and v4 in v2 Compatibility Mode

H.323 is an ITU-T specification for transmitting audio, video, and data across packet networks. NAT supports
four versions of the H.323 protocols: Version 1, Version 2, Version 3, and Version 4. The NAT Support for
H.323 v3 and v4 in v2 Compatibility Mode feature enables NAT routers to support messages coded in H.323
Version 3 and Version 4 when these messages contain fields that are compatible with H.323 Version 2. This
feature does not support H.323 capabilities introduced in H.323 Version 3 and Version 4, such as new message
types or new fields that require address translation.
NAT H.245 Tunneling Support

The NAT H.245 Tunneling Support feature supports H.245 tunneling in H.323 ALGs. The H.245 tunneling
supports H.245 tunnel messages that are needed to create a media channel setup.
For an H.323 call to take place, an H.225 connection on TCP port 1720 must be opened. When the H.225
connection is opened, the H.245 session is initiated and established. The H.323 connection can take place on
a separate channel other than the H.225 or it can be done by using H.245 tunneling on the same H.225 channel
whereby the H.245 messages are embedded in H.225 messages and sent on the previously established H.225
channel.
If the H.245 tunneled message is not understood by NAT, the media address or the port number is left
untranslated by NAT, resulting in media traffic failure. The H.245 FastConnect procedures will not help if
the H.245 tunneled message is not understood by NAT because FastConnect is terminated as soon as an H.245
tunneled message is sent.
NAT Support of Skinny Client Control Protocol

Cisco IP phones use the SCCP to connect with and register to Cisco CallManager.
To be able to configure Cisco IOS NAT between the IP phone and Cisco CallManager in a scalable environment,
NAT needs to be able to detect the SCCP and understand the information passed within the messages. Messages
flow back and forth that include IP address and port information used to identify other IP phone users with
which a call can be placed.
The SCCP client to Cisco CallManager communication typically flows from inside to outside. Domain Name
System (DNS) should be used to resolve the Cisco CallManager IP address connection when the Cisco
CallManager is on the inside (behind the NAT device), or static NAT should be configured to reach the Cisco
CallManager in the inside.
When an IP phone attempts to connect to the Cisco CallManager and it matches the configured NAT rules,
NAT will translate the original source IP address and replace it with one from the configured pool. This new
address will be reflected in the Cisco CallManager and be visible to other IP phone users.
NAT Support of SCCP Fragmentation

Skinny Client Control Protocol (SCCP) messages, also called Skinny control messages, are exchanged over
TCP. If either the IP phone or the Cisco Unified CallManager is configured to have a TCP maximum segment
size (MSS) lower than the Skinny control message payload, the Skinny control message is segmented across

48
NAT Segmentation with Layer 4 Forwarding
multiple TCP segments. Prior to the introduction of this feature, Skinny control message exchanges used to
fail during TCP segmentation because the NAT Skinny ALG was not able to reassemble Skinny control
messages. The NAT SCCP Fragmentation Support feature adds support for TCP segments for the NAT Skinny
ALG and fragmented payloads that requires an IP translation or a port translation is no longer dropped.
Skinny control messages can also be IP fragmented by using Virtual Fragmentation Reassembly (VFR).
In Cisco IOS Release 15.1(3)T and later releases, NAT works with SCCP phones Version 17 and higher.
NAT Segmentation with Layer 4 Forwarding

The NAT Segmentation with Layer 4 Forwarding feature is implemented for the H.323, Skinny Client Control
Protocol (SCCP), and the TCP Domain Name System (DNS) protocol. NAT supports the processing of
segmented H.323, SCCP, or TCP DNS messages that are split across multiple packets.
Layer 4 forwarding or TCP proxy is responsible for session handling that includes setting sequence numbers
in order, acknowledging the numbers in a packet, resegmenting the translated packet if it is larger than the
maximum segment size (MSS), and handling retransmissions in case of packet loss. Layer 4 forwarding also
handles out-of-order packets and these packets are buffered and not dropped. Layer 4 forwarding buffers
received packets and notifies the NAT ALG when an in-order packet is available, sends acknowledgments to
end hosts for received packets, and sends translated packets that it receives from the NAT ALG back into the
output packet path.
Restrictions
The NAT Segmentation with Layer 4 Forwarding feature does not work when:
• Firewalls are configured using the ip inspect name command. (Context-Based Access Control (CBAC)
firewalls are not supported. Zone-based firewalls are supported.)
• H.323, SCCP, or TCP DNS messages are larger than 18 KB.
• Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) is configured.
• NAT and the Cisco Unified CallManager are configured on the same device. In this case, a colocated
solution in Call Manager Express is used.
• NAT Virtual Interface (NVI) is configured.
• Stateful Network Address Translation (SNAT) is enabled.
Note Effective January 31, 2014, Stateful NAT is not available in Cisco IOS
software. For more information, see End-of-Sale and End-of-Life
Announcement for the Cisco IOS Stateful Failover of Network Address
Translation (SNAT).
• The match-in-vrf keyword is configured along with the ip nat inside source command for packet
translation.
• The packets are IPv6 packets.

49
How to Configure Application-Level Gateways with NAT
How to Configure Application-Level Gateways with NAT

Configuring IPsec Through NAT
Configuring IPsec ESP Through NAT
IPsec ESP Through NAT provides the ability to support multiple concurrent IPsec ESP tunnels or connections
through a Cisco IOS NAT device configured in Overload or PAT mode.
Perform this task to configure IPsec ESP through NAT.
Note IPsec can be configured for any NAT configuration, not just static NAT configurations.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat [inside | outside] source static local-ip global-ip [vrf vrf-name]
4. exit
DETAILED STEPS

Router> enable

Example:
Router# configure terminal
Step 3 ip nat [inside | outside] source static local-ip global-ip Enables static NAT.
[vrf vrf-name]
Example:
Router(config)# ip nat inside source static

10.10.10.10 192.168.30.30
Step 4 exit Returns to privileged EXEC mode.

Example:

50
Enabling the Preserve Port
Router(config)# exit
Step 5 show ip nat translations (Optional) Displays active NATs.

Example:
Router# show ip nat translations
Enabling the Preserve Port
Note This task is required by certain VPN concentrators. Cisco VPN devices generally do not use this feature.
This task is used for IPsec traffic using port 500 for the source port. Perform this task to enable port 500 to
be preserved for the source port.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat service list access-list-number IKE preserve-port
DETAILED STEPS

Router> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat service list access-list-number IKE preserve-port Specifies IPsec traffic that matches the access list to
preserve the port.
Example:
Router(config)# ip nat service list 10 IKE

preserve-port
Note When you configure the ip nat service list list

IKE preserve-port, ensure that you define the
access list for both in2out and out2in traffic.

51
Enabling SPI Matching on the NAT Device
Enabling SPI Matching on the NAT Device
Note SPI matching is disabled by default.
Security parameter index (SPI) matching is used to establish VPN connections between multiple pairs of
destinations. NAT entries are immediately placed in the translation table for endpoints matching the configured
access list. SPI matching is available only for endpoints that choose SPIs according to the predictive algorithm
implemented in Cisco IOS Release 12.2(15)T.
The generation of SPIs that are predictable and symmetric is enabled. SPI matching should be used in
conjunction with NAT devices when multiple ESP connections across a NAT device are desired.
Before you begin

Cisco IOS software must be running on both the source router and the remote gateway enabling parallel
processing.
Note SPI matching must be configured on the NAT device and both endpoint devices.
>
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat service list access-list-number ESP spi-match
DETAILED STEPS

Router> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat service list access-list-number ESP spi-match Specifies an access list to enable SPI matching.
Example: • This example shows how to enter ESP traffic matching
list 10 into the NAT table, making the assumption that
Router(config)# ip nat service list 10 ESP both devices are Cisco devices and are configured to
spi-match provide matchable SPIs.

52
Enabling SPI Matching on Endpoints
Enabling SPI Matching on Endpoints
Before you begin

Cisco software must be running on both the source device and the remote gateway, enabling parallel processing.
Note Security parameter index (SPI) matching must be configured on the Network Address Translation (NAT)
device and on both endpoint devices.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. crypto ipsec nat-transparency spi-matching
4. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 crypto ipsec nat-transparency spi-matching Enables SPI matching on both endpoints.
Example:
Device(config)# crypto ipsec nat-transparency
spi-matching
Step 4 end Exits global configuration mode and enters privileged EXEC
mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end
Enabling MultiPart SDP Support for NAT

The MultiPart SDP Support for NAT feature provides support for the multipart Session Description Protocol
(SDP) in a SIP ALG. MultiPart SDP support for NAT is disabled by default.
Note NAT translates only embedded IPv4 addresses.

53
Configuring NAT Between an IP Phone and Cisco CallManager
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat service allow-multipart
4. exit
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat service allow-multipart Enables multipart SDP.

Example:
Device(config)# ip nat service allow-multipart
Step 4 exit Exits global configuration mode and enters privileged EXEC
mode.
Example:
Step 5 show ip nat translations (Optional) Displays active NATs.

Example:
Configuring NAT Between an IP Phone and Cisco CallManager

This section describes configuring Cisco’s Skinny Client Control Protocol (SCCP) for Cisco IP phone to
Cisco CallManager communication. The task in this section configures NAT between an IP phone and Cisco
CallManager.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat service skinny tcp port number

54
Configuration Examples for Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT
DETAILED STEPS

Router> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat service skinny tcp port number Configures the skinny protocol on the specified TCP port.
Example:
Router(config)# ip nat service skinny tcp port

20002
Configuration Examples for Using Application-Level Gateways

with NAT
Example: Specifying a Port for NAT Translation
ip nat service skinny tcp port 20002
Example: Enabling the Preserve Port

The following example shows how to configure TCP port 500 of the third-party concentrator. Access list 10
is configured.
ip nat service list 10 IKE preserve-port

Example Enabling SPI Matching

The following example shows how to enable SPI matching. Access list 10 is configured:
ip nat service list 10 ESP spi-match

Example: Enabling SPI Matching on Endpoints

crypto ipsec nat-transparency spi-matching

55
Example: Enabling MultiPart SDP Support for NAT
Example: Enabling MultiPart SDP Support for NAT

ip nat service allow-multipart
Example: Specifying a Port for NAT Translation

ip nat service skinny tcp port 20002
Where to Go Next
• To learn about NAT and configure NAT for IP address conservation, see the “Configuring NAT for IP
Address Conservation” module.
• To verify monitor, and maintain NAT, see the “Monitoring and Maintaining NAT” module.
• To integrate NAT with MPLS VPNs, see the “Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs” module.
Additional References for Using Application-Level Gateways

with NAT
Related Documents
NAT commands: complete command syntax, Cisco IOS IP Addressing Services Command
command mode, defaults, usage guidelines, and Reference
examples
IP access list sequence numbering IP Access List Sequence Numbering
NAT IP address conservation Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation
Description Link
The Cisco Support and Documentation website provides http://www.cisco.com/cisco/web/support/index.html

online resources to download documentation, software,
and tools. Use these resources to install and configure
the software and to troubleshoot and resolve technical
issues with Cisco products and technologies. Access to
most tools on the Cisco Support and Documentation
website requires a Cisco.com user ID and password.

56
Feature Information for Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT
Feature Information for Using Application-Level Gateways with

NAT
Table 2: Feature Information for Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT
Feature Name Releases Feature Configuration Information
ALG—H.323 v6 Support Cisco IOS XE The ALG—H.323 v6 supports the parsing of

Release 3.6S H.323 v6 packets and the inspection and
translation of IPv4 address information in H.323
messages.
ALG—SCCP Version 17 Support Cisco IOS XE The ALG—SCCP Version 17 Support feature
Release 3.5S enables the SCCP ALG to parse SCCP Version
17 packets. Cisco Unified Communications
Manager 7.0 and IP phones that use Cisco Unified
Communications Manager 7.0 support only SCCP
Version 17 messages. The SCCP Version 17
packets support IPv6 packets. The SCCP ALG
supports the inspection and translation of IPv4
address information in SCCP messages.
NAT ALG—SIP REFER Method Cisco IOS XE The NAT ALG—SIP REFER method feature
Release 3.2S supports two types of call transfers, unattended
(blind) transfer and attended (consultative)
transfer.
NAT ALG—SIP Trunking Support Cisco IOS XE The NAT ALG—SIP Trunking Support feature
Release 3.2S uses a local database to store all media-related
information within a SIP trunk. Call IDs of each
call are used to index this local database.
NAT Basic H.323 ALG Support Cisco IOS XE NAT requires a variety of ALGs to handle Layer
Release 2.1 7 protocol-specific services such as translating
embedded IP addresses and port numbers in the
packet payload and extracting new
connection/session information from control
channels. The NAT Basic H.323 ALG support
feature provides these specific services for H.323
messages.
NAT DNS ALG Support Cisco IOS XE The NAT DNS ALG Support feature supports
Release 2.1 translation of DNS packets.
NAT FTP ALG Support Cisco IOS XE The NAT FTP ALG Support feature supports
Release 2.1 translation of FTP packets.

57
NAT H.323 RAS Cisco IOS XE NAT supports all H.225 and H. 245 message types,
Release 2.4 including those sent in the Registration,
Admission, and Status (RAS) protocol. RAS
provides a number of messages that are used by
software clients and VoIP devices to register their
location, request assistance in call setup, and
control bandwidth. The RAS messages are directed
toward an H.323 gatekeeper.
NAT ICMP ALG Support Cisco IOS XE The NAT ICMP ALG Support feature supports
Release 2.1 translation of ICMP packets.
NAT NetBIOS ALG Support Cisco IOS XE NAT provides Network Basic Input Output System
Release 3.1S (NetBIOS) message translation support. The NAT
NetBIOS ALG Support feature introduced the
following command to display NetBIOS-specific
information for a device: show platform
hardware qfp [active | standby] feature alg
statistics netbios.
NAT NetMeeting Directory Cisco IOS XE The NAT NetMeeting Directory (LDAP) feature
(LDAP) Release 2.4 provides ALG support for NetMeeting directory
LDAP messages.
NAT RCMD ALG Support Cisco IOS XE NAT provides remote command execution service
Release 3.1S (RCMD) message translation support.The NAT
RCMD ALG Support feature introduced the
following command to display RCMD-specific
information for a device: show platform software
trace message process qfp active.
NAT RTSP ALG Support Cisco IOS XE The NAT RTSP ALG Support feature provides
Release 3.1S RTSP message translation support.
NAT—SCCP for Video Cisco IOS XE The NAT—SCCP for Video feature provides
Release 2.4 SCCP video message translation support.
NAT—SIP ALG Enhancement for Cisco IOS XE The NAT—SIP ALG Enhancement for T.38 Fax
T.38 Fax Relay Release 2.4.1 Relay feature provides translation support for SIP
ALG support of T.38 Fax Relay over IP.
NAT—SIP Extended Methods Cisco IOS XE The NAT—SIP Extended Methods feature
Release 2.4 supports extended methods for SIP.
NAT Support of IP Phone to Cisco Cisco IOS XE The NAT Support of IP Phone to Cisco
CallManager Release 2.1 CallManager feature adds NAT support for
configuring Cisco SCCP for a Cisco IP phone-to-
Cisco CallManager communication.

58
NAT Support for IPsec Cisco IOS XE The NAT Support for IPsec ESP-- Phase II feature
ESP—Phase II Release 2.1 provides support for Internet Key Exchange (IKE)
and ESP without encapsulation in tunnel mode
through a device configured with NAPT.
NAT Support for SIP Cisco IOS XE The NAT Support for SIP feature adds the ability
Release 2.1 to deploy NAT between VoIP solutions based on
SIP.
Cisco IOS XE
Release 3.2S
NAT TFTP ALG Support Cisco IOS XE The NAT TFTP ALG Support feature supports
Release 2.1 translation of TFTP packets.
NAT VRF-Aware ALG Support Cisco IOS XE The NAT VRF-Aware ALG Support feature
Release 2.5 supports VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) for
protocols that have a supported ALG.
NAT vTCP ALG Support Cisco IOS XE The NAT vTCP ALG Support feature provides
Release 3.1S vTCP support to handle TCP segmentation and
reassembling for ALG.
Cisco IOS XE
Release 3.2S
Support for IPsec ESP Through Cisco IOS XE The Support for IPsec ESP Through NAT feature
NAT Release 2.1 provides the ability to support multiple, concurrent
IPsec ESP tunnels or connections through a NAT
device configured in Overload or PAT mode.

59

60
CHAPTER 4
Carrier Grade Network Address Translation
Carrier Grade Network Address Translation (CGN) is a large-scale NAT that translates private IPv4 addresses
into public IPv4 addresses. CGN employs Network Address and Port Translation methods to aggregate multiple
private IPv4 addresses into fewer public IPv4 addresses.
This module provides an overview of CGN and describes how to configure CGN.
• Restrictions for Carrier Grade Network Address Translation, on page 61
• Information About Carrier Grade Network Address Translation, on page 62
• How to Configure Carrier Grade Network Address Translation, on page 63
• Configuration Examples for Carrier Grade Network Address Translation, on page 71
• Additional References for Carrier Grade Network Address Translation, on page 72
• Feature Information for Carrier Grade Network Address Translation, on page 73
Restrictions for Carrier Grade Network Address Translation

• Asymmetric routing with box-to-box (B2B) redundancy is not supported in Carrier Grade Network
Address Translation (CGN) mode.
• B2B redundancy is not supported on broadband with CGN; B2B is supported on standalone CGN.
• Broadband is not supported with traditional NAT.
• CGN does not support IP sessions.
• NAT outside mappings are disabled automatically when CGN operating mode is configured using the
ip nat settings mode cgn command.
• CGN does not support integration with Cisco Performance Routing (PfR). Commands with the oer
keyword are not supported. For example, the ip nat inside source route-map pool overload oer and
the ip nat inside source list pool overload oer commands are not supported.
• The match-in-vrf keyword for intra-VPN NAT is not supported with CGN.
• If you specify a destination port to configure timeout in CGN mode, the destination port is ignored and
the local port is considered for timeout.
• The ip nat settings log-destination command is not supported in a Box-to-Box High-Availability set
up.

61
Information About Carrier Grade Network Address Translation
Information About Carrier Grade Network Address Translation

Carrier Grade NAT Overview
Network Address Translation (NAT) is positioned between a private and public IP network and uses nonglobal,
private IP addresses and a public IP address for translation. NAT dynamically maps one or more private IP
addresses into one or more public (globally routable) IP addresses that use Network Address and Port
Translation (NAPT) techniques. Traditionally, NAT boxes are deployed in residential home gateways (HGWs)
to translate multiple private IP addresses that are configured on multiple devices inside the home to a single
public IP address that is configured and provisioned on the HGW by the service provider. Service providers
deploy NAT in such a way that multiple subscribers can share a single global IP address. The service provider
NAT scales to several millions of NAT translations, making it a Carrier Grade NAT (CGN).
In CGN, packets that traverse from inside the network to outside require only the source address port translation;
destination address port translation is not required. CGN can be standalone like traditional NAT or you can
use it along with broadband access aggregation. CGN coexists with Intelligent Services Gateway (ISG) features
such as Layer 4 Redirect and subscriber services such as traffic classes.
You can configure CGN by using the ip nat settings mode cgn command. Use the ip nat settings mode
default command to change to the default or traditional NAT operating mode. In the CGN mode, you cannot
configure any NAT outside mappings. Mode changes on an active NAT device are not allowed. However,
when you change from the default NAT mode to CGN mode, all existing outside mappings have to be removed.
Use the no ip nat settings support mapping outside command to remove all outside mappings and to prevent
any new outside mappings from being configured. You can also remove outside mappings by using the no
form of commands used to configure NAT outside. In case there are specific ports configured with TCP or
UDP timeout values, remove the configuration of ip nat translation port protocol port timeout completely
and configure the timeout values for these protocols using the same command. Alternatively, reload the device.
Note, if you specify a destination port to configure timeout in CGN mode, the destination port is ignored and
the local port is considered for timeout.
CGN increases the scalability of the number of NAT translations that can be supported because destination
information is not stored.
CGN supports the following:
• All application-level gateways (ALGs) that are supported by traditional NAT. For more information
about supported ALGs, see the Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT module of the IP Addressing:
NAT Configuration Guide.
• Endpoint independent mapping and endpoint independent filtering.
• Hairpinning by using VRF-Aware Software Infrastructure (VASI) and policy-based routing (PBR).
Hairpinning occurs when two subscribers are behind the same NAT device but can see each other only
by using the global IP address.
• Interbox and intrabox redundancy.
• Lawful intercept.
• Logging of NAT high-speed logging (HSL) records. For more information about HSL, see the section
“High-Speed Logging for NAT” in the Maintaining and Monitoring NAT module of the IP Addressing:
NAT Configuration Guide.

62
Carrier Grade NAT Support for Broadband Access Aggregation
• Multihoming, which is the ability to support multiple outside interfaces to provide connectivity through
redundant or standby exit points. Depending on the configured routing topology, any exit interface that
is marked as an outside interface can use a translation that was created previously.
• TCP timeout value of 2 hours and 4 minutes.
• VPN routing and forwarding (VRF)-aware NAT.
• CGN NAT can scale to higher number of translations on ESP200 using the ip nat settings scale bind
command.
Carrier Grade NAT Support for Broadband Access Aggregation

You can configure Carrier Grade Network Address Translation (CGN) as an independent feature or use CGN
along with broadband access aggregation.
Broadband access aggregation enables connections between multiple technologies such as cable, digital
subscriber line (DSL), Ethernet, ISDN, and wireless devices that are connected to corporate VPNs, third-party
applications, and the Internet.
PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) connects hosts on a network over a simple bridging device to a remote aggregation
concentrator. PPPoE is the predominant access protocol in broadband networks worldwide.
For PPPoE to work with CGN, either the virtual templates or the RADIUS server must provide the Network
Address Translation (NAT) inside configuration. The NAT inside configuration can be downloaded as part
of the RADIUS authentication or alternatively configure the ip nat inside command on the virtual template.
This gets cloned into a virtual access interface that inherits the ip nat inside configuration. For the RADIUS
server to provide the NAT inside configuration, configure the aaa policy interface-config allow-subinterface
global command or configure the Cisco attribute-value pairs (AV pairs) lcp:allow-subinterface=yes and then
include lcp:interface-config=ip nat inside in the RADIUS profile on a per-subscriber basis.
You can terminate a PPPoE session either in the global routing table or at a VRF instance.
CGN supports dual-stack (IPv4 and IPv6) PPP sessions. However, only IPv4 traffic is subject to NAT. The
IPv6 traffic is not translated; it is routed as per the IPv6 routing configuration.
How to Configure Carrier Grade Network Address Translation

Based on your network configuration, you can configure static, dynamic, or dynamic PAT Carrier Grade
NAT.
Note You must use at least one of the configurations described in the following tasks for Carrier Grade NAT
to work.
Configuring Static Carrier Grade NAT

Static address translation (static NAT) allows one-to-one mapping between local and global addresses. Use
the ip nat inside source static command to enable static NAT of the inside source address.

63
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat settings mode cgn
5. interface gigabitethernet card/spaslot/port.subinterface-number
6. ip nat inside
7. exit
9. ip nat outside
10. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat settings mode cgn Enables CGN operating mode.

Example:
Device(config)# ip nat settings mode cgn
Step 4 ip nat inside source static local-ip global-ip Enables static Carrier Grade NAT of the inside source
address.
Example:
192.168.2.1 192.168.34.2
Step 5 interface gigabitethernet Configures an interface and enters interface configuration

card/spaslot/port.subinterface-number mode.
Example: Note The NAT inside network can be applied to
Device(config)# interface gigabitethernet 0/0/4 interface virtual-template when the router is
used for broadband aggregation deployment.
Step 6 ip nat inside Indicates that the interface is connected to the inside
network (the network that is subject to NAT translation).
Example:
Step 7 exit Exits interface configuration mode and enters global

configuration mode.
Example:

64

Step 8 interface type number Configures an interface and enters interface configuration
mode.
Example:
Step 9 ip nat outside Indicates that the interface is connected to the outside
network.
Example:
Step 10 end Exits interface configuration mode and enters privileged

EXEC mode.
Example:
Step 11 show ip nat translations [verbose] Displays active NAT translations.

Example:
Example
The following is sample output from the show ip nat translations command:
Pro Inside global Inside local Outside local Outside global

udp 10.5.5.1:1025 192.0.2.1:4000 --- ---
udp 10.5.5.1:1024 192.0.2.3:4000 --- ---
udp 10.5.5.1:1026 192.0.2.2:4000 --- ---
Total number of translations: 3

udp 10.5.5.1:1025 192.0.2.1:4000 --- ---
create: 02/15/12 11:38:01, use: 02/15/12 11:39:02, timeout: 00:00:00
Map-Id(In): 1
Mac-Address: 0000.0000.0000 Input-IDB: TenGigabitEthernet1/1/0
entry-id: 0x0, use_count:1
udp 10.5.5.1:1024 192.0.2.3:4000 --- ---

Map-Id(In): 1
udp 10.5.5.1:1026 192.0.2.2:4000 --- ---

Map-Id(In): 1

65
Configuring Dynamic Carrier Grade NAT

Dynamic address translation (dynamic NAT) maps unregistered IP addresses to registered IP addresses from
a pool of registered IP addresses.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
4. access-list standard-access-list-number permit source wildcard
6. route-map map-tag
7. match ip address [access-list-number]
8. match ip next-hop [access-list-number]
9. exit
10. ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip prefix-length prefix-length
11. ip nat inside source route-map name pool name
13. ip nat inside
14. exit
16. ip nat outside
17. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

Example:
Step 4 access-list standard-access-list-number permit source Defines a standard access list and specifies a host.
wildcard
• Access list 1 defined in this step is used by the match
Example: ip address command.

66

0.0.0.255
wildcard
• Access list 2 defined in this step is used by the match
Example: ip next-hop command.
0.0.0.255
Step 6 route-map map-tag Defines conditions for redistributing routes from one
routing protocol into another or enables policy routing and
Example:
enters route-map configuration mode.
Device(config)# route-map nat-route-map
Step 7 match ip address [access-list-number] Distributes any routes that have a destination network
number address that is permitted by a standard access list,
Example:
an extended access list, or a prefix list or performs policy
Device(config-route-map)# match ip address 1 routing on packets.
Step 8 match ip next-hop [access-list-number] Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address
passed by one of the specified access lists.
Example:
Device(config-route-map)# match ip next-hop 2
Step 9 exit Exits route-map configuration mode and enters global

configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config-route-map)# exit
Step 10 ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip prefix-length Defines a pool of IP addresses for NAT.
prefix-length
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat pool nat-pool 10.1.1.1
10.1.254.254 prefix-length 16
Step 11 ip nat inside source route-map name pool name Enables dynamic NAT of the inside source address.
Example:
nat-route-map pool nat-pool

Example:

67
Configuring Dynamic Port Address Carrier Grade NAT

configuration mode.
Example:
mode.
Example:
network.
Example:

EXEC mode.
Example:

Port Address Translation (PAT) or overloading is a form of dynamic NAT that maps multiple unregistered
IP addresses to a single registered IP address (many-to-one mapping) by using different ports. PAT enables
thousands of users to connect to the Internet by using only one real global IP address.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
4. ip nat inside source list number pool name [overload]
8. ip nat inside
9. exit
11. ip nat outside
12. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

68

Example:

Example:
Step 4 ip nat inside source list number pool name [overload] Enables the router to use one global address for many local
addresses.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list 1 pool • When you configure the overload keyword, the TCP
nat-pool overload or UDP port number of each inside host distinguishes
between multiple conversations using the same local
IP address.
• The overload keyword configures overloading or
PAT.
Step 5 ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip netmask netmask Defines a pool of IP addresses for NAT.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat pool nat-pool 10.1.1.1
10.1.254.254 netmask 255.255.0.0
wildcard
Example:
255.255.0.0

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
mode.
Example:

69
Logging Destination IP Address and Port Details in Carrier Grade NAT (CGN) Mode

network.
Example:

EXEC mode.
Example:
Step 13 show ip nat statistics Displays NAT statistics.

Example:
Device# show ip nat statistics
Example
The following is sample output from the show ip nat statistics command:
Total active translations: 3 (0 static, 3 dynamic; 3 extended)

Outside interfaces:
TenGigabitEthernet2/0/0, TenGigabitEthernet2/1/0, TenGigabitEthernet2/2/0
TenGigabitEthernet2/3/0
Inside interfaces:
TenGigabitEthernet1/0/0, TenGigabitEthernet1/1/0, TenGigabitEthernet1/2/0
TenGigabitEthernet1/3/0
Hits: 59230465 Misses: 3
CEF Translated packets: 0, CEF Punted packets: 0
Expired translations: 0
Dynamic mappings:
-- Inside Source
[Id: 1] access-list 102 pool mypool refcount 3
pool mypool: netmask 255.255.255.0
start 10.5.5.1 end 10.5.5.5
type generic, total addresses 5, allocated 1 (20%), misses 0
nat-limit statistics:
max entry: max allowed 2147483647, used 3, missed 0
Pool stats drop: 0 Mapping stats drop: 0
Port block alloc fail: 0
IP alias add fail: 0
Limit entry add fail: 0
Logging Destination IP Address and Port Details in Carrier Grade NAT (CGN)
Mode
In the Carrier Grade NAT (CGN) mode, the destination IP address and port details are not logged when High
Speed Logging (HSL) records are generated. You can still log the destination IP address and destination port
details using the classic NAT mode, but that does not support Endpoint-independent filtering (EIF).

70
Configuration Examples for Carrier Grade Network Address Translation
Once the ip nat settings log-destination command is configured in the Carrier Grade NAT (CGN) mode,
the destination IP address and destination port details are included in the add and delete HSL records.
To enable including the destination IP and destination port information in the HSL messages for Carrier Grade
NAT (CGN) mode, use the following ip nat settings log-destination command.
Example
Device# show run | in log

ip nat settings log-destination
ip nat log translations flow-export v9 udp ipv6-destination 2001::2 30000 source
GigabitEthernet0/0/3
ip nat log translations flow-export v9 udp destination 172.27.61.85 20000
Configuration Examples for Carrier Grade Network Address

Translation
Example: Configuring Static Carrier Grade NAT
Device(config)# ip nat inside source static 192.168.2.1 192.168.34.2
Example: Configuring Dynamic Carrier Grade NAT

Device(config)# access-list 1 permit 10.1.1.0 0.0.0.255
Device(config)# route-map nat-route-map
Device(config-route-map)# match ip address 1
Device(config-route-map)# match ip next-hop 2
Device(config-route-map)# exit
Device(config)# ip nat pool nat-pool 10.1.1.1 10.1.254.254 prefix-length 16
Device(config)# ip nat inside source route-map nat-route-map pool nat-pool

71
Example: Configuring Dynamic Port Address Carrier Grade NAT
Example: Configuring Dynamic Port Address Carrier Grade NAT

Device(config)# ip nat inside source list 1 pool nat-pool overload
Device(config)# ip nat pool nat-pool 10.1.1.1 10.1.254.254 netmask 255.255.0.0
Additional References for Carrier Grade Network Address

Translation
Related Documents
Cisco IOS commands Master Command List, All Releases
NAT commands IP Addressing Command Reference
NAT ALGs “Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT”
HSL messages “Monitoring and Maintaining NAT”
Standards and RFCs
Standard/RFC Title
RFC 4787 Network Address Translation (NAT) Behavioral Requirements for Unicast UDP
RFC 5582 Location-to-URL Mapping Architecture and Framework

72
Feature Information for Carrier Grade Network Address Translation
Description Link
subscribe to various services, such as the Product Alert Tool (accessed from
Field Notices), the Cisco Technical Services Newsletter, and Really Simple
Syndication (RSS) Feeds.
ID and password.
Feature Information for Carrier Grade Network Address

Translation
Table 3: Feature Information for Carrier Grade Network Address Translation
Feature Name Releases Feature Information
Carrier Grade Network Address Cisco IOS XE Release Carrier Grade Network Address Translation
Translation 3.6S (CGN) is a large-scale NAT that translates
private IPv4 addresses into public IPv4
addresses. CGN employs Network Address and
Port Translation methods to aggregate multiple
private IPv4 addresses into fewer public IPv4
addresses.
The following commands were introduced or
modified: ip nat settings mode and ip nat
settings support mapping outside.
Note This feature is not supported on ISR
4000 platform.

73
Feature Information for Carrier Grade Network Address Translation

74
CHAPTER 5
Static NAT Mapping with HSRP
This module contains procedures for configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) to support the increasing
need for highly resilient IP networks. This network resiliency is required where application connectivity needs
to continue unaffected by failures to links and routers at the NAT border.
• Prerequisites for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP, on page 75
• Restrictions for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP, on page 75
• Information About Static NAT Mapping with HSRP, on page 76
• How to Configure Static NAT Mapping with HSRP, on page 77
• Configuration Example for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP, on page 80
• Additional References for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP, on page 81
• Feature Information for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP, on page 82
Prerequisites for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP

To understand how high availability is implemented see the “High Availability Overview” module in the .
Restrictions for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP

• Using any IP address configured on a device IP address as an address pool or in a NAT static rule is not
supported. NAT can share the physical interface address (not any other IP address) of a device only by
using the NAT interface overload configuration. A device uses the ports of its physical interface and
NAT must receive communication about the ports that it can safely use for translation. This communication
happens only when the NAT interface overload is configured.
• Virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) NAT with Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) is not supported.
Effective with Cisco IOS XE Denali 16.3.3, this restriction is not applicable. Upgrade to this release if
you want your device to support VRF NAT with HSRP.
• Static NAT mappings must be mirrored on two or more HSRP devices, because the NAT state is not
exchanged between devices running NAT in an HSRP group.
• If you configure both HSRP devices with the same static NAT and the hsrp keyword to link these devices
to the same HSRP group is not configured, the behavior of the devices will be unpredictable.

75
Information About Static NAT Mapping with HSRP
Information About Static NAT Mapping with HSRP

Static Mapping Support with HSRP for High Availability Feature Overview
When an Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) query is triggered for an address that is configured with NAT
static mapping and owned by the device, NAT responds with the burned in MAC (BIA MAC) address on the
interface to which the ARP is pointing. Two devices act as the Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) active
and standby. You must enable and configure the NAT outside interfaces of the active and standby devices to
belong to a group.
Address Resolution with ARP

A device in IP can have both a local address (which uniquely identifies the device on its local segment or
LAN) and a network address (which identifies the network to which the device belongs). The local address
is known as a data link address because it is contained in the data link layer (Layer 2 of the OSI model) part
of the packet header and is read by data-link devices such as bridges, all device interfaces and so on. The local
address is referred to as the MAC address, because the MAC sublayer within the data-link layer processes
addresses for the layer.
To communicate with a device on Ethernet, for example, the Cisco IOS software must first determine the
48-bit MAC or local data-link address of that device. The process of determining the local data-link address
from an IP address is called address resolution. The process of determining the IP address from a local data-link
address is called reverse address resolution.
The software uses three forms of address resolution: Address Resolution Protocol (ARP), proxy ARP, and
Probe (similar to ARP). The software also uses the Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP). ARP, proxy
ARP, and RARP are defined in RFCs 826, 1027, and 903, respectively. Probe is a protocol developed by the
Hewlett-Packard Company (HP) for use on IEEE-802.3 networks.
ARP is used to associate IP addresses with media or MAC addresses. Taking an IP address as input, ARP
determines the associated media address. Once a media or MAC address is determined, the IP address or
media address association is stored in an ARP cache for rapid retrieval. Then the IP datagram is encapsulated
in a link-layer frame and sent over the network. Encapsulation of IP datagrams and ARP requests and replies
on IEEE 802 networks other than Ethernet is specified by the Subnetwork Access Protocol (SNAP).
Gratuitous ARP
When a host sends an ARP request to resolve its own IP address, it is called gratuitous ARP. In the ARP
request packet, the source and destination IP addresses are filled with the same source IP address itself. The
destination MAC address is the Ethernet broadcast address.
When a router becomes active, it broadcasts a gratuitous ARP packet with the Hot Standby Router Protocol
(HSRP) virtual MAC address to the affected LAN segment. If the segment uses an Ethernet switch, this allows
the switch to change the location of the virtual MAC address so that packets flow to the new router instead
of the one that is no longer active. End devices do not actually need gratuitous ARP if routers use the default
HSRP MAC address.

76
How to Configure Static NAT Mapping with HSRP
How to Configure Static NAT Mapping with HSRP

Configuring NAT Static Mapping Support for HSRP
When an Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) query is triggered for an address that is configured with NAT
static mapping and owned by the router, NAT responds with the burned in MAC (BIA MAC) address on the
interface to which the ARP is pointing. Two routers are acting as HSRP active and standby. Their NAT outside
interfaces must be enabled and configured to belong to a group.
Benefits of Configuring Static Mapping Support for HSRP are the following:
• Using static mapping support for HSRP, failover is ensured without having to time out and repopulate
upstream ARP caches in a high-availability environment, where HSRP router pairs have identical NAT
configuration for redundancy.
• Static mapping support for HSRP allows the option of having only the HSRP active router respond to
an incoming ARP for a router configured with a NAT address.
Both of the following tasks are required and must be performed on both the active and standby routers to
configure NAT static mapping support for HSRP:
Enabling HSRP on the NAT Interface

Perform this task to enable HSRP on the NAT interface of both the active and standby routers.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
5. no ip redirects
6. ip nat {inside | outside}
7. standby [group-number] ip [ip-address [secondary]]
8. standby [group-number] preempt
9. standby [group-number] ip [ip-address | secondary]
10. standby [group-number] name [group-name]
11. standby [group-number] track interface-number
12. end
13. show standby
DETAILED STEPS

Step 1 enable Enables higher privilege levels, such as privileged EXEC
mode.
Example:

77
Enabling HSRP on the NAT Interface

Device> enable • Enter your password if prompted.

Example:
mode.
Example:
Step 4 ip address ip-address mask Sets the primary IP address on the interface.
Example:
255.255.255.0
Step 5 no ip redirects Disables the sending of redirect messages

Example:
Device(config-if)# no ip redirects
Step 6 ip nat {inside | outside} Connects the interface to the inside network.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat outside
Step 7 standby [group-number] ip [ip-address [secondary]] Enables the HSRP protocol.

Example:
Device(config-if)# standby 10 priority 105
Step 8 standby [group-number] preempt Configures HSRP preemption.

Example:
Device(config-if)# standby 10 preempt
Step 9 standby [group-number] ip [ip-address | secondary] Enables the HSRP protocol.

Example:
Device(config-if)# standby 10 ip 192.168.5.30
Step 10 standby [group-number] name [group-name] Sets the HSRP group name.
Example:
Device(config-if)# standby 10 name HSRP1
Step 11 standby [group-number] track interface-number Configures HSRP to track an object and to change the hot
standby priority on the basis of the state of the object.
Example:
Device(config-if)# standby 10 track
gigabitethernet1/1/1

78
Enabling Static NAT for HSRP

EXEC mode.
Example:
Step 13 show standby (Optional) Displays HSRP information

Example:
Device# show standby
Step 14 show ip nat translations [verbose] (Optional) Displays active NAT translations.
Example:
Enabling Static NAT for HSRP
Before you begin

To enable static mapping support with HRSP for high availability, perform this task on both the active and
standby devices.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat inside source static local-ip global-ip redundancy group-name
4. ip classless
5. ip route prefix mask interface-type interface-number
6. no ip http server
7. end
DETAILED STEPS

Example:
Device> enable

Step 3 ip nat inside source static local-ip global-ip redundancy Enables a device to respond to Address Resolution Protocol
group-name (ARP) queries using BIA MAC, if HSRP is configured on
the NAT outside interface.
Example:

79
Configuration Example for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP

192.168.5.33 10.10.10.5 redundancy HSRP1
Step 4 ip classless Enables a device to forward packets that are destined for a
subnet of a network that has no network default route, to
Example:
the best supernet route possible.
Device(config)# ip classless
Step 5 ip route prefix mask interface-type interface-number Establishes static routes.

Example:
Device(config)# ip route 10.10.10.0 255.255.255.0
gigabitethernet 0/0/0
Step 6 no ip http server Enables the HTTP server on your IP system.

Example:
Device(config)# no ip http server

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end
Example:
Configuration Example for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP

Example: Configuring Static NAT in an HSRP Environment
The following example shows support for NAT with a static configuration in an HSRP environment. Two
devices act as HSRP active and standby, and the NAT outside interfaces are HSRP enabled and configured
to belong to group HSRP1.
Active Device Configuration
interface BVI10
ip address 192.168.5.54 255.255.255.255.0
no ip redirects
ip nat outside
standby 10 priority 105 preempt
standby 10 name HSRP1
standby 10 ip 192.168.5.30
standby 10 track gigabitethernet1/1/1
!
!
ip default-gateway 10.0.18.126
ip nat inside source static 192.168.5.33 10.10.10.5 redundancy HSRP1
ip classless

80
Additional References for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP
ip route 10.10.10.0 255.255.255.0 gigabitethernet1/1/1

no ip http server
Standby Device Configuration
interface BVI10
ip address 192.168.5.56 255.255.255.255.0
no ip redirects
ip nat outside
standby 10 priority 100 preempt
standby 10 name HSRP1
standby 10 ip 192.168.5.30
standby 10 track gigabitethernet0/0/1
!
ip nat inside source static 192.168.5.33 3.3.3.5 redundancy HSRP1
ip classless
ip route 10.0.32.231 255.255.255 gigabitethernet0/0/1
no ip http server

Related Documents
command mode, command history, usage
guidelines, and examples
IP Access List Sequence Numbering IP Access List Sequence Numbering document
NAT configuration tasks “Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation” module
NAT maintenance “Monitoring and Maintaining NAT” module
Using NAT with MPLS VPNs “Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs” module
Standards and RFCs
Standard/RFC Title
RFC 903 Reverse Address Resolution Protocol
RFC 826 Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol: Or converting network protocol addresses to 48.bit
Ethernet address for transmission on Ethernet hardware
RFC 1027 Using ARP to implement transparent subnet gateways

81
Feature Information for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP
Description Link

Feature Information for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP

Table 4: Feature Information for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP
NAT—Static Mapping Support Cisco IOS XE Release Static mapping support for HSRP allows the
with HSRP for High Availability 2.1 option of having only the HSRP active router
respond to an incoming ARP for a router
configured with a NAT address.

82
CHAPTER 6
VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP
The VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP feature supports stateless redundancy using HSRP with
dynamic Network Address Translation (NAT), Port Address Translation (PAT), and interface overload
configuration. Dynamic NAT, PAT and interface overload support HSRP with and without virtual routing
and forwarding (VRF) instances. All these configurations are supported in the Carrier Grade NAT (CGN)
mode.
This module describes the feature and explains how to configure it.
• Prerequisites for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP, on page 83
• Restrictions for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP, on page 83
• Information About VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP, on page 84
• How to Configure VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP, on page 85
• Configuration Examples for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP , on page 88
• Additional References VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP , on page 91
• Feature Information for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP, on page 91
Prerequisites for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP

• Both the active and standby devices must be configured with the same Network Address Translation
(NAT) rules.
• Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) must be configured between the active and standby devices.
Restrictions for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP

• During failovers, NAT translated IP addresses on devices may be different from the IP address before
the failover, because no state information is exchanged between active and standby devices.
• During a failover, all existing NAT sessions are destroyed and new sessions are established in the active
device.
• HSRP Virtual IP Address (VIP) cannot be used by NAT pools.
• Active/active configuration is not supported; only active/standby configuration is supported.
• IPv6 is not supported; only IPv4 is supported.

83
Information About VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP
Information About VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with

HSRP
VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP Overview
The VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP feature supports stateless redundancy using HSRP with
dynamic Network Address Translation (NAT), Port Address Translation (PAT), and interface overload
configuration. Dynamic NAT, PAT and interface overload support HSRP with and without virtual routing
and forwarding (VRF) instances. All these configurations are supported in the Carrier Grade NAT (CGN)
mode.
Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) provides high network availability by providing first-hop routing
redundancy for IP hosts on networks configured with a default gateway IP address. HSRP is used in a group
of routers for selecting an active device and a standby device. HSRP provides redundancy for routing IP traffic
without being dependent on the availability of a single router. In a group of device interfaces, the active device
is the device of choice for routing packets; the standby device is the device that takes over when the active
device fails or when preset conditions are met.
Devices running HSRP send and receive multicast UDP-based hello packets to detect router failure and to
designate active and standby devices. Selection of active and standby devices is based on the assigned priority.
The device with the highest priority is selected as the active device. After failover, a new active device sends
a gratuitous Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) request to LAN users to notify about the change in MAC
address for the virtual IP address (VIP).
To enable this feature, both the active and standby devices must be configured with the same NAT rules and
HSRP must be configured on both the devices. Based on the configured priority one of the devices will be
active and the other standby. This feature supports VRF-aware NAT translation and Carrier Grade NAT
(CGN) mode.
This feature supports the LAN-LAN topology as well as the LAN-WAN topology. In the LAN-WAN topology,
only symmetric routing is supported.
When an Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) query is triggered for an address that is configured with dynamic
NAT mapping and owned by the device, NAT responds with the burned-in MAC (BIA MAC) address on the
interface to which the ARP is pointing. You must enable and configure the NAT inside interfaces of the active
and standby devices to belong to a group.
In Cisco IOS XE Denali 16.3 release, the Allow same ACL/router-map on multiple NAT statements feature
was introduced to support usage of same ACL for configuring both dynamic mapping and static mapping in
NAT. Dynamic mapping is given the precedence over static mapping regardless of the configuration order.
The precedence of dynamic mapping over static mapping using the sequence number of the class ensures
class order consistency in NAT.
Address Resolution with ARP

A device in IP can have both a local address (which uniquely identifies the device on its local segment or
LAN) and a network address (which identifies the network to which the device belongs). The local address
is known as a data link address because it is contained in the data link layer (Layer 2 of the OSI model) part
of the packet header and is read by data-link devices such as bridges, all device interfaces and so on. The local

84
How to Configure VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP
address is referred to as the MAC address, because the MAC sublayer within the data-link layer processes
addresses for the layer.
To communicate with a device on Ethernet, for example, the Cisco IOS software must first determine the
48-bit MAC or local data-link address of that device. The process of determining the local data-link address
from an IP address is called address resolution. The process of determining the IP address from a local data-link
address is called reverse address resolution.
The software uses three forms of address resolution: Address Resolution Protocol (ARP), proxy ARP, and
Probe (similar to ARP). The software also uses the Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP). ARP, proxy
ARP, and RARP are defined in RFCs 826, 1027, and 903, respectively. Probe is a protocol developed by the
Hewlett-Packard Company (HP) for use on IEEE-802.3 networks.
ARP is used to associate IP addresses with media or MAC addresses. Taking an IP address as input, ARP
determines the associated media address. Once a media or MAC address is determined, the IP address or
media address association is stored in an ARP cache for rapid retrieval. Then the IP datagram is encapsulated
in a link-layer frame and sent over the network. Encapsulation of IP datagrams and ARP requests and replies
on IEEE 802 networks other than Ethernet is specified by the Subnetwork Access Protocol (SNAP).
Gratuitous ARP
When a host sends an ARP request to resolve its own IP address, it is called gratuitous ARP. In the ARP
request packet, the source and destination IP addresses are filled with the same source IP address itself. The
destination MAC address is the Ethernet broadcast address.
When a router becomes active, it broadcasts a gratuitous ARP packet with the Hot Standby Router Protocol
(HSRP) virtual MAC address to the affected LAN segment. If the segment uses an Ethernet switch, this allows
the switch to change the location of the virtual MAC address so that packets flow to the new router instead
of the one that is no longer active. End devices do not actually need gratuitous ARP if routers use the default
HSRP MAC address.
How to Configure VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP

Enabling HSRP for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. track object-number interface type number {ip | ipv6 | line-protocol}
4. exit
6. ip nat inside
8. standby group-number ip [ip-address]
9. standby use-bia
10. standby group-number priority priority
11. standby group-number preempt [delay]
12. standby group-number track object-number [decrement priority-decrement]

85
13. exit
14. ip nat pool pool-name start-ipend-ip netmask netmask
15. access-list standard-access-list permit ip-address mask
16. ip nat inside source list list-name pool pool-name [overload]
17. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 track object-number interface type number {ip | ipv6 | Configures an interface to be tracked where the Gateway
line-protocol} Load Balancing Protocol (GLBP) weighting changes based
on the state of the interface
Example:
Device(config)# track 10 interface gigabitethernet
0/0/0 line-protocol
Step 4 exit Exits tracking configuration mode and returns to global

configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config-track)# exit
mode.
Example:
subject to Network Address Translation (NAT).
Example:
Device(config-f)# ip nat inside
Step 7 ip address ip-address mask Sets a primary or secondary IP address for an interface.
Example:
Device(config-if)# ip address 192.0.0.2 255.0.0.0
Step 8 standby group-number ip [ip-address] Activates the Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP).
Example:
Step 9 standby use-bia Configures HSRP to use the burned-in address of the
interface as its virtual MAC address, instead of the
Example:
preassigned MAC address or the functional address.
Device(config-if)# standby use-bia

86

Step 10 standby group-number priority priority Configures the HSRP priority.
Example: • The priority range is from 1 to 255, where 1 denotes
Device(config-if)# standby 1 priority 120 the lowest priority and 255 denotes the highest
priority. The default priority value is 100. The device
in the HSRP group with the highest priority value
becomes the active device.
Step 11 standby group-number preempt [delay] Configures HSRP preemption and preemption delay.
Example: • If you configure this command, when a local device
Device(config-if)# standby 1 preempt has an HSRP priority higher than the current active
device, the local device assumes control as the active
device. If preemption is not configured, the local
device assumes control as the active device only if it
receives information indicating no device is in the
active state (acting as the designated device).
Step 12 standby group-number track object-number [decrement Configure HSRP to track an object, and change the HSRP
priority-decrement] priority on the basis of the state of the object.
Example: • When a tracked object goes down, the HSRP priority
Device(config-if)# standby 1 track 10 decrement decreases by 10. If an object is not tracked, state
15 changes do not affect the priority.

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 14 ip nat pool pool-name start-ipend-ip netmask netmask Defines a pool of IP addresses for Network Address
Translation (NAT) translations.
Example:
10.1.1.52 netmask 255.255.255.0
Step 15 access-list standard-access-list permit ip-address mask

Example:
Device(config)# acces-list 1 permit 190.0.0.0
0.255.255.255
Step 16 ip nat inside source list list-name pool pool-name Enables NAT of the inside source address.
[overload]
• When overloading is configured, it enables the device
Example: to use one global address for many local addresses.
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list list1 The TCP or UDP port number of each inside host
pool pool1 overload distinguishes between the multiple conversations
using the same local IP address.

EXEC mode.
Example:

87
Configuration Examples for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP

Device(config)# end
Configuration Examples for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping

with HSRP
Example: Enabling HSRP for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT
Figure 5: HSRP NAT LAN-WAN Topology
The following example shows a LAN-WAN configuration for dynamic Network Address Translation
(NAT) overload mapping with Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP). A virtual routing and forwarding
(VRF) instance is enabled for this configuration. Devices that are configured with NAT do not have
any route configurations related to HSRP Virtual IP Address (VIP). LAN users using static routes
have to set the default route or next-hop to the HSRP VIP; for example configure the ip route 0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0 192.0.2.1 command.
! Active device configuration:
Device(config)# vrf definition vrf1
Device(config-vrf)# exit
Device(config)# track 10 interface fastethernet 1/1/1 line-protocol
Device(config-track)# exit
Device(config)# interface fastethernet 1/1/0
Device(config-if)# vrf forwarding vrf1
Device(config-if)# standby 1 track 10 decrement 15

88
Verifying HSRP for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT
Device(config)# ip nat pool pool1 10.1.1.1 10.1.1.255 netmask 255.255.255.0
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list1 pool pool1 vrf vrf1 overload
Device(config)# end
! Standby device configuration:

Device(config)# vrf definition vrf1
Device(config-vrf)# exit
Device#(config)# interface fastethernet 1/2/0
Device(config-if)# vrf forwarding vrf1
Device(config)# ip nat pool pool1 10.1.1.1 10.1.1.255 netmask 255.255.255.0
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list1 pool pool1 vrf vrf1 overload
Device(config)# end

Before you begin
•
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
2. show arp
3. show ip alias
5. show standby brief
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1 enable
Example:
Device> enable

89
enables privileged EXEC mode.

• Enter your password if prompted.
Step 2 show arp

Displays the entries in the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table.
Example:
Device# show arp
Protocol Address Age (min) Hardware Addr Type Interface

Internet 192.0.0.1 - 0023.eb85.7650 ARPA GigabitEthernet1/1/0
Internet 192.0.0.2 - 0023.eb85.7650 ARPA GigabitEthernet1/1/0
Step 3 show ip alias

Displays the IP addresses that are mapped to TCP ports (aliases) and Serial Line Internet Protocol (SLIP) addresses,
which are treated similar to aliases.
Example:
Device# show ip alias
Address Type IP Address Port

Interface 10.39.21.3
Dynamic 192.0.0.1
Interface 192.0.0.2
Step 4 show ip nat translations

Displays active Network Address Translation ( NAT) translations.
Example:

udp 10.1.1.4:512 190.0.0.1:435 193.0.0.1:80 193.0.0.1:80
udp 10.1.1.4:515 190.0.0.5:435 193.0.0.1:80 193.0.0.1:80
udp 10.1.1.4:514 190.0.0.4:435 193.0.0.1:80 193.0.0.1:80
udp 10.1.1.4:518 190.0.0.3:435 193.0.0.1:80 193.0.0.1:80
Step 5 show standby brief

Displays Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP) information in a single line of output for each standby group.
Example:
Device# show standby brief
P indicates configured to preempt.

|
Interface Grp Pri P State Active Standby Virtual IP
Ga1/1/0 1 120 P Active local 192.0.0.3 192.0.0.1

90
Additional References VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP
Additional References VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with

HSRP
Related Documents

NAT commands Cisco IOS IP Addressing Services Command Reference
Static NAT with HSRP "Static NAT Mapping with HSRP" module of the IP Addressing: NAT Configuration
Guide
Standards & RFCs
Standard/RFC Title
RFC 826 An Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol or Converting Network Protocol Addresses
RFC 903 A Reverse Address Resolution Protocol
RFC 1027 Using ARP to Implement Transparent Subnet Gateways
Description Link
ID and password.
Feature Information for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with

HSRP

91
Feature Information for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP

92
CHAPTER 7
Configuring Stateful Interchassis Redundancy
The Stateful Interchassis Redundancy feature enables you to configure pairs of devices to act as backups for
each other.
This module describes conceptual information about and tasks for configuring stateful interchassis redundancy.
• Prerequisites for Stateful Interchassis Redundancy, on page 93
• Restrictions for Stateful Interchassis Redundancy, on page 93
• Information About Stateful Interchassis Redundancy, on page 94
• How to Configure Stateful Interchassis Redundancy, on page 97
• Configuration Examples for Stateful Interchassis Redundancy, on page 106
• Additional References for Stateful Interchassis Redundancy, on page 107
Prerequisites for Stateful Interchassis Redundancy

All application redundancy configurations, including Network Address Translation (NAT) rules that have
redundancy group associations and mapping IDs, must be identical on both devices, or NAT sessions will not
be synchronized between devices and NAT redundancy will not work.
Restrictions for Stateful Interchassis Redundancy

• By default, Network Address Translation (NAT) high availability (inter and intrabox) does not replicate
HTTP sessions to the standby device. To replicate HTTP sessions on the standby device during a
switchover, you must configure the ip nat switchover replication http command.
• During NAT payload translations with certain applications, there can be IP addresses in the payload that
require NAT translation. The application-level gateway (ALG) for that specific application parses the
packet for these IP addresses, NAT translates these addresses, and the ALG writes the translated addresses
back into the packet.
Fixup denotes the writing of the translated IP address back into the packet. The write back of data can
change the length of a packet, which results in the adjustment of the packet's TCP sequence (SEQ) or
acknowledgment (ACK) values by NAT for the life of the TCP connection. NAT writes the new TCP
SEQ/ACK values into the packet during SEQ/ACK fixup.
For example, during a TCP ALG session, SEQ/ACK values may require fixup with mainly ASCII
applications such as Domain Name System (DNS), FTP/FTP64, H.323, Real Time Streaming Protocol

93
Information About Stateful Interchassis Redundancy
(RTSP), and Session Initiation Protocol (SIP). This SEQ/ACK adjustment information gets associated
with the NAT session and is synchronized to the standby device periodically.
During a stateful switchover, if the SEQ/ACK information is not completely synchronized to the new
active device it is likely that the TCP connection would be reset by endpoints of the application.
• Stateful interchassis redundancy cannot coexist with intrachassis redundancy, including software
redundancy.
• In Service Software Upgrade (ISSU) is not supported.
• When changing the paired-address-pooling, bulk port-allocation, or NAT mode settings the following
steps must be followed:
1. Shutdown the redundancy group and NAT interfaces on the standby device using the shutdown
command. Clear NAT sessions on the standby device after shutting down the redundancy group.
2. Change the paired-address-pooling, bulk port-allocation, or NAT mode on the standby device first
and then on the active device.
3. Configure the no shutdown command for the redundancy group and NAT interfaces on the standby
device.
• In a NAT Stateful Interchassis Redundancy configuration, it is mandatory that both peers use the same
inside and outside NAT interfaces. If the interfaces are not same, it can lead to duplicate NAT entries.
• The following translations are not synchronized to the standby router :
• Translations created based on an interface overload rule
• ICMP requests
Note For a standalone NAT router, shut down the NAT interfaces before you make a configuration change.
Information About Stateful Interchassis Redundancy

Stateful Interchassis Redundancy Overview
You can configure the Stateful Interchassis Redundancy feature to determine the active device from a group
of devices, based on a number of failover conditions. When a failover occurs, the standby device seamlessly
takes over, starts performing traffic forwarding services, and maintains a dynamic routing table.
Note Manually shutting down the control or data interface link on an active NAT router results in traffic
outage as the NAT router never transitions to active state.

94
Stateful Interchassis Redundancy Operation

You can configure pairs of devices to act as hot standbys for each other. Redundancy is configured on an
interface basis. Pairs of redundant interfaces are known as redundancy groups (RGs). Redundancy occurs at
an application level and does not require a complete physical failure of the interface or device for a switchover
of the application to occur. When a switchover occurs, the application activity continues to run seamlessly
on the redundant interface.
The figure below depicts an active/standby load-sharing scenario. The figure shows how an RG is configured
for a pair of devices that has one outgoing interface. Group A on Router 1 is the active RG and Group A on
Router 2 is the standby RG.
Redundant devices are joined by a configurable control link and a data synchronization link. The control link
is used to communicate the status of devices. The data synchronization link is used to transfer stateful
information from Network Address Translation (NAT) and the firewall and synchronize the stateful database.
The pairs of redundant interfaces are configured with the same unique ID number known as the redundant
interface identifier (RII).
Figure 6: Redundancy Group Configuration—One Outgoing Interface
The status of redundancy group members is determined through the use of hello messages sent over the control
link. The software considers either device not responding to a hello message within a configurable amount
of time to be a failure and initiates a switchover. For the software to detect a failure in milliseconds, control
links run the failover protocol that is integrated with the Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) protocol.
You can configure the following parameters for hello messages:
• Hello time—Interval at which hello messages are sent.
• Hold time—Amount of time before which the active or standby device is declared to be down.
The hello time defaults to 3 seconds to align with the Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP), and the hold time
defaults to 10 seconds. You can also configure these timers in milliseconds by using the timers hellotime
msec command.

95
Associations with Firewalls and NAT
To determine the pairs of interfaces that are affected by the switchover, you must configure a unique ID for
each pair of redundant interfaces. This ID is known as the RII that is associated with the interface.
A switchover to the standby device can occur when the priority setting that is configured on each device
changes. The device with the highest priority value acts as the active device. If a fault occurs on either the
active or standby device, the priority of the device is decremented by a configurable amount known as the
weight. If the priority of the active device falls below the priority of the standby device, a switchover occurs
and the standby device becomes the active device. This default behavior can be overridden by disabling the
preemption attribute for the RG. You can also configure each interface to decrease the priority when the Layer
1 state of the interface goes down. The priority that is configured overrides the default priority of an RG.
Each failure event that causes a modification of an RG priority generates a syslog entry that contains a time
stamp, the RG that was affected, the previous priority, the new priority, and a description of the failure event
cause.
A switchover also can occur when the priority of a device or interface falls below a configurable threshold
level.
A switchover to the standby device occurs under the following circumstances:
• Power loss or a reload occurs on the active device (including reloads).
• The run-time priority of the active device goes below that of the standby device (with preempt configured).
• The run-time priority of the active device goes below that of the configured threshold.
• The redundancy group on the active device is reloaded manually. Use the redundancy application
reload group rg-number command for a manual reload.
Associations with Firewalls and NAT

Firewalls use the association of the redundancy group with a traffic interface.
Network Address Translation (NAT) associates the redundancy group with a mapping ID.
LAN-LAN Topology
The figure below shows the LAN-LAN topology. In a LAN-LAN topology, all participating devices are
connected to each other through LAN interfaces on both the inside and the outside. In this scenario, traffic is
often directed to the correct firewall if static routing is configured on the upstream or downstream devices to
an appropriate virtual IP address. This plaform participate in dynamic routing with upstream or downstream
devices. The dynamic routing configuration supported on LAN-facing interfaces must not introduce a
dependency on the routing protocol convergence; otherwise, fast failover requirements will not be met.

96
How to Configure Stateful Interchassis Redundancy
Figure 7: LAN-LAN Topology
How to Configure Stateful Interchassis Redundancy

Configuring the Control Interface Protocol
The configuration for the control interface protocol consists of the following elements:
• Authentication information
• Group name
• Hello time
• Hold time
• Protocol instance
• Use of the bidirectional forwarding direction (BFD) protocol
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. redundancy
4. mode none
5. application redundancy
6. protocol number

97
Configuring the Control Interface Protocol
7. name instance-name
8. timers hellotime [msec] number holdtime [msec] number
9. authentication {text string | md5 key-string [0 | 7] key | md5 key-chain key-chain-name}
10. bfd
11. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 redundancy Enters redundancy configuration mode.

Example:
Device(config)# redundancy
Step 4 mode none Sets the redundancy mode to none, which is required for
this feature.
Example:
Device(config-red)# mode none
Step 5 application redundancy Enters redundancy application configuration mode.

Example:
Device(config-red)# application redundancy
Step 6 protocol number Specifies the protocol instance that will be attached to a
control interface, and enters redundancy application
Example:
protocol configuration mode.
Device(config-red-app)# protocol 4
Step 7 name instance-name (Optional) Specifies an optional alias for the protocol
instance.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-prot)# name rg1
Step 8 timers hellotime [msec] number holdtime [msec] number Specifies the interval between hello messages sent and the
time before a device is declared to be down.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-prot)# timers hellotime 3 • The default time for hello time is 3 seconds and for
holdtime 10 hold time is 10 seconds.
Step 9 authentication {text string | md5 key-string [0 | 7] key Specifies authentication information.
| md5 key-chain key-chain-name}
Example:

98
Configuring a Redundancy Group

Device(config-red-app-prot)# authentication text
password
Step 10 bfd (Optional) Enables the integration of the failover protocol

running on the control interface with the BFD protocol to
Example:
achieve failure detection in milliseconds.
Device(config-red-app-prot)# bfd
• BFD is enabled by default.
Step 11 end Exits redundancy application protocol configuration mode

and enters privileged EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-prot)# end

Redundancy groups consist of the following configuration elements:
• The amount by which the priority will be decremented for each object.
• Faults (objects) that will decrement the priority.
• Failover priority.
• Failover threshold.
• Group instance.
• Group name.
• Initialization delay timer.
• The interface that is associated with the redundancy group (RG).
• The interface that is used as the control interface.
• The interface that is used as the data interface.
• The redundancy interface identifier (RII) number of the RG interface.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. redundancy
5. group {1 | 2}
6. name group-name
7. preempt
8. priority number failover-threshold number
9. track object-number [decrement number | shutdown]
10. timers delay seconds [reload seconds]

99
11. control interface-name protocol instance

12. data interface-name
13. To create another redundancy group, repeat Steps 3 through 12.
14. end
17. redundancy group number ip address exclusive [decrement number]
18. redundancy rii number
19. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

Example:
Step 4 application redundancy Enters redundancy application configuration mode.

Example:
Step 5 group {1 | 2} Specifies the redundancy group instance and enters

redundancy application group configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config-red-app)# group 1
Step 6 name group-name (Optional) Specifies an optional alias for the protocol
instance.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-grp)# name rg1
Step 7 preempt Enables preemption on the group and enables the standby
device to preempt the active device regardless of which
Example:
device has higher priority.
Device(config-red-app-grp)# preempt
Step 8 priority number failover-threshold number Specifies the initial priority and failover threshold for the
redundancy group.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-grp)# priority 120
failover-threshold 80

100

Step 9 track object-number [decrement number | shutdown] Specifies the amount by which the priority of a redundancy
group will be decremented if an event occurs.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-grp)# track 44 decrement 20 • You can track multiple objects that influence the
priority of the redundancy group.
Step 10 timers delay seconds [reload seconds] Specifies the amount of time by which the redundancy
group will delay role negotiations that start after a fault
Example:
occurs or after the system is reloaded.
Device(config-red-app-grp)# timers delay 10 reload
20
Step 11 control interface-name protocol instance Specifies the control interface that is used by the
redundancy group.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-grp)# control • This interface is also associated with an instance of
GigabitEthernet0/1/0 protocol 1 the control interface protocol.
Step 12 data interface-name Specifies the data interface that is used by the redundancy
group.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-grp)# data
Step 13 To create another redundancy group, repeat Steps 3 through —

12.
Step 14 end Exits redundancy application group configuration mode
Example:
Device(config-red-app-grp)# end

Example:
Step 16 interface type number Selects an interface to associate with the redundancy group
and enters interface configuration mode.
Example:
Step 17 redundancy group number ip address exclusive Associates the interface with the redundancy group
[decrement number] identified by the number argument.
Example:
Device(config-if)# redundancy group 1 ip 10.10.1.1
exclusive decrement 20
Step 18 redundancy rii number Specifies a number for the RII associated with this
interface.
Example:
Device(config-if)# redundancy rii 40 • This number must match the RII of the other interface
in the redundancy group.

101
Configuring a Redundant Traffic Interface

EXEC mode.
Example:
Configuring a Redundant Traffic Interface

SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
5. ip nat outside
6. ip virtual-reassembly
7. negotiation auto
8. redundancy rii number
9. redundancy group number ip address exclusive [decrement number]
10. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
mode.
Example:
Example:
Step 5 ip nat outside Configures the outside interface for IP address translation.
Example:

102
Configuring NAT with Stateful Interchassis Redundancy

Step 6 ip virtual-reassembly Enables Virtual Fragmentation Reassembly (VFR) on an
interface.
Example:
Device(config-if)# ip virtual-reassembly
Step 7 negotiation auto Enables the autonegotiation protocol to configure the

speed, duplex, and automatic flow control of the Gigabit
Example:
Ethernet interface.
Device(config-if)# negotiation auto
Step 8 redundancy rii number Specifies a number for the redundancy interface identifier
(RII) that is associated with this interface.
Example:
Device(config-if)# redundancy rii 200 • This number must match the RII of the other interface
in the redundancy group.
Step 9 redundancy group number ip address exclusive Associates the interface with the redundancy group
[decrement number] identified by the number argument.
Example:
Device(config-if)# redundancy group 1 ip
10.1.1.200 exclusive decrement 10

EXEC mode.
Example:
Configuring NAT with Stateful Interchassis Redundancy

You must use a mapping ID to associate Network Address Translation (NAT) with a redundancy group.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
4. ip nat inside source list {{access-list-number | access-list-name} | route-map name} pool name
[redundancy redundancy-id [mapping-id map-id | overload | reversible | vrf name]]
5. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

103
Managing and Monitoring Stateful Interchassis Redundancy

Example:
Step 3 ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip {netmask netmask | Defines a pool of IP addresses for NAT.
prefix-length prefix-length}
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat pool VPN-18 10.10.0.0
10.10.255.255 netmask 255.255.0.0
Step 4 ip nat inside source list {{access-list-number | Enables NAT of the inside source address.
access-list-name} | route-map name} pool name
• You must use a mapping ID to associate NAT with
[redundancy redundancy-id [mapping-id map-id |
the redundancy group.
overload | reversible | vrf name]]
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list acl-18
pool VPN-18 redundancy 2 mapping-id 152

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end

All configuration commands in this task are optional. You can use the show commands in any order.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
2. redundancy application reload group number [peer | self]
3. show redundancy application group [group-id | all]
4. show redundancy application transport {clients | group [group-id]}
5. show redundancy application protocol {protocol-id | group [group-id]}
6. show redundancy application faults group [group-id]
7. show redundancy application if-mgr group [group-id]
8. show redundancy application control-interface group [group-id]
9. show redundancy application data-interface group [group-id]
10. show monitor event-trace rg_infra all
DETAILED STEPS


104

Device> enable
Step 2 redundancy application reload group number [peer | Forces the active redundancy group (RG) to reload and
self] the standby RG to become the active RG.
Example: • Use the redundancy application reload command
Device# redundancy application reload group 2 self to verify if the redundancy configuration is working.
You must enter this command on the active RG.
Step 3 show redundancy application group [group-id | all] Displays summary information for the specified group or
for all groups.
Example:
Device# show redundancy application group 2
Step 4 show redundancy application transport {clients | Displays transport information for the specified group or
group [group-id]} for all groups.
Example:
Device# show redundancy application transport
group 2
Step 5 show redundancy application protocol {protocol-id | Displays protocol information for the specified group or
group [group-id]} for all groups.
Example:
Device# show redundancy application protocol 2
Step 6 show redundancy application faults group [group-id] Displays information about faults for the specified group
or for all groups.
Example:
Device# show redundancy application faults group
2
Step 7 show redundancy application if-mgr group [group-id] Displays information about the interface manager (if-mgr)
for the specified group or for all groups.
Example:
Device# show redundancy application if-mgr group
2
Step 8 show redundancy application control-interface group Displays interface information associated with redundancy
[group-id] groups for the specified control interface.
Example:
Device# show redundancy application
control-interface group IF-2
Step 9 show redundancy application data-interface group Displays interface information associated with redundancy
[group-id] groups for the specified data interface.
Example:
Device# show redundancy application data-interface
group IF-2
Step 10 show monitor event-trace rg_infra all Displays event trace information associated with all
redundancy groups.
Example:

105
Configuration Examples for Stateful Interchassis Redundancy

Device# show monitor event-trace rg_infra all
Configuration Examples for Stateful Interchassis Redundancy

Example: Configuring the Control Interface Protocol
Device(config-red)# mode none
Device(config-red-app-prot)# name rg1
Device(config-red-app-prot)# timers hellotime 3 holdtime 10
Device(config-red-app-prot)# authentication text password
Device(config-red-app-prot)# bfd
Example: Configuring a Redundancy Group

Device(config-red-app-grp)# name rg1
Device(config-red-app-grp)# priority 120 failover-threshold 80
Device(config-red-app-grp)# track 44 decrement 20
Device(config-red-app-grp)# timers delay 10 reload 20
Device(config-red-app-grp)# control GigabitEthernet0/1/0 protocol 1
Device(config-red-app-grp)# data GigabitEthernet0/1/2
Device(config)# interface GigabitEthernet 0/0/1
Device(config-if)# redundancy group 1 ip 10.10.1.1 exclusive decrement 20
Device(config-if)# redundancy rii 40
Example: Configuring a Redundant Traffic Interface

Device(config-if)# ip virtual-reassembly
Device(config-if)# redundancy group 1 ip 10.1.1.200 exclusive decrement 10

106
Example: Configuring NAT with Stateful Interchassis Redundancy
Example: Configuring NAT with Stateful Interchassis Redundancy

Device(config)# ip nat pool VPN-18 10.10.0.0 10.10.255.255 netmask 255.255.0.0
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list acl-18 pool VPN-18 redundancy 2 mapping-id 152
Additional References for Stateful Interchassis Redundancy

Related Documents
IP addressing commands: complete command Cisco IOS IP Addressing Services Command Reference
syntax, command mode, command history,
defaults, usage guidelines, and examples
Fundamental principles of IP addressing and IP Routing Primer

IP routing
Standards and RFCs
Standards/RFCs Title
RFC 791 Internet Protocol
RFC 1338 Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR): an Address Assignment

and Aggregation Strategy
RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space
RFC 1716 Towards Requirements for IP Routers
RFC 1918 Address Allocation for Private Internets
RFC 3330 Special-Use IP Addresses
Description Link


107
Additional References for Stateful Interchassis Redundancy

108
CHAPTER 8
Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for
Zone-Based Firewall and NAT
The Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT feature supports the
forwarding of packets from a standby redundancy group to the active redundancy group for packet handling.
If this feature is not enabled, the return TCP packets forwarded to the router that did not receive the initial
synchronization (SYN) message are dropped because they do not belong to any known existing session.
This module provides an overview of asymmetric routing and describes how to configure asymmetric routing
• Restrictions for Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT, on page
109
• Information About Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT, on
page 110
• How to Configure Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT, on page
114
• Configuration Examples for Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and
NAT, on page 122
• Additional References for Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT,
on page 126
• Feature Information for Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT,
on page 127
Restrictions for Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for

The following restrictions apply to the Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support feature:
• LANs that use virtual IP addresses and virtual MAC (VMAC) addresses do not support asymmetric
routing.
• In Service Software Upgrade (ISSU) is not supported.
The following features are not supported by the VRF-Aware Asymmetric Routing Support feature:
• Cisco Trustsec
• Edge switching services
• Header compression

109
Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT
Information About Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT
• IPsec
• Policy Based Routing (PBR)
• Port bundle
• Lawful intercept
• Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP)
• Locator/ID Separation Protocol (LISP) inner packet inspection
• Secure Shell (SSL) VPN
• Session Border Controller (SBC)
Information About Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support

for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT
Asymmetric Routing Overview
Asymmetric routing occurs when packets from TCP or UDP connections flow in different directions through
different routes. In asymmetric routing, packets that belong to a single TCP or UDP connection are forwarded
through one interface in a redundancy group (RG), but returned through another interface in the same RG. In
asymmetric routing, the packet flow remains in the same RG. When you configure asymmetric routing, packets
received on the standby RG are redirected to the active RG for processing. If asymmetric routing is not
configured, the packets received on the standby RG may be dropped.
Asymmetric routing determines the RG for a particular traffic flow. The state of the RG is critical in determining
the handling of packets. If an RG is active, normal packet processing is performed. In case the RG is in a
standby state and you have configured asymmetric routing and the asymmetric-routing always-divert
enable command, packets are diverted to the active RG. Use the asymmetric-routing always-divert enable
command to always divert packets received from the standby RG to the active RG.
The figure below shows an asymmetric routing scenario with a separate asymmetric-routing interlink interface
to divert packets to the active RG.

110
Asymmetric Routing Overview
Figure 8: Asymmetric Routing Scenario
The following rules apply to asymmetric routing:

• 1:1 mapping exists between the redundancy interface identifier (RII) and the interface.
• 1:n mapping exists between the interface and an RG. (An asymmetric routing interface can receive traffic
from and send traffic to multiple RGs. For a non asymmetric-routing interface (normal LAN interface),
a 1:1 mapping exists between the interface and the RG.)
• 1:n mapping exists between an RG and applications that use it. (Multiple applications can use the same
RG).
• 1:1 mapping exists between an RG and the traffic flow. The traffic flow must map only to a single RG.
If a traffic flow maps to multiple RGs, an error occurs.
• 1:1 or 1:n mapping can exist between an RG and an asymmetric-routing interlink as long as the interlink
has sufficient bandwidth to support all the RG interlink traffic.
Asymmetric routing consists of an interlink interface that handles all traffic that is to be diverted. The bandwidth
of the asymmetric-routing interlink interface must be large enough to handle all expected traffic that is to be
diverted. An IPv4 address must be configured on the asymmetric-routing interlink interface, and the IP address
of the asymmetric routing interface must be reachable from this interface.
Note We recommend that the asymmetric-routing interlink interface be used for interlink traffic only and not
be shared with high availability control or data interfaces because the amount of traffic on the
asymmetric-routing interlink interface could be quite high.

111
Asymmetric Routing Support in Firewalls
Asymmetric Routing Support in Firewalls

For intrabox asymmetric routing support, the firewall does a stateful Layer 3 and Layer 4 inspection of Internet
Control Message Protocol (ICMP), TCP, and UDP packets. The firewall does a stateful inspection of TCP
packets by verifying the window size and order of packets. The firewall also requires the state information
from both directions of the traffic for stateful inspection. The firewall does a limited inspection of ICMP
information flows. It verifies the sequence number associated with the ICMP echo request and response. The
firewall does not synchronize any packet flows to the standby redundancy group (RG) until a session is
established for that packet. An established session is a three-way handshake for TCP, the second packet for
UDP, and informational messages for ICMP. All ICMP flows are sent to the active RG.
The firewall does a stateless verification of policies for packets that do not belong to the ICMP, TCP, and
UDP protocols.
The firewall depends on bidirectional traffic to determine when a packet flow should be aged out and diverts
all inspected packet flows to the active RG. Packet flows that have a pass policy and that include the same
zone with no policy or a drop policy are not diverted.
Note The firewall does not support the asymmetric-routing always-divert enable command that diverts
packets received on the standby RG to the active RG. By default, the firewall forces all packet flows to
be diverted to the active RG.
Asymmetric Routing in NAT

By default, when asymmetric routing is configured, Network Address Translation (NAT) processes non-ALG
packets on the standby RG, instead of forwarding them to the active. The NAT-only configuration (that is
when the firewall is not configured) can use both the active and standby RGs for processing packets. If you
have a NAT-only configuration and you have configured asymmetric routing, the default asymmetric routing
rule is that NAT will selectively process packets on the standby RG. You can configure the asymmetric-routing
always-divert enable command to divert packets received on the standby RG to the active RG. Alternatively,
if you have configured the firewall along with NAT, the default asymmetric routing rule is to always divert
the packets to the active RG.
When NAT receives a packet on the standby RG and if you have not configured the diverting of packets,
NAT does a lookup to see if a session exists for that packet. If a session exists and there is no ALG associated
for that session, NAT processes the packet on the standby RG. The processing of packets on the standby RG
when a session exists significantly increases the bandwidth of the NAT traffic.
ALGs are used by NAT to identify and translate payload and to create child flows. ALGs require a two-way
traffic to function correctly. NAT must divert all traffic to the active RG for any packet flow that is associated
with an ALG. This is accomplished by checking if ALG data that is associated with the session is found on
the standby RG. If ALG data exits, the packet is diverted for asymmetric routing.
VRF-Aware Software Infrastructure (VASI) support was added in Cisco IOS XE Release 3.16S. Multiprotocol
Label Switching (MPLS) asymmetric routing is also supported.
In Cisco IOS XE Release 3.16S, NAT supports asymmetric routing with ALGs, Carrier Grade NAT (CGN),
and virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instances. No configuration changes are required to enable asymmetric
routing with ALGs, CGN, or VRF. For more information, see the section, “Example: Configuring Asymmetric
Routing with VRF”.

112
Asymmetric Routing in a WAN-LAN Topology
Asymmetric Routing in a WAN-LAN Topology

Asymmetric routing supports only a WAN-LAN topology. In a WAN-LAN topology, devices are connected
through LAN interfaces on the inside and WAN interfaces on the outside. There is no control on the routing
of return traffic received through WAN links. Asymmetric routing controls the routing of return traffic received
through WAN links in a WAN-LAN topology. The figure below shows a WAN-LAN topology.
Figure 9: Asymmetric Routing in a WAN-LAN Topology
VRF-Aware Asymmetric Routing in Zone-Based Firewalls

In Cisco IOS XE Release 3.14S, zone-based firewalls support the VRF-Aware Interchassis Asymmetric
Routing feature. The feature supports Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS).
During asymmetric routing diversion, the VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) name hash value is sent with
diverted packets. The VRF name hash value is converted to the local VRF ID and table ID at the active device
after the diversion.
When diverted packets reach the active device on which Network Address Translation (NAT) and the
zone-based firewall are configured, the firewall retrieves the VRF ID from NAT or NAT64 and saves the
VRF ID in the firewall session key.
The following section describes the asymmetric routing packet flow when only the zone-based firewall is
configured on a device:
• When MPLS is configured on a device, the VRF ID handling for diverted packets is the same as the
handling of non-asymmetric routing diverted packets. An MPLS packet is diverted to the active device,
even though the MPLS label is removed at the standby device. The zone-based firewall inspects the
packet at the egress interface, and the egress VRF ID is set to zero, if MPLS is detected at this interface.
The firewall sets the ingress VRF ID to zero if MPLS is configured at the ingress interface.

113
VRF-Aware Asymmetric Routing in NAT
• When a Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) packet is diverted to the active device from the standby
device, the MPLS label is removed before the asymmetric routing diversion happens.
• When MPLS is not configured on a device, an IP packet is diverted to the active device and the VRF ID
is set. The firewall gets the local VRF ID, when it inspects the packet at the egress interface.
VRF mapping between active and standby devices require no configuration changes.
VRF-Aware Asymmetric Routing in NAT

In Cisco IOS XE Release 3.14S, Network Address Translation supports VRF-aware interchassis asymmetric
routing. VRF-aware interchassis asymmetric routing uses message digest (MD) 5 hash of the VPN routing
and forwarding (VRF) name to identify the VRF and datapath in the active and standby devices to retrieve
the local VRF ID from the VRF name hash and viceversa.
For VRF-aware interchassis asymmetric routing, the VRFs on active and standby devices must have the same
VRF name. However, the VRF ID need not be identical on both devices because the VRF ID is mapped based
on the VRF name on the standby and active devices during asymmetric routing diversion or box-to-box high
availability synchronization.
In case of MD5 hash collision for VRF names, the firewall and NAT sessions that belong to the VRF are not
synced to the standby device.
VRF mapping between active and standby devices require no configuration changes.
How to Configure Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for

ConfiguringaRedundancyApplicationGroupandaRedundancyGroupProtocol
Redundancy groups consist of the following configuration elements:
• The amount by which the priority will be decremented for each object.
• Faults (objects) that decrement the priority
• Failover priority
• Failover threshold
• Group instance
• Group name
• Initialization delay timer
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. redundancy

114
Configuring a Redundancy Application Group and a Redundancy Group Protocol
5. group id
6. name group-name
7. priority value [failover threshold value]
8. preempt
9. track object-number decrement number
10. exit
11. protocol id
12. timers hellotime {seconds | msec msec} holdtime {seconds | msec msec}
13. authentication {text string | md5 key-string [0 | 7] key [timeout seconds] | key-chain
key-chain-name}
14. bfd
15. end
DETAILED STEPS

Example: • Enter your password if prompted
Device> enable

Example:

Example:
Step 4 application redundancy Configures application redundancy and enters redundancy

application configuration mode.
Example:
Step 5 group id Configures a redundancy group and enters redundancy

application group configuration mode.
Example:
Step 6 name group-name Specifies an optional alias for the protocol instance.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-grp)# name group1
Step 7 priority value [failover threshold value] Specifies the initial priority and failover threshold for a
redundancy group.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-grp)# priority 100 failover
threshold 50

115
Configuring Data, Control, and Asymmetric Routing Interfaces

Step 8 preempt Enables preemption on the redundancy group and enables
the standby device to preempt the active device.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-grp)# preempt • The standby device preempts only when its priority
is higher than that of the active device.
Step 9 track object-number decrement number Specifies the priority value of a redundancy group that will
be decremented if an event occurs on the tracked object.
Example:
Step 10 exit Exits redundancy application group configuration mode

and enters redundancy application configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-grp)# exit
Step 11 protocol id Specifies the protocol instance that will be attached to a

control interface and enters redundancy application
Example:
protocol configuration mode.
Step 12 timers hellotime {seconds | msec msec} holdtime Specifies the interval between hello messages sent and the
{seconds | msec msec} time period before which a device is declared to be down.
Example: • Holdtime should be at least three times the hellotime.
Device(config-red-app-prtcl)# timers hellotime 3
holdtime 10
Step 13 authentication {text string | md5 key-string [0 | 7] Specifies authentication information.

key [timeout seconds] | key-chain key-chain-name}
Example:
Device(config-red-app-prtcl)# authentication md5
key-string 0 n1 timeout 100
Step 14 bfd Enables the integration of the failover protocol running on

the control interface with the Bidirectional Forwarding
Example:
Detection (BFD) protocol to achieve failure detection in
Device(config-red-app-prtcl)# bfd milliseconds.
• BFD is enabled by default.

Example:
Device(config-red-app-prtcl)# end

In this task, you configure the following redundancy group (RG) elements:
• The interface that is used as the control interface.

116
• The interface that is used as the data interface.

• The interface that is used for asymmetric routing. This is an optional task. Perform this task only if you
are configuring asymmetric routing for Network Address Translation (NAT).
Note Asymmetric routing, data, and control must be configured on separate interfaces.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. redundancy
5. group id
6. data interface-type interface-number
7. control interface-type interface-number protocol id
8. timers delay seconds [reload seconds]
9. asymmetric-routing interface type number
10. asymmetric-routing always-divert enable
11. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

Example:

Example:
Step 5 group id Configures a redundancy group (RG) and enters

Example:

117
Configuring a Redundant Interface Identifier and Asymmetric Routing on an Interface

Step 6 data interface-type interface-number Specifies the data interface that is used by the RG.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-grp)# data GigabitEthernet
0/0/1
Step 7 control interface-type interface-number protocol id Specifies the control interface that is used by the RG.
Example: • The control interface is also associated with an
Device(config-red-app-grp)# control instance of the control interface protocol.
GigabitEthernet 1/0/0 protocol 1
Step 8 timers delay seconds [reload seconds] Specifies the time required for an RG to delay role
negotiations that start after a fault occurs or the system is
Example:
reloaded.
Device(config-red-app-grp)# timers delay 100
reload 400
Step 9 asymmetric-routing interface type number Specifies the asymmetric routing interface that is used by
the RG.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-grp)# asymmetric-routing
interface GigabitEthernet 0/1/1
Step 10 asymmetric-routing always-divert enable Always diverts packets received from the standby RG to
the active RG.
Example:
always-divert enable

Example:
Configuring a Redundant Interface Identifier and Asymmetric Routing on an

Interface
Note • You must not configure a redundant interface identifier (RII) on an interface that is configured
either as a data interface or as a control interface.
• You must configure the RII and asymmetric routing on both active and standby devices.
• You cannot enable asymmetric routing on the interface that has a virtual IP address configured.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable

118
Configuring Dynamic Inside Source Translation with Asymmetric Routing
4. redundancy rii id
5. redundancy group id [decrement number]
6. redundancy asymmetric-routing enable
7. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 interface type number Selects an interface to be associated with the redundancy
group (RG) and enters interface configuration mode.
Example:
Step 4 redundancy rii id Configures the redundancy interface identifier (RII).

Example:
Step 5 redundancy group id [decrement number] Enables the RG redundancy traffic interface configuration
and specifies the amount to be decremented from the priority
Example:
when the interface goes down.
Device(config-if)# redundancy group 1 decrement 20
Note You need not configure an RG on the traffic
interface on which asymmetric routing is
enabled.
Step 6 redundancy asymmetric-routing enable Establishes an asymmetric flow diversion tunnel for each
RG.
Example:
Device(config-if)# redundancy asymmetric-routing
enable

EXEC mode.
Example:

The following configuration is a sample dynamic inside source translation with asymmetric routing. You can
configure asymmetric routing with the following types of NAT configurations—dynamic outside source,
static inside and outside source, and Port Address Translation (PAT) inside and outside source translations.

119
For more information on different types of NAT configurations, see the “Configuring NAT for IP Address
Conservation” chapter.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
5. ip nat outside
6. exit
7. redundancy
9. group id
10. asymmetric-routing always-divert enable
11. end
13. ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip {mask | prefix-length prefix-length}
14. exit
15. ip nat inside source list acl-number pool name redundancy redundancy-id mapping-id map-id
16. access-list standard-acl-number permit source-address wildcard-bits
17. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
mode.
Example:
Step 4 ip address ip-address mask Sets a primary IP address for an interface.

Example:
255.255.255.0

Example:

120

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 7 redundancy Configures redundancy and enters redundancy

configuration mode.
Example:

Example:
Step 9 group id Configures a redundancy group and enters redundancy

application group configuration mode.
Example:
Step 10 asymmetric-routing always-divert enable Diverts the traffic to the active device.
Example:
always-divert enable

Example:

Example:
Step 13 ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip {mask | prefix-length Defines a pool of global addresses.
prefix-length}
• Enters IP NAT pool configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat pool pool1 prefix-length
24
Step 14 exit Exits IP NAT pool configuration mode and enters global
configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config-ipnat-pool)# exit
Step 15 ip nat inside source list acl-number pool name Enables NAT of the inside source address and associates
redundancy redundancy-id mapping-id map-id NAT with a redundancy group by using the mapping ID.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list pool
pool1 redundancy 1 mapping-id 100

121
Configuration Examples for Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT

Step 16 access-list standard-acl-number permit source-address Defines a standard access list for the inside addresses that
wildcard-bits are to be translated.
Example:
255.255.255.0
Step 17 end Exits global configuration mode and enters privileged

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end
Configuration Examples for Interchassis Asymmetric Routing

Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT
Example: Configuring a Redundancy Application Group and a Redundancy
Group Protocol
Device(config-red-app-grp)# name group1
Device(config-red-app-grp)# priority 100 failover threshold 50
Device(config-red-app-prtcl)# timers hellotime 3 holdtime 10
Device(config-red-app-prtcl)# authentication md5 key-string 0 n1 timeout 100
Device(config-red-app-prtcl)# bfd
Example: Configuring Data, Control, and Asymmetric Routing Interfaces

Device(config-red-app-grp)# data GigabitEthernet 0/0/1
Device(config-red-app-grp)# control GigabitEthernet 1/0/0 protocol 1
Device(config-red-app-grp)# timers delay 100 reload 400
Device(config-red-app-grp)# asymmetric-routing interface GigabitEthernet 0/1/1
Device(config-red-app-grp)# asymmetric-routing always-divert enable

122
Example: Configuring a Redundant Interface Identifier and Asymmetric Routing on an Interface
Example:Configuring aRedundant Interface Identifier andAsymmetric Routing

on an Interface
Device(config-if)# redundancy group 1 decrement 20
Device(config-if)# redundancy asymmetric-routing enable
Example: Configuring Dynamic Inside Source Translation with Asymmetric

Routing
Device(config)# ip nat pool pool1 prefix-length 24
Device(config-ipnat-pool)# exit
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list pool pool1 redundancy 1 mapping-id 100
Example:ConfiguringVRF-AwareNATforWAN-WANTopologywithSymmetric
Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy
The following is a sample WAN-to-WAN symmetric routing configuration:
vrf definition Mgmt-intf

address-family ipv4
exit-address-family
!
address-family ipv6
exit-address-family
!
!
vrf definition VRFA
rd 100:1
route-target export 100:1
route-target import 100:1
address-family ipv4
exit-address-family
!
!
no logging console
no aaa new-model

123
Example: Configuring VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy
!
multilink bundle-name authenticated
!
redundancy
mode sso
application redundancy
group 1
preempt
priority 120
control GigabitEthernet 0/0/1 protocol 1
data GigabitEthernet 0/0/2
!
!
!
!
ip tftp source-interface GigabitEthernet0
ip tftp blocksize 8192
!
track 1 interface GigabitEthernet 0/0/4 line-protocol
!
interface Loopback 0
ip address 209.165.201.1 255.255.255.224
!
vrf forwarding VRFA
ip address 192.168.0.1 255.255.255.248
ip nat inside
negotiation auto
bfd interval 50 min_rx 50 multiplier 3
redundancy rii 2
!
ip address 209.165.202.129 255.255.255.224
negotiation auto
!
ip address 192.0.2.1 255.255.255.224
negotiation auto
!
ip address 198.51.100.1 255.255.255.240
negotiation auto
!
ip address 203.0.113.1 255.255.255.240
negotiation auto
!
interface GigabitEthernet 0
vrf forwarding Mgmt-intf
ip address 172.16.0.1 255.255.0.0
negotiation auto
!
interface vasileft 1
vrf forwarding VRFA
ip address 10.4.4.1 255.255.0.0
ip nat outside
no keepalive
!
interface vasiright 1
ip address 10.4.4.2 255.255.0.0
no keepalive
!
router mobile
!

124
router bgp 577

bgp router-id 1.1.1.1
bgp log-neighbor-changes
neighbor 203.0.113.1 remote-as 223
neighbor 203.0.113.1 description PEERING to PTNR neighbor 10.4.4.1 remote-as 577
neighbor 10.4.4.1 description PEEERING to VASI VRFA interface
!
address-family ipv4
network 203.0.113.1 mask 255.255.255.240
network 10.4.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0
network 209.165.200.224 mask 255.255.255.224
neighbor 203.0.113.1 activate
neighbor 10.4.4.1 next-hop-self
exit-address-family
!
address-family ipv4 vrf VRFA
network 192.168.0.0 mask 255.255.255.248
network 10.4.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0
redistribute connected
redistribute static
neighbor 192.168.0.2 fall-over bfd
neighbor 10.4.4.2 description PEERING to VASI Global intf
exit-address-family
!
ip nat switchover replication http
ip nat pool att_pool 209.165.200.225 209.165.200.225 prefix-length 16
ip nat inside source list 4 pool att_pool redundancy 1 mapping-id 100 vrf VRFA overload
ip forward-protocol nd
!
no ip http server
no ip http secure-server
ip route 203.0.113.1 255.255.255.224 10.4.4.1
ip route 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0 10.4.4.1
ip route 209.165.200.224 255.255.255.224 10.4.4.1
ip route vrf Mgmt-intf 209.165.200.1 255.255.255.224 172.16.0.0
!
ip prefix-list VRF_Pool seq 5 permit 209.165.200.0/27
ip prefix-list p1-adv-1 seq 5 permit 209.165.200.0/27
ip prefix-list p1-exist-1 seq 5 permit 203.0.113.193/27
logging esm config
!
control-plane
line console 0
stopbits 1
!
line vty 0 3
login
!
line vty 4
password lab
login
!
end

125
Example: Configuring Asymmetric Routing with VRF
Example: Configuring Asymmetric Routing with VRF

The following example shows how to configure asymmetric routing with virtual routing and
forwarding (VRF) instances:
Device(config-red)# mode sso
Device(config-red-app-grp)# name RG1
Device(config-red-app-grp)# control GigabitEthernet 1/0/3 protocol 1
Device(config-red-app-grp)# data GigabitEthernet 1/0/3
Device(config-red-app-grp)# asymmetric-routing interface GigabitEthernet 1/0/4
Device(config-red-app)# exit
Device(config-red)# exit
!
Device(config)# interface TenGigabitEthernet 2/0/0
Device(config-if)# ip vrf forwarding vrf001
!
Device(config)# interface TenGigabitEthernet 3/0/0
Device(config-if)# ip vrf forwarding vrf001
!
Device(config-if)# ip nat pool pool-vrf001 209.165.201.1 209.165.201.30 prefix-length 24
Device(config-if)# ip nat inside source list 1 pool pool-vrf001 redundancy 1 mapping-id 1
vrf vrf001 match-in-vrf overload
Additional References for Interchassis Asymmetric Routing

Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT
Related Documents

126
Feature Information for Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT
Security commands • Cisco IOS Security Command Reference

Commands A to C
• Cisco IOS Security Command Reference
Commands D to L
Commands M to R
Commands S to Z
Firewall inter-chassis redundancy “Configuring Firewall Stateful Inter-Chassis

Redundancy” module
NAT inter-chassis redundancy “Configuring Stateful Inter-Chassis Redundancy”

module
Description Link

Feature Information for Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support

for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT
Table 5: Feature Information for Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT
Asymmetric Routing Cisco IOS XE Release The Asymmetric Routing Enhancements for
Enhancements for NAT44 3.16S NAT44 feature supports asymmetric routing
with CGN, ALGs, VRF, VASI and MPLS.
No commands were introduced or modified.

127
Feature Information for Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT
Interchassis Asymmetric Routing Cisco IOS XE Release 3.5S The Interchassis Asymmetric Routing
Support for Zone-Based Firewall Support for Zone-Based Firewall and NAT
and NAT feature supports the forwarding of packets
from a standby redundancy group to the
active redundancy group for packet
handling.
The following commands were introduced
or modified: asymmetric-routing,
redundancy asymmetric-routing enable.
VRF-Aware Interchassis Cisco IOS XE Release Zone-based firewalls support the

Asymmetric Routing Support for 3.14S VRF-Aware Interchassis Asymmetric
Zone-Based Firewalls Routing feature. This feature supports
MPLS. There are no configuration changes
for this feature.
VRF-Aware Interchassis Cisco IOS XE Release NAT supports the VRF-Aware Interchassis
Asymmetric Routing Support for 3.14S Asymmetric Routing feature. This feature
NAT supports MPLS. There are no configuration
changes for this feature.

128
CHAPTER 9
VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with
Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy
In Cisco IOS XE Release 3.14S, Network Address Translation (NAT) supports the VRF-Aware NAT for
WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy feature. VRF-Aware NAT for
WAN-to-LAN topology is already supported in NAT.
This module describes this feature.
• Finding Feature Information, on page 129
• Restrictions for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box
Redundancy, on page 130
• Information About VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box
• How to Configure VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box
• Configuration Examples for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing
Box-to-Box Redundancy, on page 133
• Additional References for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing
Box-to-Box Redundancy, on page 135
• Feature Information for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box
Finding Feature Information

Your software release may not support all the features documented in this module. For the latest caveats and
feature information, see Bug Search Tool and the release notes for your platform and software release. To
find information about the features documented in this module, and to see a list of the releases in which each
feature is supported, see the feature information table.
Use Cisco Feature Navigator to find information about platform support and Cisco software image support.
To access Cisco Feature Navigator, go to https://cfnng.cisco.com/. An account on Cisco.com is not required.

129
VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy
Restrictions for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy
Restrictions for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with

Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy
The following features are not supported:
• Asymmetric routing
• Cisco TrustSec
• Edge switching services
• Header Compression
• IPsec
• Lawful intercept (Intercept twice, once at active and once at standby)
• Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP)
• Locator-ID Separation Protocol (LISP) inner packet inspection
• Port Bundle
• Stile and Ceasr
• Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) VPN
• Session Border Controller (SBC)
Information About VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology

with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy
VRF-Aware Box-to-Box High Availability Support
In Cisco IOS XE Release 3.14S, Network Address Translation (NAT) supports VRF-aware box-to-box high
availability in a WAN-to-WAN topology.
To support VRF-aware box-to-box high availability, NAT ties the NAT mapping with a mandatorily configured
mapping ID when a redundancy group (RG) is configured. The standby device retrieves the correct locally
significant VRF ID from the mapping ID after synchronization. The VRF ID is set before NAT processes or
translates a packet on the active device.
The VRF-aware box-to-box high availability configuration must be the same on both active and standby
devices. The VRF configuration must use the same VRF name at active and standby devices. NAT provides
a hashed VRF name value in the high availability message, and sends it to active and standby devices, so that
the corresponding local VRF ID is converted at the peer device by using the VRF name hash value-to-VRF
ID mapping.
Note In some cases you might experience FTP disconnection after failover in a NAT B2B scenario. To resolve
this issue, quit the existing FTP connection and start a new FTP connection.

130

You can configure the Stateful Interchassis Redundancy feature to determine the active device from a group
of devices, based on a number of failover conditions. When a failover occurs, the standby device seamlessly
takes over, starts performing traffic forwarding services, and maintains a dynamic routing table.
Note Manually shutting down the control or data interface link on an active NAT router results in traffic
outage as the NAT router never transitions to active state.
Stateful Interchassis Redundancy Operation in NAT

Figure 10: Stateful Interchassis Redundancy Operation in a WAN-WAN Topology

131
How to Configure VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy
msec command.
cause.
level.
How to Configure VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology

The configuration for VRF-aware box-to-box redundancy is same as the configuration for stateful interchassis
redundancy. For more information, see the "Configuring Stateful Interchassis Redundancy" module in the IP
Addressing: NAT Configuration Guide.

132
Configuration Examples for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy
Configuration Examples for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN

Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy
Example:ConfiguringVRF-AwareNATforWAN-WANTopologywithSymmetric
Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy
The following is a sample WAN-to-WAN symmetric routing configuration:
vrf definition Mgmt-intf

address-family ipv4
exit-address-family
!
address-family ipv6
exit-address-family
!
!
vrf definition VRFA
rd 100:1
route-target export 100:1
route-target import 100:1
address-family ipv4
exit-address-family
!
!
no logging console
no aaa new-model
!
multilink bundle-name authenticated
!
redundancy
mode sso
application redundancy
group 1
preempt
priority 120
control GigabitEthernet 0/0/1 protocol 1
data GigabitEthernet 0/0/2
!
!
!
!
ip tftp source-interface GigabitEthernet0
ip tftp blocksize 8192
!
track 1 interface GigabitEthernet 0/0/4 line-protocol
!
interface Loopback 0
ip address 209.165.201.1 255.255.255.224
!
vrf forwarding VRFA
ip address 192.168.0.1 255.255.255.248
ip nat inside
negotiation auto

133
bfd interval 50 min_rx 50 multiplier 3

redundancy rii 2
!
ip address 209.165.202.129 255.255.255.224
negotiation auto
!
ip address 192.0.2.1 255.255.255.224
negotiation auto
!
ip address 198.51.100.1 255.255.255.240
negotiation auto
!
ip address 203.0.113.1 255.255.255.240
negotiation auto
!
interface GigabitEthernet 0
vrf forwarding Mgmt-intf
ip address 172.16.0.1 255.255.0.0
negotiation auto
!
interface vasileft 1
vrf forwarding VRFA
ip address 10.4.4.1 255.255.0.0
ip nat outside
no keepalive
!
interface vasiright 1
ip address 10.4.4.2 255.255.0.0
no keepalive
!
router mobile
!
router bgp 577
bgp log-neighbor-changes
neighbor 203.0.113.1 description PEERING to PTNR neighbor 10.4.4.1 remote-as 577
neighbor 10.4.4.1 description PEEERING to VASI VRFA interface
!
address-family ipv4
network 203.0.113.1 mask 255.255.255.240
network 10.4.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0
network 209.165.200.224 mask 255.255.255.224
neighbor 10.4.4.1 next-hop-self
exit-address-family
!
address-family ipv4 vrf VRFA
network 192.168.0.0 mask 255.255.255.248
network 10.4.0.0 mask 255.255.0.0
redistribute connected
redistribute static
neighbor 192.168.0.2 fall-over bfd
neighbor 10.4.4.2 description PEERING to VASI Global intf

134
Additional References for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy
exit-address-family
!
ip nat switchover replication http
ip nat pool att_pool 209.165.200.225 209.165.200.225 prefix-length 16
ip nat inside source list 4 pool att_pool redundancy 1 mapping-id 100 vrf VRFA overload
ip forward-protocol nd
!
no ip http server
no ip http secure-server
ip route 203.0.113.1 255.255.255.224 10.4.4.1
ip route 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0 10.4.4.1
ip route 209.165.200.224 255.255.255.224 10.4.4.1
ip route vrf Mgmt-intf 209.165.200.1 255.255.255.224 172.16.0.0
!
ip prefix-list VRF_Pool seq 5 permit 209.165.200.0/27
ip prefix-list p1-adv-1 seq 5 permit 209.165.200.0/27
ip prefix-list p1-exist-1 seq 5 permit 203.0.113.193/27
logging esm config
!
control-plane
line console 0
stopbits 1
!
line vty 0 3
login
!
line vty 4
password lab
login
!
end
Additional References for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN

Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy
Related Documents

NAT stateful interchassis redundancy Configuring Stateful Interchassis Redundancy

135
Feature Information for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy
Description Link
ID and password.
Feature Information for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology

Table 6: Feature Information for VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box Redundancy
VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Cisco IOS XE Release In Cisco IOS XE Release 3.14S, Network
Topology with Symmetric Routing 3.14S Address Translation (NAT) supports the
Box-to-Box Redundancy VRF-Aware NAT for WAN-WAN Topology
with Symmetric Routing Box-to-Box
Redundancy feature. This feature contains the
following two features: VRF-aware stateful
interchassis redundancy and VRF-aware
interchassis symmetric routing.
No commands were introduced or modified by
this feature.

136
CHAPTER 10
Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs
Network Address Translation (NAT) Integration with MPLS VPNs feature allows multiple Multiprotocol
Label Switching (MPLS) Virtual Private Networks (VPNs) to be configured on a single device to work
together. NAT can differentiate which MPLS VPN it receives IP traffic from even if the MPLS VPNs are all
using the same IP addressing scheme. This enhancement enables multiple MPLS VPN customers to share
services while ensuring that each MPLS VPN is completely separate from the other.
• Prerequisites for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs, on page 137
• Restrictions for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs, on page 137
• Information About Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs, on page 138
• How to Integrate NAT with MPLS VPNs, on page 139
• Configuration Examples for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs, on page 145
• Additional References for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs, on page 147
• Feature Information for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs, on page 147
Prerequisites for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs

• Before performing the tasks in this module, you should be familiar with the concepts described in the
• All access lists required for use with the tasks in this module should be configured prior to beginning
the configuration task. For information about how to configure an access list, see the IP Access List
Sequence Numbering document at the following URL:
http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122s/122snwft/release/122s14/fsaclseq.htm
Note If you specify an access list to use with a NAT command, NAT does not support the commonly used
permit ip any any command in the access list.
Restrictions for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs

Inside VPN to VPN with NAT is not supported.

137
Information About Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs
Information About Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs

Benefits of NAT Integration with MPLS VPNs
MPLS service providers would like to provide value-added services such as Internet connectivity, domain
name servers (DNS), and voice over IP (VoIP) service to their customers. The providers require that their
customers; IP addresses be different when reaching the services. Because MPLS VPN allows customers to
use overlapped IP addresses in their networks, NAT must be implemented to make the services possible.
Implementation Options for Integrating Nat with MPLS VPNs

There are two approaches to implementing NAT in the MPLS VPN network. NAT can be implemented on
the customer edge (CE) router, which is already supported by NAT, or it can be implemented on a provider
edge (PE) router. The NAT Integration with MPLS VPNs feature enables the implementation of NAT on a
PE router in an MPLS cloud.
Scenarios for Implementing NAT on the PE Router

NAT could be implemented on the PE router in the following scenarios:
• Service point--Shared access can be from a generic interface or from a VPN interface.
• NAT point--NAT can be configured on the PE router that is directly connected to the shared access
gateway, or on the PE router that is not directly connected to the shared access gateway.
• NAT interface--The shared access gateway interface most often is configured as the outside interface of
NAT. The inside interface of NAT can be either the PE-CE interface of a VPN, the interface to the MPLS
backbone, or both. The shared access gateway interface can also be configured as the inside interface.
• Routing type--Common service can be Internet connectivity or a common server. For Internet connectivity,
a default route should be propagated to all the VPN customers that use the service. For common server
access, a static or dynamically learned route should be propagated to the VPN customers.
• NAT configuration--NAT can have different configurations: static, dynamic, pool/interface overloading,
and route-map.
The figure below shows a typical NAT integration with MPLS VPNs. The PE router connected to the internet
and centralized mail service is employed to do the address translation.

138
How to Integrate NAT with MPLS VPNs
Figure 11: Typical NAT Integration with MPLS VPNs
How to Integrate NAT with MPLS VPNs

Perform one or more of the following tasks depending on the type of translation you wish to configure for
your network:
Configuring Inside Dynamic NAT with MPLS VPNs

Perform this task to configure your NAT PE router for dynamic translations to integrate with MPLS VPNs.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
4. ip nat [inside | outside] source [list {access-list-number | access-list-name} | route-map name] [interface
type number | pool pool-name] vrf vrf-name[overload]
5. Repeat Step 4 for each VPN being configured
6. ip route vrf vrf-name prefix mask interface-type interface-number next-hop-address
7. Repeat Step 6 for each VPN being configured.

139
Configuring Inside Dynamic NAT with MPLS VPNs
8. exit
9. show ip nat translations vrf vrf-name
DETAILED STEPS

mode.
Example:
Router> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip netmask netmask Defines a pool of IP addresses for NAT.
Example:
Router(config)# ip nat pool inside 2.2.2.10

2.2.2.10 netmask 255.255.255.0
Step 4 ip nat [inside | outside] source [list {access-list-number Allows NAT to be configured on a particular VPN.
| access-list-name} | route-map name] [interface type
number | pool pool-name] vrf vrf-name[overload]
Example:
Router(config)# ip nat inside source list 1 pool

mypool vrf shop overload
Step 5 Repeat Step 4 for each VPN being configured --
Step 6 ip route vrf vrf-name prefix mask interface-type Allows NAT to be configured on a particular VPN.
interface-number next-hop-address
Example:
Router(config)#
ip route vrf shop 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 ethernet 0
168.58.88.2
Step 7 Repeat Step 6 for each VPN being configured. --

Example:
Step 9 show ip nat translations vrf vrf-name (Optional) Displays the settings used by virtual
routing/forwarding (VRF) table translations.
Example:

140
Configuring Inside Static NAT with MPLS VPNs
Router# show ip nat translations vrf shop
Configuring Inside Static NAT with MPLS VPNs

Perform this task to configure your NAT PE router for static translations to integrate with MPLS VPNs.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat inside source {static {esp local-ip interface type number | local-ip global-ip}} [extendable |
mapping-id map-id| no-alias | no-payload | redundancy group-name | route-map | vrf name]
5. ip route vrf vrf-name prefix prefix mask next-hop-address global
7. exit
DETAILED STEPS

mode.
Example:
Router> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat inside source {static {esp local-ip interface type Enables inside static translation on the VRF.
number | local-ip global-ip}} [extendable | mapping-id
map-id| no-alias | no-payload | redundancy group-name
| route-map | vrf name]
Example:
Router(config)#
vrf shop
Step 5 ip route vrf vrf-name prefix prefix mask Allows the route to be shared by several customers.
next-hop-address global
Example:

141
Configuring Outside Dynamic NAT with MPLS VPNs
Router(config)#
ip route vrf shop 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 168.58.88.2
global

Example:
Step 8 show ip nat translations vrf vrf-name (Optional) Displays the settings used by VRF translations.
Example:
Configuring Outside Dynamic NAT with MPLS VPNs

Perform this step to configure your NAT PE router for dynamic outside translations to integrate with MPLS
VPNs.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat pool outside global-ip local-ip netmask netmask
4. ip nat inside source static local-ip global-ip vrf vrf-name
5. Repeat Step 4 for each VRF being configured.
6. ip nat outside source static global-ip local-ip vrf vrf-name
7. exit
DETAILED STEPS

mode.
Example:
Router> enable

Example:

142
Configuring Outside Static NAT with MPLS VPNs

Step 3 ip nat pool outside global-ip local-ip netmask netmask Allows the configured VRF to be associated with the NAT
translation rule.
Example:
Router(config)#
ip nat pool outside 4.4.4.1 4.4.4.254 netmask
255.255.255.00
Step 4 ip nat inside source static local-ip global-ip vrf Allows the route to be shared by several customers.
vrf-name
Example:
Router(config)#
vrf shop
Step 5 Repeat Step 4 for each VRF being configured. Allows the route to be shared by several customers.
Step 6 ip nat outside source static global-ip local-ip vrf Enables NAT translation of the outside source address.
vrf-name
Example:
Router(config)#
ip nat outside source static 168.58.88.2 4.4.4.1
vrf shop

Example:
Example:

Perform this task to configure your NAT PE router for static outside translations to integrate with MPLS
VPNs.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
2. configure {terminal | memory | network}
3. ip nat pool inside global-ip local-ip netmask netmask
4. Repeat Step 3 for each pool being configured.
5. ip nat inside source list access-list-number pool pool-name vrf vrf-name
6. Repeat Step 5 for each pool being configured.

143
7. ip nat outside source static global-ip local-ip vrf vrf-name

8. Repeat Step 7 for all VPNs being configured.
9. exit
DETAILED STEPS

mode.
Example:
Router> enable
Step 2 configure {terminal | memory | network} Enters global configuration mode.

Example:
Step 3 ip nat pool inside global-ip local-ip netmask netmask Allows the configured VRF to be associated with the NAT
translation rule.
Example:
Router(config)# ip nat pool inside1 2.2.1.1

2.2.1.254 netmask 255.255.255.0
Step 4 Repeat Step 3 for each pool being configured. --
Step 5 ip nat inside source list access-list-number pool Allows the route to be shared by several customers.
pool-name vrf vrf-name
Example:
Router(config)#
ip nat inside source list 1 pool inside2 vrf shop
Step 6 Repeat Step 5 for each pool being configured. Defines the access list.
Step 7 ip nat outside source static global-ip local-ip vrf Allows the route to be shared by several customers.
vrf-name
Example:
Router(config)#
ip nat outside source static 168.58.88.2 4.4.4.1
vrf shop
Step 8 Repeat Step 7 for all VPNs being configured. --

Example:

144
Configuration Examples for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs

Example:
Configuration Examples for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs

Configuring Inside Dynamic NAT with MPLS VPNs Example
The following example shows configuring inside Dynamic NAT with MPLS VPNs.
!
ip nat pool inside 2.2.2.10 2.2.2.10 netmask 255.255.255.0
ip nat inside source list 1 pool inside vrf bank overload
ip nat inside source list 1 pool inside vrf park overload
ip nat inside source list 1 pool inside vrf shop overload
!
ip route vrf shop 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Ethernet1/3 168.58.88.2
ip route vrf bank 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Ethernet1/3 168.58.88.2
ip route vrf park 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Ethernet1/3 168.58.88.2
!
Configuring Inside Static NAT with MPLS VPNs Example

The following example shows configuring inside static NAT with MPLS VPNs.
!
ip nat inside source static 192.168.121.113 2.2.2.1 vrf shop
ip nat inside source static 192.168.121.113 2.2.2.3 vrf bank
ip nat inside source static 192.168.121.113 2.2.2.5 vrf park
!
ip route 2.2.2.1 255.255.255.255 Ethernet1/0 192.168.121.113
ip route 2.2.2.3 255.255.255.255 Serial2/1.1 192.168.121.113
ip route 2.2.2.4 255.255.255.255 Serial2/1.1 192.168.121.113
ip route 2.2.2.5 255.255.255.255 FastEthernet0/0 192.168.121.113

145
Configuring Outside Dynamic NAT with MPLS VPNs Example
Configuring Outside Dynamic NAT with MPLS VPNs Example

The following example shows configuring outside dynamic NAT with MPLS VPNs.
!
ip nat pool outside 4.4.4.1 4.4.4.254 netmask 255.255.255.0
ip nat outside source list 1 pool outside
!
Configuring Outside Static NAT with MPLS VPNs Example

The following example shows configuring outside static NAT with MPLS VPNs.
!
ip nat pool inside1 2.2.1.1 2.2.1.254 netmask 255.255.255.0
ip nat inside source list 1 pool inside2 vrf bank
ip nat inside source list 1 pool inside3 vrf park
ip nat inside source list 1 pool inside1 vrf shop
ip nat outside source static 168.58.88.2 4.4.4.1 vrf bank
ip nat outside source static 18.68.58.1 4.4.4.2 vrf park
ip nat outside source static 168.58.88.1 4.4.4.3 vrf shop
ip classless
ip route 192.170.11.0 255.255.255.0 Serial2/1.1 192.168.121.113
ip route vrf shop 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 168.58.88.2 global
ip route vrf bank 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 168.58.88.2 global
ip route vrf park 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 168.58.88.2 global
no ip http server
!
Where to Go Next
• To learn about Network Address Translation and configure NAT for IP address conservation, see the
• To verify, monitor, and maintain NAT, see the “Monitoring and Maintaining NAT” module.
• To use NAT with application level gateways, see the “Using Application Level Gateways with NAT”
module.

146
Additional References for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs
Additional References for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs

Related Documents
IOS Commands Cisco IOS Master Command List
Standards and RFCs
Standard & RFC Title
RFC 2547 BGP/MPLS VPNs
Description Link

Feature Information for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs

Table 7: Feature Information for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs
Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs 12.1(13)T The Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs feature
allows multiple Multiprotocol Label Switching
15.1(1)SY
(MPLS) VPNs to be configured on a single device
to work together.

147
Feature Information for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs

148
CHAPTER 11
Monitoring and Maintaining NAT
The Monitoring and Maintaining NAT feature enables the monitoring of Network Address Translation (NAT)
by using translation information and statistics displays. It enables the logging of NAT translation to log and
track system error messages and exceptions. The Monitoring and Maintaining NAT feature helps maintain
NAT by clearing NAT translations before the timeout is expired.
This modules the Monitoring and Maintaining NAT feature.
• Prerequisites for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT, on page 149
• Restrictions for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT, on page 149
• Information About Monitoring and Maintaining NAT, on page 149
• How to Monitor and Maintain NAT, on page 151
• Examples for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT, on page 154
• Additional References for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT, on page 154
• Feature Information for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT, on page 155
Prerequisites for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT

Before performing the tasks in this module, you must be familiar with the concepts described in the “Configuring
NAT for IP Address Conservation” module and have NAT configured in your network.
Restrictions for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT

Syslog for Network Address Translation (NAT) is not supported.
Information About Monitoring and Maintaining NAT

NAT Display Contents
There are two basic types of IP Network Address Translation (NAT) translation information:
Translation Entries
Translation entry information includes the following:

149
Statistical Information
• The protocol of the port identifying the address.

• The legitimate IP address that represents one or more inside local IP addresses to the outside world.
• The IP address assigned to a host on the inside network; probably not a legitimate address assigned by
the NIC or service provider.
• The IP address of an outside host as it appears to the inside network; probably not a legitimate address
assigned by the NIC or service provider.
• The IP address assigned to a host on the outside network by its owner.
• The time since the entry was created (in hours:minutes:seconds).
• The time since the entry was last used (in hours:minutes:seconds).
• Flags indicating the type of translation. Possible flags are:
• extended—Extended translation.
• static—Static translation.
• destination—Rotary translation.
• outside—Outside translation.
• timing out—Translation will no longer be used, due to a TCP finish (FIN) or reset (RST) flag.
Statistical Information
Statistical information includes the following:
• The total number of translations active in the system. This number is incremented each time a translation
is created and is decremented each time a translation is cleared or times out.
• A list of interfaces marked as outside with the ip nat outside command.
• A list of interfaces marked as inside with the ip nat inside command.
• The number of times the software does a translations table lookup and finds an entry.
• The number of times the software does a translations table lookup, fails to find an entry, and must try to
create one.
• A cumulative count of translations that have expired since the router was booted.
• Information about dynamic mappings.
• Information about an inside source translation.
• The access list number being used for the translation.
• The name of the pool.
• The number of translations using this pool.
• The IP network mask being used in the pool.
• The starting IP address in the pool range.
• The ending IP address in the pool range.
• The type of pool. Possible types are generic or rotary.

150
NAT-Forced Clear of Dynamic NAT Half-Entries
• The number of addresses in the pool available for translation.

• The number of addresses being used.
• The number of failed allocations from the pool.
NAT does not support access control lists (ACLs) with the log option. The same functionality can be achieved
by using one of the following options:
• By having a physical interface or virtual LAN (VLAN) with the logging option
• By using NetFlow
NAT-Forced Clear of Dynamic NAT Half-Entries

The NAT-Forced Clear of Dynamic NAT Half-Entries feature filters the display of the translation table by
specifying an inside or outside address. This feature introduces the clear ip nat translation forced command
that forcefully clears active dynamic Network Address Translation (NAT) half-entries that have child
translations.
How to Monitor and Maintain NAT

Displaying NAT Translation Information
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable
Example:
Step 3 show ip nat statistics (Optional) Displays active NAT translation statistics.
Example:

151
Clearing NAT Entries Before the Timeout
Example:

tcp 192.168.1.1:514 192.168.2.3:53 192.168.2.22:256 192.168.2.22:256
tcp 192.168.1.1:513 192.168.2.2:53 192.168.2.22:256 192.168.2.22:256
tcp 192.168.1.1:512 192.168.2.4:53 192.168.2.22:256 192.168.2.22:256

tcp 192.168.1.1:514 192.168.2.3:53 192.168.2.22:256 192.168.2.22:256
create 04/09/11 10:51:48, use 04/09/11 10:52:31, timeout: 00:01:00
Map-Id(In):1, Mac-Address: 0000.0000.0000 Input-IDB: GigabitEthernet0/3/1
entry-id: 0x8ef80350, use_count:1
tcp 192.168.1.1:513 192.168.2.2:53 192.168.2.22:256 192.168.2.22:256
entry-id: 0x8ef801b0, use_count:1
tcp 192.168.1.1:512 192.168.2.4:53 192.168.2.22:256 192.168.2.22:256
entry-id: 0x8ef80280, use_count:1

Outside interfaces:
Inside interfaces:
Hits: 3228980 Misses: 3
Dynamic mappings:
-- Inside Source
[Id: 1] access-list 1 pool pool1 refcount 3
pool pool1: netmask 255.255.255.0
start 198.168.1.1 end 198.168.254.254
longest chain in pool: pool1's addr-hash: 0, average len 0,chains 0/256

By default, dynamic address translations will time out from the NAT translation table at some point. Perform
this task to clear the entries before the timeout.

152
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
2. clear ip nat translation inside global-ip local-ip outside local-ip global-ip
3. clear ip nat translation outside global-ip local-ip
4. clear ip nat translation protocol inside global-ip global-port local-ip local-port outside local-ip
local-port global-ip global-port
5. clear ip nat translation {* | [forced] | [inside global-ip local-ip] [outside local-ip global-ip]}
6. clear ip nat translation inside global-ip local-ip [forced]
7. clear ip nat translation outside local-ip global-ip [forced]
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable
Step 2 clear ip nat translation inside global-ip local-ip outside (Optional) Clears a single dynamic half-entry containing
local-ip global-ip an inside translation or both an inside and outside translation
created in a dynamic configuration.
Example:
Device# clear ip nat translation inside • A dynamic half-entry is cleared only if it does not have
192.168.2.209 192.168.2.95 outside 192.168.2.100 any child translations.
192.168.2.101
Step 3 clear ip nat translation outside global-ip local-ip (Optional) Clears a single dynamic half-entry containing
an outside translation created in a dynamic configuration.
Example:
Device# clear ip nat translation outside • A dynamic half-entry is cleared only if it does not have
192.168.2.100 192.168.2.80 any child translations.
Step 4 clear ip nat translation protocol inside global-ip (Optional) Clears a UDP translation entry.
global-port local-ip local-port outside local-ip
local-port global-ip global-port
Example:
Device # clear ip nat translation udp inside
192.168.2.209 1220 192.168.2.195 1220 outside
192.168.2.13 53 192.168.2.132 53
Step 5 clear ip nat translation {* | [forced] | [inside global-ip (Optional) Clears either all dynamic translations (with the
local-ip] [outside local-ip global-ip]} * or forced keyword), a single dynamic half-entry
containing an inside translation, or a single dynamic
Example:
half-entry containing an outside translation.
Device# clear ip nat translation *
• A single dynamic half-entry is cleared only if it does
not have any child translations.
Step 6 clear ip nat translation inside global-ip local-ip (Optional) Forces the clearing of a single dynamic half-entry
[forced] and its child translations containing an inside translation

153
Examples for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT

Example: created in a dynamic configuration, with or without its
Device# clear ip nat translation inside corresponding outside translation.
192.168.2.209 192.168.2.195 forced
• A dynamic half-entry is always cleared, regardless of
whether it has any child translations.
Step 7 clear ip nat translation outside local-ip global-ip (Optional) Forces the clearing of a single dynamic half-entry
[forced] and its child translations containing an outside translation
created in a dynamic configuration.
Example:
Device# clear ip nat translation outside • A dynamic half-entry is always cleared, regardless of
192.168.2.100 192.168.2.80 forced whether it has any child translations.
Examples for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT

Example: Clearing UDP NAT Translations
The following example shows the Network Address Translation (NAT) entries before and after the UDP entry
is cleared:
Device# show ip nat translation
udp 192.168.2.20:1220 192.168.2.95:1220 192.168.2.22:53 192.168.2.20:53
tcp 192.168.2.20:11012 192.168.2.209:11012 171.69.1.220:23 192.168.2.20:23
tcp 192.168.2.20:1067 192.168.2.20:1067 192.168.2.20:23 192.168.2.20:23
Device# clear ip nat translation udp inside 192.168.2.20:1067 192.168.2.20:1067 outside

192.168.2.20:23 192.168.2.20:23
Device# show ip nat translation

udp 192.168.2.20:1220 192.168.2.95:1220 192.168.2.22:53 192.168.2.20:53
tcp 192.168.2.20:11012 192.168.2.209:11012 171.69.1.220:23 192.168.2.20:23
Additional References for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT

Related Documents
NAT commands: complete command syntax, command Cisco IOS IP Addressing Services Command
mode, command history, defaults, usage guidelines, Reference
and examples
NAT for IP address conservation “Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation”

module

154
Feature Information for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT
Description Link


Table 8: Feature Information for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT
NAT—Forced Clear of Dynamic Cisco IOS XE Release The NAT-Forced Clear of Dynamic NAT
NAT Half-Entries 2.4 Half-Entries feature filters the display of the
translation table by specifying an inside or
outside address.
modified: clear ip nat translations forced,
show ip nat translations.

155

156
CHAPTER 12
Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF
The Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging Per VRF feature provides the ability to enable and disable Network
Address Translation (NAT) high-speed logging (HAL) for virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instances.
This module provides information about how to enable HSL for VRFs.
• Information About Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF, on page 157
• How to Configure Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF, on page 158
• Configuration Examples for Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF, on page 160
• Additional References for Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF, on page 160
• Feature Information for Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF, on page 161
Information About Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF

High-Speed Logging for NAT
Network Address Translation (NAT) supports high-speed logging (HSL) for upto 4 destinations. When HSL
is configured, NAT provides a log of the packets flowing through the routing devices (similar to the Version
9 NetFlow-like records) to an external collector. Records are sent for each binding (binding is the address
binding between the local address and the global address to which the local address is translated) and when
sessions are created and destroyed. Session records contain the full 5-tuple of information (the source IP
address, destination IP address, source port, destination port, and protocol). A tuple is an ordered list of
elements. NAT also sends an HSL message when a NAT pool runs out of addresses (also called pool
exhaustion). Because the pool exhaustion messages are rate limited, each packet that hits the pool exhaustion
condition does not trigger an HSL message.
The table below describes the templates for HSL bind and session create or destroy.
Table 9: Template for HSL Bind and Session Create or Destroy
Field Format ID Value
Source IP address IPv4 address 8 varies
Translated source IP IPv4 address 225 varies

address
Destination IP address IPv4 address 12 varies

157
How to Configure Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF
Translated destination IP IPv4 address 226 varies

address
Original source port 16-bit port 7 varies
Translated source port 16-bit port 227 varies
Original destination port 16-bit port 11 varies
Translated destination 16-bit port 228 varies

port
Virtual routing and 32-bit ID 234 varies

forwarding (VRF) ID
Protocol 8-bit value 4 varies
Event 8-bit value 230 0-Invalid

1-Adds event
2-Deletes event
Unix timestamp in 64-bit value 323 varies

milliseconds
Note Based on your
release
version, this
field will be
available.
The table below describes the HSL pool exhaustion templates.
Table 10: Template for HSL Pool Exhaustion
Field Format ID Values
NAT pool ID 32-bit value 283 varies
NAT event 8-bit value 230 3-Pool exhaust
How to Configure Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF

Enabling High-Speed Logging of NAT Translations
You can enable or disable high-speed logging (HSL) of all Network Address Translation (NAT) translations
or only translations for specific VPNs.

158
Enabling High-Speed Logging of NAT Translations
You must first use the ip nat log translations flow-export v9 udp destination command to enable HSL
for all VPN and non-VPN translations. . VPN translations are also known as Virtual Routing and Forwarding
(VRF) translations.
After you enable HSL for all NAT translations, you can then use the ip nat log translations flow-export v9
vrf-name command to enable or disable translations for specific VPNs. When you use this command, HSL
is disabled for all VPNs, except for the ones the command is explicitly enabled.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat log translations flow-export v9 udp destination source interface type interface-number
4. ip nat log translations flow-export v9 {vrf-name | global-on}
5. exit
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat log translations flow-export v9 udp destination

source interface type interface-number
Example:
This example shows how to enable high-speed logging
using an IPv4 address
Device(config)# ip nat log translations flow-export
v9 udp destination 10.10.0.1 1020 source
GigabitEthernet 0/0/0
Step 4 ip nat log translations flow-export v9 {vrf-name | Enables or disables the high-speed logging of specific NAT
global-on} VPN translations.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat log translations flow-export
v9 VPN-18
Step 5 exit (Optional) Exits global configuration mode and enters

Example:

159
Configuration Examples for Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF
Configuration Examples for Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging

per VRF
Example: Enabling High-Speed Logging of NAT Translations
Device(config)# ip nat log translations flow-export v9 udp destination 10.10.0.1 1020 source
GigabitEthernet 0/0/0
Device(config)# ip nat log translations flow-export v9 VPN-18
Additional References for Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging

per VRF
Related Documents
Standards and RFCs
Standard/RFC Title
Description Link


160
Feature Information for Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF
Feature Information for Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per

VRF
Table 11: Feature Information for Enabling NAT HIgh-Speed Logging per VRF
Enabling NAT Cisco IOS XE Release The Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF
High-Speed Logging per 3.1S feature provides the ability to enable and disable
VRF Network Address Translation (NAT) high-speed
logging (HAL) for virtual routing and forwarding
(VRF) instances.
The following commands were introduced or modified:
ip nat log translations flow-export.

161
Feature Information for Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF

162
CHAPTER 13
Stateless Network Address Translation 64
The Stateless Network Address Translation 64 (NAT64) feature provides a translation mechanism that translates
an IPv6 packet into an IPv4 packet and vice versa. The translation involves parsing the entire IPv6 header,
including the extension headers, and extracting the relevant information and translating it into an IPv4
header.This processing happens on a per-packet basis on the interfaces that are configured for Stateless NAT64
translation.
The Stateless NAT64 translator enables native IPv6 or IPv4 communication and facilitates coexistence of
IPv4 and IPv6 networks.
In Cisco IOS-XE release 17.4 release, support is introduced to map a VRF to an IPv4 to IPv6 prefix mapping.
Multiple source and destination prefix can be mapped to a VRF.
The Stateless NAT64 translator does not maintain any state information in the datapath.
• Restrictions for Stateless Network Address Translation 64, on page 163
• Restrictions for Stateless Network Address Translation 64, on page 164
• Information About Stateless Network Address Translation 64, on page 164
• Support to Map a VRF to an IPv4 to IPv6 Prefix Mapping , on page 166
• How to Configure Stateless Network Address Translation 64, on page 167
• Configuring a VRF for Stateless NAT64 Translation, on page 175
• Configuration Examples for Stateless Network Address Translation 64, on page 178
• Additional References for Stateless Network Address Translation 64, on page 179
• Glossary, on page 179
Restrictions for Stateless Network Address Translation 64

The following restrictions apply to the Stateless NAT64 feature:
• Only valid IPv4-translatable addresses can be used for stateless translation.
• Multicast is not supported.
• Applications without a corresponding application layer gateway (ALG) may not work properly with the
Stateless NAT64 translator.
• The translation of IPv4 options, IPv6 routing headers, hop-by-hop extension headers, destination option
headers, and source routing headers are not supported.
• Fragmented IPv4 UDP packets that do not contain a UDP checksum are not translated.

163
• IPv6 packets with zero UDP checksum are not translated.

• Both NAT44 (static, dynamic, and Port Address Translation [PAT]) configurations and Stateless NAT64
configuration are not supported on the same interface.

In addition to the restrictions indicated for Stateless Network Address Translation 64, the followingrestrictions
are applicable to mapping a VRF to an IPv4 to IPv6 prefix mapping:
• High-Speed Logging is not supported.
• This feature cannot be configured in a high availability scenario.
• This feature is only supported in autonomous mode.
• NAT64 static command is not supported for this feature.
Information About Stateless Network Address Translation 64

Fragmentation of IP Datagrams in IPv6 and IPv4 Networks
In IPv4 networks, any intermediate router can do the fragmentation of an IP datagram. However, in IPv6
networks, fragmentation can be done only by the originating IPv6 host. Because fragmentation in IPv6 networks
is done by the IPv6 hosts, the path maximum transmission unit (PMTU) discovery should also be done by
the IPv6 hosts. However, a PMTU discovery is not possible across an IPv4 network where the routers are
allowed to fragment the packets. In IPv4 networks, a Stateless NAT64 translator is used to fragment the IPv6
datagram and set the Don’t Fragment (DF) bits in the IPv4 header. Similarly, the translator can add the fragment
header to the IPv6 packet if an IPv4 fragment is received.
Translation of ICMP for Stateless NAT64 Translation

The IETF draft on the IP/ICMP translation algorithm describes the ICMP types or codes that should be
translated between IPv4 and IPv6. ICMP errors embed the actual IP header and the transport header. Because
the ICMP errors are embedded in the IP header, the IP header is not translated properly. For ICMP error
packets, Stateless NAT64 translation should be applied twice: once for the outer header, and once again for
the embedded header.
IPv4-Translatable IPv6 Address

IPv4-translatable IPv6 addresses are IPv6 addresses assigned to the IPv6 nodes for use with stateless translation.
IPv4-translatable addresses consist of a variable-length prefix, an embedded IPv4 address, fixed universal
bits (u-bits), and in some cases a suffix. IPv4-embedded IPv6 addresses are IPv6 addresses in which 32 bits
contain an IPv4 address. This format is the same for both IPv4-converted and IPv4-translatable IPv6 addresses.

164
Prefixes Format
The figure below shows an IPv4-translatable IPv6 address format with several different prefixes and embedded
IPv4 address positions.
Figure 12: IPv4-Translatable IPv6 Address Format
Prefixes Format
A set of bits at the start of an IPv6 address is called the format prefix. Prefix length is a decimal value that
specifies how many of the leftmost contiguous bits of an address comprise the prefix.
An embedded IPv4 address is used to construct IPv4 addresses from the IPv6 packet. The Stateless NAT64
translator has to derive the IPv4 addresses that are embedded in the IPv6-translatable address by using the
prefix length. The translator has to construct an IPv6-translatable address based on the prefix and prefix length
and embed the IPv4 address based on the algorithm.
The prefix lengths of 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, or 96 are supported for Stateless NAT64 translation. The Well Known
Prefix (WKP) is not supported. When traffic flows from the IPv4-to-IPv6 direction, either a WKP or a
configured prefix can be added only in stateful translation.
Supported Stateless NAT64 Scenarios

The following scenarios are supported by the Cisco IOS Stateless NAT64 feature and are described in this
section:
• Scenario 1--an IPv6 network to the IPv4 Internet
• Scenario 2--the IPv4 Internet to an IPv6 network
• Scenario 5--an IPv6 network to an IPv4 network
• Scenario 6--an IPv4 network to an IPv6 network
The figure below shows stateless translation for scenarios 1 and 2. An IPv6-only network communicates with
the IPv4 Internet.

165
Multiple Prefixes Support for Stateless NAT64 Translation
Figure 13: Stateless Translation for Scenarios 1 and 2
Scenario 1 is an IPv6 initiated connection and scenario 2 is an IPv4 initiated connection. Stateless NAT64
translates these two scenarios only if the IPv6 addresses are IPv4 translatable. In these two scenarios, the
Stateless NAT64 feature does not help with IPv4 address depletion, because each IPv6 host that communicates
with the IPv4 Internet is a globally routable IPv4 address. This consumption is similar to the IPv4 consumption
rate as a dual-stack. The savings, however, is that the internal network is 100 percent IPv6, which eases
management (Access Control Lists, routing tables), and IPv4 exists only at the edge where the Stateless
translators live.
The figure below shows stateless translation for scenarios 5 and 6. The IPv4 network and IPv6 network are
within the same organization.
Figure 14: Stateless Translation for Scenarios 5 and 6
The IPv4 addresses used are either public IPv4 addresses or RFC 1918 addresses. The IPv6 addresses used
are either public IPv6 addresses or Unique Local Addresses (ULAs).
Both these scenarios consist of an IPv6 network that communicates with an IPv4 network. Scenario 5 is an
IPv6 initiated connection and scenario 6 is an IPv4 initiated connection. The IPv4 and IPv6 addresses may
not be public addresses. These scenarios are similar to the scenarios 1 and 2. The Stateless NAT64 feature
supports these scenarios if the IPv6 addresses are IPv4 translatable.
Multiple Prefixes Support for Stateless NAT64 Translation

Network topologies that use the same IPv6 prefix for source and destination addresses may not handle routing
correctly and may be difficult to troubleshoot. The Stateless NAT64 feature addresses these challenges in
Cisco IOS XE Release 3.3S and later releases through the support of multiple prefixes for stateless translation.
The entire IPv4 Internet is represented as using a different prefix from the one used for the IPv6 network.
Support to Map a VRF to an IPv4 to IPv6 Prefix Mapping

The stateless NAT64 IPv4 to IPv6 prefix mappings is now VRF-aware. Additionally multiple source and
destination prefix can be mapped to a VRF.

166
How to Configure Stateless Network Address Translation 64
How to Configure Stateless Network Address Translation 64

Configuring a Routing Network for Stateless NAT64 Communication
Perform this task to configure and verify a routing network for Stateless NAT64 communication. You can
configure stateless NAT64 along with your NAT configuration: static, dynamic, or overload.
Before you begin

• An IPv6 address assigned to any host in the network should have a valid IPv4-translatable address and
vice versa.
• You should enable the ipv6 unicast-routing command for this configuration to work.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ipv6 unicast-routing
5. description string
6. ipv6 enable
7. ipv6 address {ipv6-address/prefix-length | prefix-name sub-bits/prefix-length}
8. nat64 enable
9. exit
13. nat64 enable
14. exit
15. nat64 prefix stateless ipv6-prefix/length
16. nat64 route ipv4-prefix/mask interface-type interface-number
17. ipv6 route ipv4-prefix/length interface-type interface-number
18. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

167
Configuring a Routing Network for Stateless NAT64 Communication
Step 3 ipv6 unicast-routing Enables the forwarding of IPv6 unicast datagrams.

Example:
Device(config)# ipv6 unicast-routing
Step 4 interface type number Configures an interface type and enters interface
configuration mode.
Example:
Step 5 description string Adds a description to an interface configuration.

Example:
Device(config-if)# description interface facing

ipv6
Step 6 ipv6 enable Enables IPv6 processing on an interface.

Example:
Device(config-if)# ipv6 enable
Step 7 ipv6 address {ipv6-address/prefix-length | prefix-name Configures an IPv6 address based on an IPv6 general prefix
sub-bits/prefix-length} and enables IPv6 processing on an interface.
Example:
Device(config-if)# ipv6 address 2001:DB8::1/128
Step 8 nat64 enable Enables Stateless NAT64 translation on an IPv6 interface.

Example:
Device(config-if)# nat64 enable

configuration mode.
Example:
configuration mode.
Example:

Example:

168
Configuring Multiple Prefixes for Stateless NAT64 Translation

ipv4
Step 12 ip address ip-address mask Configures an IPv4 address for an interface.

Example:

255.255.255.0

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 15 nat64 prefix stateless ipv6-prefix/length Defines the Stateless NAT64 prefix to be added to the IPv4
hosts to translate the IPv4 address into an IPv6 address.
Example:
• The command also identifies the prefix that must be
Device(config)# nat64 prefix stateless used to create the IPv4-translatable addresses for the
2001:0db8:0:1::/96 IPv6 hosts.
Step 16 nat64 route ipv4-prefix/mask interface-type Routes the IPv4 traffic towards the correct IPv6 interface.
interface-number
Example:
Device(config)# nat64 route 203.0.113.0/24

Step 17 ipv6 route ipv4-prefix/length interface-type Routes the translated packets to the IPv4 address.
interface-number
• You must configure the ipv6 route command if your
Example: network is not running IPv6 routing protocols.
Device(config)# ipv6 route
2001:DB8:0:1::CB00:7100/120 gigabitethernet 0/0/0

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end

Perform this task to configure multiple prefixes for Stateless NAT64 translation.

169
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
6. ipv6 enable
7. nat64 enable
8. nat64 prefix stateless v6v4 ipv6-prefix/length
9. exit
12. negotiation auto
13. nat64 enable
14. exit
15. nat64 prefix stateless v4v6 ipv6-prefix/length
18. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

Example:
Router(config)# ipv6 unicast-routing
configuration mode.
Example:
Example:

170

Example:

Example:
Step 8 nat64 prefix stateless v6v4 ipv6-prefix/length Maps an IPv6 address to an IPv4 host for Stateless NAT
64 translation.
Example:
• The NAT64 prefix in the command is the same as the
Device(config-if)# nat64 prefix stateless v6v4 prefix of the source packet that is coming from the
2001:0db8:0:1::/96 IPv6-to-IPv4 direction.

configuration mode.
Example:
configuration mode.
Example:

Example:

255.255.255.0

speed, duplex, and automatic flow control on an interface.
Example:

Example:
Router(config-if)# nat64 enable

configuration mode.
Example:

171
Monitoring and Maintaining the Stateless NAT64 Routing Network
Router(config-if)# exit
Step 15 nat64 prefix stateless v4v6 ipv6-prefix/length Maps an IPv4 address to an IPv6 host for Stateless NAT
64 translation.
Example:
• This command identifies the prefix that creates the
Device(config)# nat64 prefix stateless v4v6 IPv4-translatable addresses for the IPv6 hosts.
2001:DB8:2::/96
interface-number
Example:

interface-number

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end

Perform this task to verify and monitor the Stateless NAT64 routing network. In the privileged EXEC mode,
you can enter the commands in any order.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. show nat64 statistics
2. show ipv6 route
3. show ip route
4. debug nat64 {all | ha {all | info | trace | warn} | id-manager | info | issu {all | message | trace} | memory
| statistics | trace | warn}
5. ping [protocol [tag]] {host-name | system-address}
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1 show nat64 statistics

This command displays the global and interface-specific statistics of the packets that are translated and dropped.

172
Example:
Device# show nat64 statistics
NAT64 Statistics
Global Stats:
Packets translated (IPv4 -> IPv6): 21
GigabitEthernet0/0/1 (IPv4 configured, IPv6 configured):
Packets dropped: 0
GigabitEthernet1/2/0 (IPv4 configured, IPv6 configured):
Packets dropped: 0
Step 2 show ipv6 route

This command displays the configured stateless prefix and the specific route for the IPv4 embedded IPv6 address pointing
toward the IPv6 side.
Example:
Device# show ipv6 route
IPv6 Routing Table - default - 6 entries

Codes: C - Connected, L - Local, S - Static, U - Per-user Static route
B - BGP, R - RIP, I1 - ISIS L1, I2 - ISIS L2
IA - ISIS interarea, IS - ISIS summary, D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external
ND - Neighbor Discovery
O - OSPF Intra, OI - OSPF Inter, OE1 - OSPF ext 1, OE2 - OSPF ext 2
ON1 - OSPF NSSA ext 1, ON2 - OSPF NSSA ext 2
LC 2001::1/128 [0/0] via FastEthernet0/3/4, receive
S 2001::1B01:10A/128 [1/0] via FastEthernet0/3/4, directly connected
S 3001::/96 [1/0] via ::42, NVI0
S 3001::1E1E:2/128 [1/0] via FastEthernet0/3/0, directly connected
LC 3001::C0A8:64D5/128 [0/0] via FastEthernet0/3/0, receive
L FF00::/8 [0/0] via Null0, receive
Step 3 show ip route

This command displays the IPv4 addresses in the Internet that have reached the IPv4 side.
Example:
Device# show ip route
Codes: R - RIP derived, O - OSPF derived,

C - connected, S - static, B - BGP derived,
* - candidate default route, IA - OSPF inter area route,
i - IS-IS derived, ia - IS-IS, U - per-user static route,
o - on-demand routing, M - mobile, P - periodic downloaded static route,
D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, E1 - OSPF external type 1 route,
E2 - OSPF external type 2 route, N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1 route,
N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2 route
Gateway of last resort is 10.119.254.240 to network 10.140.0.0
O E2 10.110.0.0 [160/5] via 10.119.254.6, 0:01:00, Ethernet2
E 10.67.10.0 [200/128] via 10.119.254.244, 0:02:22, Ethernet2
O E2 10.68.132.0 [160/5] via 10.119.254.6, 0:00:59, Ethernet2
O E2 10.130.0.0 [160/5] via 10.119.254.6, 0:00:59, Ethernet2

173
E 10.128.0.0 [200/128] via 10.119.254.244, 0:02:22, Ethernet2

E 10.129.0.0 [200/129] via 10.119.254.240, 0:02:22, Ethernet2
E 10.65.129.0 [200/128] via 10.119.254.244, 0:02:22, Ethernet2
E 10.10.0.0 [200/128] via 10.119.254.244, 0:02:22, Ethernet2
E 10.75.139.0 [200/129] via 10.119.254.240, 0:02:23, Ethernet2
E 10.16.208.0 [200/128] via 10.119.254.244, 0:02:22, Ethernet2
E 10.84.148.0 [200/129] via 10.119.254.240, 0:02:23, Ethernet2
E 10.31.223.0 [200/128] via 10.119.254.244, 0:02:22, Ethernet2
E 10.44.236.0 [200/129] via 10.119.254.240, 0:02:23, Ethernet2
E 10.141.0.0 [200/129] via 10.119.254.240, 0:02:22, Ethernet2
E 10.140.0.0 [200/129] via 10.119.254.240, 0:02:23, Ethernet2
IPv6 Routing Table - default - 6 entries
Step 4 debug nat64 {all | ha {all | info | trace | warn} | id-manager | info | issu {all | message | trace} | memory | statistics
| trace | warn}
This command enables Stateless NAT64 debugging.
Example:
Device# debug nat64 statistics
Step 5 ping [protocol [tag]] {host-name | system-address}

The following is a sample packet capture from the IPv6 side when you specify the ping 198.168.0.2 command after you
configure the nat64 enable command on both the IPv4 and IPv6 interfaces:
Example:
Device# ping 198.168.0.2
Time Source Destination Protocol Info

1 0.000000 2001::c6a7:2 2001::c6a8:2 ICMPv6 Echo request
Frame 1: 118 bytes on wire (944 bits), 118 bytes captured (944 bits)
Arrival Time: Oct 8, 2010 11:54:06.408354000 India Standard Time
Epoch Time: 1286519046.408354000 seconds
[Time delta from previous captured frame: 0.000000000 seconds]
[Time delta from previous displayed frame: 0.000000000 seconds]
[Time since reference or first frame: 0.000000000 seconds]
Frame Number: 1
Frame Length: 118 bytes (944 bits)
Capture Length: 118 bytes (944 bits)
[Frame is marked: False]
[Frame is ignored: False]
[Protocol in frame: eth:1pv6:icmpv6: data]
Ethernet II, Src:Cisco_c3:64:94 (00:22:64:c3:64:94), Dst: Cisco_23:f2:30 (00:1f:6c:23:f2:30)
Destination: Cisco_23:f2:30 (00:1f:6c:23:f2:30)
Address: Cisco_23:f2:30 (00:1f:6c:23:f2:30)
.... ...0 .... .... .... .... = IG bit: Individual address (unicast)
.... ...0 .... .... .... .... = LG bit: Globally unique address (factory default)
Source: Cisco_c3:64:94 (00:22:64:c3:64:94)
Address: Cisco_c3:64:94 (00:22:64:c3:64:94)
.... ...0 .... .... .... .... = IG bit: Individual address (unicast)
.... ...0 .... .... .... .... = LG bit: Globally unique address (factory default)
Type: IPv6 (0x86dd)
Internet Protocol Version 6, src: 2001::c6a7:2 (2001::c6a7:2), Dst: 2001::c6a8:2 (2001::c6a8:2)
0110 .... = Version: 6
[0110 .... = This field makes the filter “ip.version ==6” possible:: 6]
.... 0000 0000 ... .... .... .... .... = Traffic class: 0x00000000
.... 0000 00.. .... .... .... .... .... = Differentiated Services Field: Default (0x00000000)
.... .... ..0. .... .... .... ... .... = ECN-Capable Transport (ECT): Not set

174
Configuring a VRF for Stateless NAT64 Translation
.... .... .... 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 = Flowlabel: 0x00000000
Payload length: 64
Next header: 64
Hop limit: 64
Source: 2001::c6a7:2 (2001::c6a7:2)
[Source Teredo Server IPv4: 0.0.0.0 (0.0.0.0)]
[Source Teredo Port: 6535]
[Source Teredo Client IPv4: 198.51.100.1 (198.51.100.1)]
Destination: 2001:c6a8:2 (2001::c6a8:2)
[Destination Teredo Server IPv4: 0.0.0.0 {0.0.0.0)]
[Destination Teredo Port: 65535]
[Destination Teredo Client IPv4: 198.51.100.2 {198.51.100.2)]
Internet Control Message Protocol v6
Type: 128 (Echo request)
Code: 0 (Should always be zero)
Checksum: 0xaed2 [correct]
ID: 0x5018
Sequence: 0x0000
Data (56 bytes)
Data: 069ae4c0d3b060008090a0b0c0d0e0f1011121314151617...
[Length: 57]

Perform this task to configure a VRF for IPv4 to IPv6 prefix mapping.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
7. ipv6 enable
8. nat64 enable
9. exit
12. negotiation auto
13. nat64 enable
14. exit
15. nat64 prefix stateless v4 v6 ipv6-prefix/length src-prefix /dst-prefix vrfdst-prefix
18. end

175
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

Example:
configuration mode.
Example:

Example:

ipv6
Example:

Example:

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:

176

configuration mode.
Example:

Example:

255.255.255.0

speed, duplex, and automatic flow control on an interface.
Example:

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 15 nat64 prefix stateless v4 v6 ipv6-prefix/length Defines the Stateless NAT64 prefix to be added to the IPv4
src-prefix /dst-prefix vrfdst-prefix hosts to translate the IPv4 address into an IPv6 address.
Example: • The command also identifies the prefix that must be
used to create the IPv4-translatable addresses for the
Device(config)# nat64 prefix stateless IPv6 hosts.
2001:0db8:0:1::/96
interface-number
Example:

interface-number

EXEC mode.
Example:

177
Configuration Examples for Stateless Network Address Translation 64
Device(config)# end
Configuration Examples for Stateless Network Address

Translation 64
Example Configuring a Routing Network for Stateless NAT64 Translation
The following example shows how to configure a routing network for Stateless NAT64 translation:
ipv6 unicast-routing
!
description interface facing ipv6
ipv6 enable
ipv6 address 2001:DB8::1/128
nat64 enable
!

ip address 198.51.100.1 255.255.255.0
nat64 enable
!
nat64 prefix stateless 2001:0db8:0:1::/96

nat64 route 203.0.113.0/24 gigabitethernet 0/0/0
ipv6 route 2001:DB8:0:1::CB00:7100/120 gigabitethernet 0/0/0
Example: Configuring Multiple Prefixes for Stateless NAT64 Translation
!
ipv6 address 2001:DB8::1/128
ipv6 enable
nat64 enable
nat64 prefix stateless v6v4 2001:0db8:0:1::/96
!
ip address 198.51.100.1 255.255.255.0
negotiation auto
nat64 enable
!
nat64 prefix stateless v4v6 2001:DB8:2::/96
nat64 route 203.0.113.0/24 gigabitethernet 0/0/0
ipv6 route 2001:DB8:0:1::CB00:7100/120 gigabitethernet 0/0/0

178
Additional References for Stateless Network Address Translation 64
Additional References for Stateless Network Address

Translation 64
Related Documents

Standards and RFCs
Standard/RFC Document Title

RFC 6052 IPv6 Addressing of IPv4/IPv6 Translators
RFC 6144 Framework for IPv4/IPv6 Translation
RFC 6145 IP/ICMP Translation Algorithm
Description Link

Glossary
ALG—application-layer gateway or application-level gateway.
FP—Forward Processor.
IPv4-converted address—IPv6 addresses used to represent the IPv4 hosts. These have an explicit mapping
relationship to the IPv4 addresses. This relationship is self-described by mapping the IPv4 address in the IPv6
address. Both stateless and stateful translators use IPv4-converted IPv6 addresses to represent the IPv4 hosts.
IPv6-converted address—IPv6 addresses that are assigned to the IPv6 hosts for the stateless translator. These
IPv6-converted addresses have an explicit mapping relationship to the IPv4 addresses. This relationship is
self-described by mapping the IPv4 address in the IPv6 address. The stateless translator uses the corresponding
IPv4 addresses to represent the IPv6 hosts. The stateful translator does not use IPv6-converted addresses,
because the IPv6 hosts are represented by the IPv4 address pool in the translator via dynamic states.

179
Glossary
NAT—Network Address Translation.

RP—Route Processor.
stateful translation—In stateful translation a per-flow state is created when the first packet in a flow is
received. A translation algorithm is said to be stateful if the transmission or reception of a packet creates or
modifies a data structure in the relevant network element. Stateful translation allows the use of multiple
translators interchangeably and also some level of scalability. Stateful translation is defined to enable the IPv6
clients and peers without mapped IPv4 addresses to connect to the IPv4-only servers and peers.
stateless translation—A translation algorithm that is not stateful is called stateless. A stateless translation
requires configuring a static translation table, or may derive information algorithmically from the messages
it is translating. Stateless translation requires less computational overhead than stateful translation. It also
requires less memory to maintain the state, because the translation tables and the associated methods and
processes exist in a stateful algorithm and do not exist in a stateless one. Stateless translation enables the
IPv4-only clients and peers to initiate connections to the IPv6-only servers or peers that are equipped with
IPv4-embedded IPv6 addresses. It also enables scalable coordination of IPv4-only stub networks or ISP
IPv6-only networks. Because the source port in an IPv6-to-IPv4 translation may have to be changed to provide
adequate flow identification, the source port in the IPv4-to-IPv6 direction need not be changed.

180
CHAPTER 14
Stateful Network Address Translation 64
The Stateful Network Address Translation 64 feature provides a translation mechanism that translates IPv6
packets into IPv4 packets and vice versa. The stateful NAT64 translator algorithmically translates the IPv4
addresses of IPv4 hosts to and from IPv6 addresses by using the configured stateful prefix. In a similar manner,
the IPv6 addresses of IPv6 hosts are translated to and from IPv4 addresses through Network Address Translation
(NAT). Stateful Network Address Translation 64 (NAT64) also translates protocols and IP addresses. The
Stateful NAT64 translator enables native IPv6 or IPv4 communication and facilitates coexistence of IPv4 and
IPv6 networks.
This document explains how Stateful NAT64 works and how to configure your network for Stateful NAT64
translation.
• Prerequisites for Configuring Stateful Network Address Translation 64, on page 181
• Restrictions for Configuring Stateful Network Address Translation 64, on page 181
• Information About Stateful Network Address Translation 64, on page 182
• How to Configure Stateful Network Address Translation 64, on page 190
• Configuration Examples for Stateful Network Address Translation 64, on page 199
• Additional References for Stateful Network Address Translation 64, on page 203
• Feature Information for Stateful Network Address Translation 64, on page 204
Prerequisites for Configuring Stateful Network Address

Translation 64
• For Domain Name System (DNS) traffic to work, you must have a separate working installation of
DNS64.
Restrictions for Configuring Stateful Network Address

Translation 64
• Applications without a corresponding application-level gateway (ALG) may not work properly with the
Stateful NAT64 translator.
• IP Multicast is not supported.

181
Information About Stateful Network Address Translation 64
• The translation of IPv4 options, IPv6 routing headers, hop-by-hop extension headers, destination option
headers, and source routing headers is not supported.
• Virtual routing and forwarding (VRF)-aware NAT64 is not supported.
• When traffic flows from IPv6 to IPv4, the destination IP address that you have configured must match
a stateful prefix to prevent hairpinning loops. However, the source IP address (source address of the IPv6
host) must not match the stateful prefix. If the source IP address matches the stateful prefix, packets are
dropped.
Hairpinning allows two endpoints inside Network Address Translation (NAT) to communicate with each
other, even when the endpoints use only each other's external IP addresses and ports for communication.
• Only TCP and UDP Layer 4 protocols are supported for header translation.
• Routemaps are not supported.
• Application-level gateways (ALGs) FTP and ICMP are not supported.
• In the absence of a pre-existing state in NAT 64, stateful translation only supports IPv6-initiated sessions.
• If a static mapping host-binding entry exists for an IPv6 host, the IPv4 nodes can initiate communication.
In dynamic mapping, IPv4 nodes can initiate communication only if a host-binding entry is created for
the IPv6 host through a previously established connection to the same or a different IPv4 host.
Dynamic mapping rules that use Port-Address Translation (PAT), host-binding entries cannot be created
because IPv4-initiated communication not possible through PAT.
• Both NAT44 (static, dynamic and PAT) configuration and stateful NAT64 configuration are not supported
on the same interface.

The Stateful NAT64 feature provides a translation mechanism that translates IPv6 packets into IPv4 packets
and vice versa.
Stateful NAT64 supports TCP, and UDP traffic. Packets that are generated in an IPv6 network and are destined
for an IPv4 network are routed within the IPv6 network towards the Stateful NAT64 translator. Stateful NAT64
translates the packets and forwards them as IPv4 packets through the IPv4 network. The process is reversed
for traffic that is generated by hosts connected to the IPv4 network and destined for an IPv6 receiver.
The Stateful NAT64 translation is not symmetric, because the IPv6 address space is larger than the IPv4
address space and a one-to-one address mapping is not possible. Before it can perform an IPv6 to an IPv4
translation, Stateful NAT64 requires a state that binds the IPv6 address and the TCP/UDP port to the IPv4
address. The binding state is either statically configured or dynamically created when the first packet that
flows from the IPv6 network to the IPv4 network is translated. After the binding state is created, packets
flowing in both directions are translated. In dynamic binding, Stateful NAT64 supports communication initiated
by the IPv6-only node toward an IPv4-only node. Static binding supports communication initiated by an
IPv4-only node to an IPv6-only node and vice versa. Stateful NAT64 with NAT overload or Port Address
Translation (PAT) provides a 1:n mapping between IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.
When an IPv6 node initiates traffic through Stateful NAT64, and the incoming packet does not have an existing
state and the following events happen:
• The source IPv6 address (and the source port) is associated with an IPv4 configured pool address (and
port, based on the configuration).

182
Prefixes Format for Stateful Network Address Translation 64
• The destination IPv6 address is translated mechanically based on the BEHAVE translation draft using
either the configured NAT64 stateful prefix or the Well Known Prefix (WKP).
• The packet is translated from IPv6 to IPv4 and forwarded to the IPv4 network.
When an incoming packet is stateful (if a state exists for an incoming packet), NAT64 identifies the state and
uses the state to translate the packet.
Prefixes Format for Stateful Network Address Translation 64

A set of bits at the start of an IPv6 address is called the format prefix. Prefix length is a decimal value that
specifies how many of the leftmost contiguous bits of an address comprise the prefix.
When packets flow from the IPv6 to the IPv4 direction, the IPv4 host address is derived from the destination
IP address of the IPv6 packet that uses the prefix length. When packets flow from the IPv4 to the IPv6 direction,
the IPv4 host address is constructed using the stateful prefix.
According to the IETF address format BEHAVE draft, a u-bit (bit 70) defined in the IPv6 architecture should
be set to zero. For more information on the u-bit usage, see RFC 2464. The reserved octet, also called u-octet,
is reserved for compatibility with the host identifier format defined in the IPv6 addressing architecture. When
constructing an IPv6 packet, the translator has to make sure that the u-bits are not tampered with and are set
to the value suggested by RFC 2373. The suffix will be set to all zeros by the translator. IETF recommends
that the 8 bits of the u-octet (bit range 64–71) be set to zero.
Well Known Prefix

The Well Known Prefix 64:FF9B::/96 is supported for Stateful NAT64. During a stateful translation, if no
stateful prefix is configured (either on the interface or globally), the WKP prefix is used to translate the IPv4
host addresses.
Stateful IPv4-to-IPv6 Packet Flow

The packet flow of IPv4-initiated packets for Stateful NAT64 is as follows:
• The destination address is routed to a NAT Virtual Interface (NVI).
A virtual interface is created when Stateful NAT64 is configured. For Stateful NAT64 translation to
work, all packets must get routed to the NVI. When you configure an address pool, a route is automatically
added to all IPv4 addresses in the pool. This route automatically points to the NVI.
• The IPv4-initiated packet hits static or dynamic binding.
Dynamic address bindings are created by the Stateful NAT64 translator when you configure dynamic
Stateful NAT64. A binding is dynamically created between an IPv6 and an IPv4 address pool. Dynamic
binding is triggered by the IPv6-to-IPv4 traffic and the address is dynamically allocated. Based on your
configuration, you can have static or dynamic binding.
• The IPv4-initiated packet is protocol-translated and the destination IP address of the packet is set to IPv6
based on static or dynamic binding. The Stateful NAT64 translator translates the source IP address to
IPv6 by using the Stateful NAT64 prefix (if a stateful prefix is configured) or the Well Known Prefix
(WKP) (if a stateful prefix is not configured).
• A session is created based on the translation information.

183
All subsequent IPv4-initiated packets are translated based on the previously created session.

The stateful IPv6-initiated packet flow is as follows:
• The first IPv6 packet is routed to the NAT Virtual Interface (NVI) based on the automatic routing setup
that is configured for the stateful prefix. Stateful NAT64 performs a series of lookups to determine
whether the IPv6 packet matches any of the configured mappings based on an access control list (ACL)
lookup. Based on the mapping, an IPv4 address (and port) is associated with the IPv6 destination address.
The IPv6 packet is translated and the IPv4 packet is formed by using the following methods:
• Extracting the destination IPv4 address by stripping the prefix from the IPv6 address. The source
address is replaced by the allocated IPv4 address (and port).
• The rest of the fields are translated from IPv6-to-IPv4 to form a valid IPv4 packet.
Note This protocol translation is the same for stateless NAT64.
• A new NAT64 translation is created in the session database and in the bind database. The pool and port
databases are updated depending on the configuration. The return traffic and the subsequent traffic of
the IPv6 packet flow will use this session database entry for translation.
IP Packet Filtering
Stateful Network Address Translation 64 (NAT64) filters IPv6 and IPv4 packets. All IPv6 packets that are
transmitted into the stateful translator are filtered because statefully translated IPv6 packets consume resources
in the translator. These packets consume processor resources for packet processing, memory resources (always
session memory) for static configuration, IPv4 address resources for dynamic configuration, and IPv4 address
and port resources for Port Address Translation (PAT).
Stateful NAT64 utilizes configured access control lists (ACLs) and prefix lists to filter IPv6-initiated traffic
flows that are allowed to create the NAT64 state. Filtering of IPv6 packets is done in the IPv6-to-IPv4 direction
because dynamic allocation of mapping between an IPv6 host and an IPv4 address can be done only in this
direction.
Stateful NAT64 supports endpoint-dependent filtering for the IPv4-to-IPv6 packet flow with PAT configuration.
In a Stateful NAT64 PAT configuration, the packet flow must have originated from the IPv6 realm and created
the state information in NAT64 state tables. Packets from the IPv4 side that do not have a previously created
state are dropped. Endpoint-independent filtering is supported with static Network Address Translation (NAT)
and non-PAT configurations.
Differences Between Stateful NAT64 and Stateless NAT64

The table below displays the differences between Stateful NAT64 and Stateless NAT64.

184
High-Speed Logging for NAT64
Table 12: Differences Between Stateful NAT64 and Stateless NAT64
Supported Features Stateful NAT64 Stateless NAT64
Address savings N:1 mapping for PAT or overload One-to-one mapping—one IPv4 address
configuration that saves IPv4 addresses. is used for each IPv6 host).
Address space IPv6 systems may use any type of IPv6 IPv6 systems must have
addresses. IPv4-translatable addresses (based on
RFC 6052).
ALGs supported FTP64 None
Protocols supported ICMP, TCP, UDP All
Standards Draft-ieft-behave-v6v4-xlate-stateful-12 Draft-ietf-behave-v6v4-xlate-05
State creation Each traffic flow creates a state in the Traffic flow does not create any state
NAT64 translator. The maximum number in the NAT64 translator. Algorithmic
of states depends on the number of operation is performed on the packet
supported translations. headers.
High-Speed Logging for NAT64

When HSL is configured, NAT64 provides a log of packets that flow through routing devices (similar to the
Version 9 NetFlow-like records) to an external collector. Records are sent for each binding (binding is the
address binding between the local address and the global address to which the local address is translated) and
when sessions are created and destroyed. Session records contain the full 5-tuple of information (the source
IP address, destination IP address, source port, destination port, and protocol). A tuple is an ordered list of
elements. NAT64 also sends an HSL message when a NAT64 pool runs out of addresses (also called pool
exhaustion). Because the pool exhaustion messages are rate limited, each packet that hits the pool exhaustion
condition does not trigger an HSL message. Depending on your release, Stateful NAT64 supports high-speed
logging (HSL) for upto 4 destinations.
Configure the nat64 logging translations flow-export v9 udp destination command to enable NAT64
HSL logging. The vrf keyword can be used to enable NAT64 HSL for a specific VRF
The table below describes the templates for HSL bind and session create or destroy. These fields (in the order
they are displayed in the log) describe how the log collector must interpret the bytes in HSL records. The
value for some of the fields varies based on whether the session is being created, destroyed, or modified.
Table 13: Templates for HSL Bind and Session Create or Destroy
Original IPv6 address IPv6 address 27 Varies
Translated IPv4 address IPv6 address 282 Varies
Translated IPv6 address IPv4 address 225 Varies
Original IPv4 address IPv4 address 12 Varies
Original IPv6 port 16-bit port 7 Varies

185
How to Configure Enabling NAT64 High-Speed Logging per VRF
Translated IPv6 port 16-bit port 227 Varies
Translated IPv4 port 16-bit port 11 Varies
Original IPv4 port 16-bit port 228 Varies
Timestamp for an event 64 bits - milliseconds 323 Varies

(This is a 64-bit field that
holds the UNIX time, in
milliseconds, when the
event for the record
occurred.)
VRF ID 32-bit ID 234 Zero
Protocol 8-bit value 4 Varies
Event 8-bit value 230 0–Invalid

1–Add event
2–Delete event
The table below describes the HSL pool exhaustion templates (in the order they are available in the template).
Table 14: Templates for HSL Pool Exhaustion
Field Format ID Values
NAT pool ID 32-bit value 283 Varies
NAT event 8-bit value 230 3–Pool exhaust
How to Configure Enabling NAT64 High-Speed Logging per VRF

Enabling High-Speed Logging of NAT64 Translations
You can enable or disable high-speed logging (HSL) of all NAT64 translations or only translations for specific
VPNs.
You must first use the nat64 logging translations flow-export v9 udp destination command to enable
HSL for all VPN and non-VPN translations. The vrf keyword can be used to specify HSL destination address
on a specific VRF. VPN translations are also known as Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) translations.
After you enable HSL for all NAT translations, you can then use the nat64 logging translations flow-export
v9 vrf-name command to enable or disable translations for specific VPNs. When you use this command,
HSL is disabled for all VPNs, except for the ones the command is explicitly enabled.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable

186
Enabling High-Speed Logging of NAT64 Translations
3. nat64 logging translations flow-export v9 udp destination addr|ipv6-destination IPv6 address

vrfvrf name source interface type interface-number
4. nat64 logging translations flow-export v9 {vrf-name | global-on}
5. exit
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 nat64 logging translations flow-export v9 udp Enables the high-speed logging of all VPN and non-VPN
destination addr|ipv6-destination IPv6 address vrfvrf translations for up to four destinations. You can enable
name source interface type interface-number logging for a specific destination VRF using the vrf
keyword. To specify an IPv6 address for the UDP
Example:
destination, use the ipv6-destination keyword followed by
This example shows how to enable high-speed logging the IPv6 address.
Device(config)# nat64 logging translations
flow-export v9 udp destination 10.10.0.1 1020
source GigabitEthernet 0/0/0
Example:
flow-export v9 udp ipv6-destination 2001::06 5050
source GigabitEthernet 0/0/0
Example:
using an IPv6 address for a destination VRF
flow-export v9 udp ipv6-destination 2001::06 5050
vrf hslvrf source GigabitEthernet 0/0/0
Step 4 nat64 logging translations flow-export v9 {vrf-name | Enables or disables the high-speed logging of specific NAT
global-on} VPN translations.
Example:
flow-export v9 VPN-18
Step 5 exit (Optional) Exits global configuration mode and enters

Example:

187
FTP64 Application-Level Gateway Support

The FTP64 (or service FTP) application-level gateway (ALG) helps stateful Network Address Translation
64 (NAT64) to operate on Layer 7 data. FTP64 ALG translates IP addresses and the TCP port information
embedded in the payload of an FTP control session.
NAT translates any TCP/UDP traffic that does not carry source and destination IP addresses in the application
data stream. Protocols that embed the IP address information within the payload (or in the application data
stream) require the support of an ALG. ALGs handle application data stream (Layer 7) protocol-specific
services, such as translating embedded IP addresses and port numbers in the packet payload and extracting
new connection or session information from control channels.
FTP64 is automatically enabled when Stateful NAT64 is enabled. Use the no nat64 service ftp command to
disable the NAT64 FTP service.
Note The FTP64 ALG is not supported in Stateless NAT64 translation.
Note The FTP64 ALG does not support IPv4-compatible IPv6 addresses.
Based on IPv6-to-IPv4 translation FTP considerations draft-ietf-behave-ftp64-02 and RFC 2228, the FTP64
ALG must switch to transparent mode (a device in a transparent mode is invisible in the network; however,
this device can act as a bridge and inspect or filter packets), when commands and responses flow between the
FTP client and the FTP server. When a client issues the FTP AUTH command, the FTP64 ALG transparently
forwards all data on the control channel in both (ingress and egress) directions, until the end of the control
channel session. Similarly, during an AUTH negotiation, the ALG must be in transparent mode, whether the
negotiation is successful or not.
Based on RFC 6384, the behavior of the FTP64 ALG during a client-server communication is different. During
an IPv6-to-IPv4 translation, the FTP64 ALG must transparently copy data transmitted over the control channel
so that the transport layer security (TLS) session works correctly. However, the client commands and server
responses are hidden from the FTP64 ALG. To ensure a consistent behavior, as soon as the initial FTP AUTH
command is issued by a client, the FTP64 ALG must stop translating commands and responses and start
transparently copying TCP data that is sent by the server to the client and vice versa. The FTP64 ALG must
ignore the AUTH command and not go into transparent mode if the server response is in the 4xx or 5xx ranges,
which comprise FTP error/warning messages.
Prior to CSCtu37975, when an IPv6 FTP client issues an FTP AUTH command, irrespective of whether the
IPv4 FTP server accepts or rejects that authorization negotiation, the FTP64 ALG moves the AUTH session
to transparent mode (or bypass mode). When a session is in transparent mode, NAT cannot perform translation
on the packets within the session. With CSCtu37975, during a client-server communication, the FTP64 ALG’s
behavior is compliant with RFC 6384.
FTP64 NAT ALG Intrabox High Availability Support

Depending on your release, the FTP64 application-level gateway (ALG) adds high availability (HA) support
for Stateful NAT64. The FTP64 NAT ALG Intrabox HA Support feature supports the stateful switchover
between redundant Forward Processors (FPs) within a single chassis. The HA support provided by the FTP64
ALG is applicable to both intrabox HA and In-Service Software Upgrade (ISSU).

188
Stateful NAT64—Intrachassis Redundancy
Use the no nat64 service ftp command to disable the NAT64 ALG service.
The FTP64 ALG synchronizes data when it receives the following messages:
• User authentication flag after 230 replies.
• ALG disable/enable flag after ALG ENABLE and ALG DISABLE messages are received.
• Fragment detection information after the first segmented packet is detected.
• Fragment detection information after the end of the segmentation is detected.
Note • Stateful NAT64 supports only intrabox HA in some releases.

• FTP64 ALG statistics and FTP64 debug logs are not synchronized to the standby device by the
FTP64 ALG.
Stateful NAT64—Intrachassis Redundancy

Depending on your release, support for the Stateful NAT64—Intrachassis Redundancy feature is available.
When a second Forward Processor (FP) is available inside a single chassis, the Stateful NAT64—Intrachassis
Redundancy feature enables you to configure the second FP as a standby entity. When you plug in the second
FP, redundancy starts automatically with no explicit configuration. There is a short delay before the standby
FP becomes the “hot standby” (which means that all sessions have been synchronized). The standby FP
maintains a backup of the Stateful NAT64 session information, and when the active (first) FP fails, there is
very little disruption of NAT64 sessions.
NAT64 redundancy information is sent to the standby FP in the following instances:
• When a session or a dynamic bind is created.
• When a session or a dynamic bind is deleted.
• During periodic updates. Based on the time elapsed, the active FP periodically updates the state information
to the standby. Not all changes in the replicated objects are sent immediately to the standby at the time
of change. The most critical updates are sent immediately, and other changes are communicated by
periodic updates.
When a standby FP is inserted or when a standby FP recovers from a reload, the active FP performs a bulk
synchronization to synchronize the standby FP with the active FP. NAT does an aggressive synchronization
by which the active FP pushes all the state information forcefully to the standby FP.
In addition to NAT64 session information, application-specific information (application-level gateway [ALG]
information) also has to be communicated to the standby FP. Each ALG has a per-session state that needs to
be synchronized in the standby. The ALG triggers the sending of all ALG state information to the standby
FP. NAT provides the mechanism for actually sending the ALG state and associates the state to a particular
session.
HTTP sessions are not backed up on the standby FP. To replicate HTTP sessions on the standby FP during a
switchover, you must configure the nat64 switchover replicate http enable command.

189
Asymmetric Routing Support for NAT64
Note The Stateful NAT64—Intrachassis Redundancy feature does not support box-to-box (B2B) redundancy
or asymmetric routing.
Asymmetric Routing Support for NAT64

In Cisco IOS XE Release and later releases, Network Address Translation 64 (NAT64) supports asymmetric
routing and asymmetric routing with Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS). In NAT 64, MPLS is enabled
on the IPv4 interface. Packets coming from the IPv6 interface are switched to the IPv4 interface. No
configuration changes are required to enable asymmetric routing or asymmetric routing with MPLS.
For more information, see the section “Example: Configuring Asymmetric Routing Support for NAT64”.
How to Configure Stateful Network Address Translation 64

Based on your network configuration, you can configure static, dynamic, or dynamic Port Address Translation
(PAT) Stateful NAT64.
Note You need to configure at least one of the configurations described in the following tasks for Stateful
NAT64 to work.
Configuring Static Stateful Network Address Translation 64

You can configure a static IPv6 address to an IPv4 address and vice versa. Optionally, you can configure
static Stateful NAT64 with or without ports. Perform this task to configure static Stateful NAT64.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
6. ipv6 enable
8. nat64 enable
9. exit
13. nat64 enable
14. exit
15. nat64 prefix stateful ipv6-prefix/length

190
Configuring Static Stateful Network Address Translation 64
16. nat64 v6v4 static ipv6-address ipv4-address

17. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

Example:
configuration mode.
Example:

Example:
ipv6

Example:
Example:
Device(config-if)# ipv6 address 2001:DB8:1::1/96
Step 8 nat64 enable Enables NAT64 translation on an IPv6 interface.

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
mode.
Example:

191
Configuring Dynamic Stateful Network Address Translation 64


Example:
ipv4

Example:
255.255.255.0

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 15 nat64 prefix stateful ipv6-prefix/length Defines the Stateful NAT64 prefix to be added to IPv4
Example:
Device(config)# nat64 prefix stateful • The Stateful NAT64 prefix can be configured at the
2001:DB8:1::1/96 global configuration level or at the interface level.
Step 16 nat64 v6v4 static ipv6-address ipv4-address Enables NAT64 IPv6-to-IPv4 static address mapping.
Example:
Device(config)# nat64 v6v4 static 2001:DB8:1::FFFE
209.165.201.1

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end

A dynamic Stateful NAT64 configuration provides a one-to-one mapping of IPv6 addresses to IPv4 addresses
in the address pool. You can use the dynamic Stateful NAT64 configuration when the number of active IPv6
hosts is less than the number of IPv4 addresses in the pool. Perform this task to configure dynamic Stateful
NAT64.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable

192

6. ipv6 enable
7. ipv6 {ipv6-address/prefix-length | prefix-name sub-bits/prefix-length}
8. nat64 enable
9. exit
13. nat64 enable
14. exit
15. ipv6 access-list access-list-name
16. permit ipv6 ipv6-address any
17. exit
19. nat64 v4 pool pool-name start-ip-address end-ip-address
20. nat64 v6v4 list access-list-name pool pool-name
21. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

Example:
configuration mode.
Example:

Example:
ipv6

Example:

193

Step 7 ipv6 {ipv6-address/prefix-length | prefix-name Configures an IPv6 address based on an IPv6 general prefix
Example:
Device(config-if)# ipv6 2001:DB8:1::1/96
Step 8 nat64 enable Enables Stateful NAT64 translation on an IPv6 interface.

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
configuration mode
Example:

Example:
ipv4

Example:
255.255.255.0

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 15 ipv6 access-list access-list-name Defines an IPv6 access list and enters IPv6 access list
configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config)# ipv6 access-list nat64-acl
Step 16 permit ipv6 ipv6-address any Sets permit conditions for an IPv6 access list.
Example:
Device(config-ipv6-acl)# permit ipv6
2001:DB8:2::/96 any

194
Configuring Dynamic Port Address Translation Stateful NAT64

Step 17 exit Exits IPv6 access list configuration mode and enters global
configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config-ipv6-acl# exit
Step 18 nat64 prefix stateful ipv6-prefix/length Enables NAT64 IPv6-to-IPv4 address mapping.
Example:
Device(config)# nat64 prefix stateful
2001:DB8:1::1/96
Step 19 nat64 v4 pool pool-name start-ip-address end-ip-address Defines the Stateful NAT64 IPv4 address pool.
Example:
Device(config)# nat64 v4 pool pool1 209.165.201.1
209.165.201.254
Step 20 nat64 v6v4 list access-list-name pool pool-name Dynamically translates an IPv6 source address to an IPv6
source address and an IPv6 destination address to an IPv4
Example:
destination address for NAT64.
Device(config)# nat64 v6v4 list nat64-acl pool
pool1

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end

A Port Address Translation (PAT) or overload configuration is used to multiplex (mapping IPv6 addresses
to a single IPv4 pool address) multiple IPv6 hosts to a pool of available IPv4 addresses on a first-come
first-served basis. The dynamic PAT configuration conserves the IPv4 address space while providing
connectivity to the IPv4 Internet. Configure the nat64 v6v4 list command with the overload keyword to
configure PAT address translation. Perform this task to configure dynamic PAT Stateful NAT64.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
6. ipv6 enable
7. ipv6 {ipv6-address/prefix-length | prefix-name sub-bits/prefix-length}
8. nat64 enable
9. exit

195
13. nat64 enable

14. exit
15. ipv6 access-list access-list-name
16. permit ipv6 ipv6-address any
17. exit
19. nat64 v4 pool pool-name start-ip-address end-ip-address
20. nat64 v6v4 list access-list-name pool pool-name overload
21. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

Example:
configuration mode.
Example:

Example:
ipv6

Example:
Step 7 ipv6 {ipv6-address/prefix-length | prefix-name Configures an IPv6 address based on an IPv6 general prefix
Example:

Example:

196

configuration mode.
Example:
configuration mode
Example:

Example:
ipv4

Example:
255.255.255.0

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 15 ipv6 access-list access-list-name Defines an IPv6 access list and places the device in IPv6
access list configuration mode.
Example:
Step 16 permit ipv6 ipv6-address any Sets permit conditions for an IPv6 access list.
Example:
Device(config-ipv6-acl)# permit ipv6
2001:db8:2::/96 any
Step 17 exit Exits IPv6 access list configuration mode and enters global
configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config-ipv6-acl)# exit
Step 18 nat64 prefix stateful ipv6-prefix/length Enables NAT64 IPv6-to-IPv4 address mapping.
Example:
2001:db8:1::1/96

197
Monitoring and Maintaining a Stateful NAT64 Routing Network

Step 19 nat64 v4 pool pool-name start-ip-address end-ip-address Defines the Stateful NAT64 IPv4 address pool.
Example:
Device(config)# nat64 v4 pool pool1 209.165.201.1
209.165.201.254
Step 20 nat64 v6v4 list access-list-name pool pool-name Enables NAT64 PAT or overload address translation.
overload
Example:
Device(config)# nat64 v6v4 list nat64-acl pool
pool1 overload

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end
Monitoring and Maintaining a Stateful NAT64 Routing Network

Use the following commands in any order to display the status of your Stateful Network Address Translation
64 (NAT64) configuration.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. show nat64 aliases [lower-address-range upper-address-range]
2. show nat64 logging
3. show nat64 prefix stateful {global | {interfaces | static-routes} [prefix ipv6-address/prefix-length]}
4. show nat64 timeouts
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1 show nat64 aliases [lower-address-range upper-address-range]

This command displays the IP aliases created by NAT64.
Example:
Device# show nat64 aliases
Aliases configured: 1
Address Table ID Inserted Flags Send ARP Reconcilable Stale Ref-Count
10.1.1.1 0 FALSE 0x0030 FALSE TRUE FALSE 1
Step 2 show nat64 logging

This command displays NAT64 logging.
Example:
Device# show nat64 logging
NAT64 Logging Type

198
Configuration Examples for Stateful Network Address Translation 64
Method Protocol Dst. Address Dst. Port Src. Port

translation
flow export UDP 10.1.1.1 5000 60087
Step 3 show nat64 prefix stateful {global | {interfaces | static-routes} [prefix ipv6-address/prefix-length]}
This command displays information about NAT64 stateful prefixes.
Example:
Device# show nat64 prefix stateful interfaces
Stateful Prefixes
Interface NAT64 Enabled Global Prefix

GigabitEthernet0/1/0 TRUE TRUE 2001:DB8:1:1/96
GigabitEthernet0/1/3 TRUE FALSE 2001:DB8:2:2/96
Step 4 show nat64 timeouts

This command displays statistics for NAT64 translation session timeout.
Example:
Device# show nat64 timeouts
NAT64 Timeout
Seconds CLI Cfg Uses 'All' all flows

86400 FALSE FALSE udp
300 FALSE TRUE tcp
7200 FALSE TRUE tcp-transient
240 FALSE FALSE icmp
60 FALSE TRUE
Configuration Examples for Stateful Network Address

Translation 64
Example: Configuring Static Stateful Network Address Translation 64
Device(config-if)# description interface facing ipv6
Device(confif-if)# nat64 enable
Device(config-fi)# exit
Device(config)# nat64 prefix stateful 2001:DB8:1::1/96
Device(config)# nat64 v6v4 static 2001:DB8:1::FFFE 209.165.201.1
Device(config)# end

199
Example: Configuring Dynamic Stateful Network Address Translation 64
Example: Configuring Dynamic Stateful Network Address Translation 64

Device(config-ipv6-acl)# permit ipv6 2001:db8:2::/96 any
Device(config-ipv6-acl)# exit
Device(config)# nat64 prefix stateful 2001:db8:1::1/96
Device(config)# nat64 v4 pool pool1 209.165.201.1 209.165.201.254
Device(config)# nat64 v6v4 list nat64-acl pool pool1
Device(config)# end
Example: Configuring Dynamic Port Address Translation Stateful NAT64
enable
configure terminal
ipv6 enable
ipv6 2001:DB8:1::1/96
nat64 enable
exit
ip address 209.165.201.24 255.255.255.0
nat64 enable
exit
ipv6 access-list nat64-acl
permit ipv6 2001:db8:2::/96 any
exit
nat64 prefix stateful 2001:db8:1::1/96
nat64 v4 pool pool1 209.165.201.1 209.165.201.254
nat64 v6v4 list nat64-acl pool pool1 overload
end
Example: Configuring Asymmetric Routing Support for NAT64

The following example shows how to configure asymmetric routing for Network Address Translation
64 (NAT64):
!RouterA Configuration

200

Device(config)# nat64 prefix stateful 2001:db8:2::/96
Device(config)# nat64 v6v4 static 2001:db8:1::5 150.0.0.1 redundancy 1 mapping-id 150
Device(config)# nat64 switchover replicate http enable port 80
!
Device(config-red-app-grp)# data gigabitethernet 1/1/0
Device(config-red-app-grp)# control gigabitethernet 1/1/1 protocol 1
Device(config-red-app-grp)# asymmetric-routing interface gigabitethernet 1/1/2
!
Device(config-if)# no shutdown
!
!
!
Device(config-if)# ipv6 address 2001:db8:1::2/96
Device(config-if)# redundancy group 1 ipv6 2001:db8:1::1/96 exclusive decrement 15
!
!
Device(config)# router ospf 90
Device(config-router)# network 192.0.2.0 255.255.255.0 area 0
Device(config-router)# end
! Router B Configuration

Device(config)# nat64 prefix stateful 2001:db8:2::/96

201
Device(config)# nat64 switchover replicate http enable port 80

!
Device(config-red-app-grp)# data gigabitethernet 1/2/0
Device(config-red-app-grp)# control gigabitethernet 1/2/1 protocol 1
Device(config-red-app-grp)# asymmetric-routing interface gigabitethernet 1/2/2
!
!
!
Device(config-if)#no shutdown
!
Device(config-if)# interface gigabitethernet 1/2/3
Device(config-if)# ipv6 addr 2001:db8:1::3/96
Device(config-if)# redundancy group 1 ipv6 2001:db8:1::1/96 exclusive decrement 15
!
!
Device(config)# router ospf 90
Device(config-router)# network 198.51.100.0 255.255.255.0 area 0
Device(config-router)# end

202
Additional References for Stateful Network Address Translation 64
Additional References for Stateful Network Address Translation

64
Related Documents
NAT commands IP Addressing Services Command Reference
Standards and RFCs
Standard/RFC Title
Framework for IPv4/IPv6 Translation Framework for IPv4/IPv6 Translation

draft-ietf-behave-v6v4-framework-06
FTP ALG for IPv6-to-IPv4 translation An FTP ALG for IPv6-to-IPv4 translation
draft-ietf-behave-ftp64-06
IP/ICMP Translation Algorithm IP/ICMP Translation Algorithm draft-ietf-behave-v6v4-xlate-10
IPv6 Addressing of IPv4/IPv6 Translators IPv6 Addressing of IPv4/IPv6 Translators

draft-ietf-behave-address-format-07
RFC 2228 FTP Security Extensions
RFC 2373 IP Version 6 Addressing Architecture
RFC 2464 Transmission of IPv6 Packets over Ethernet Networks
RFC 2765 Stateless IP/ICMP Translation Algorithm (SIIT)
RFC 2766 Network Address Translation - Protocol Translation (NAT-PT)
RFC 4787 Network Address Translation (NAT) Behavioral Requirements

for Unicast UDP
RFC 4966 Reasons to Move the Network Address Translator - Protocol

Translator (NAT-PT) to Historic Status
RFC 6384 An FTP Application Layer Gateway (ALG) for IPv6-to-IPv4

Translation
Stateful NAT64: Network Address and Stateful NAT64: Network Address and Protocol Translation from
Protocol Translation from IPv6 Clients IPv6 Clients to IPv4 Servers
to IPv4 Servers draft-ietf-behave-v6v4-xlate-stateful-12

203
Feature Information for Stateful Network Address Translation 64
Description Link

Feature Information for Stateful Network Address Translation

64
Table 15: Feature Information for Stateful Network Address Translation 64
Asymmetric Routing Support for Cisco IOS XE Release In Cisco IOS XE Release and later releases,
NAT64 3.16S Network Address Translation 64 (NAT64)
supports asymmetric routing and asymmetric
routing with Multiprotocol Label Switching
(MPLS).
FTP64 NAT ALG Intrabox HA Cisco IOS XE Release In Cisco IOS XE Release 3.5S, the FTP64 ALG
Support 3.5S adds HA support for Stateful NAT64. The
FTP64 NAT ALG Intrabox HA Support feature
supports the stateful switchover between
redundant FPs within a single chassis. The HA
support provided by the FTP64 ALG is
applicable to both intrabox and interbox HA
and In-Service Software Upgrade (ISSU).
Stateful NAT64 ALG—Stateful Cisco IOS XE Release Cisco IOS XE Release 3.4S and later releases
FTP64 ALG Support 3.4S support FTP64 (or service FTP) ALGs. The
FTP64 ALG helps Stateful NAT64 operate on
Layer 7 data. An FTP ALG translates IP
addresses and the TCP port information
embedded in the payload of an FTP control
session.
modified: nat64 service ftp.

204
Glossary
Stateful NAT64—Intra-Chassis Cisco IOS XE Release Cisco IOS XE Release 3.5S and later releases
Redundancy 3.5S support the Stateful NAT64—Intra-Chassis
Redundancy feature. When a second Forward
Cisco IOS XE Release
Processor (FP) is available inside a single
3.10S
chassis, the Stateful NAT64 Intra-Chassis
Redundancy feature enables you to configure
the second FP as a standby entity. The standby
FP maintains a backup of the stateful NAT64
session information and when the active (first)
FP fails, there is no disruption of NAT64
sessions.
modified: nat64 switchover replicate http
port.
Stateful Network Address Cisco IOS XE Release The Stateful Network Address Translation 64
Translation 64 3.4S feature provides a translation mechanism that
translates IPv6 packets into IPv4 packets and
vice versa. The Stateful NAT64 translator,
algorithmically translates the IPv4 addresses
of IPv4 hosts to and from IPv6 addresses by
using the configured stateful prefix. In a similar
manner, the IPv6 addresses of IPv6 hosts are
translated to and from IPv4 addresses through
NAT.
modified: clear nat64 statistics, debug nat64,
nat64 logging, nat64 prefix stateful, nat64
translation, nat64 v4, nat64 v4v6, nat64
v6v4, show nat64 aliases, show nat64 limits,
show nat64 logging, show nat64 mappings
dynamic, show nat64 mappings static, show
nat64 services, show nat64 pools, show nat64
prefix stateful, show nat64 statistics, show
nat64 timeouts, and show nat64 translations.
Glossary
ALG—application-layer gateway or application-level gateway.
FP—Forward Processor.
IPv4-converted address—IPv6 addresses used to represent the IPv4 hosts. These have an explicit mapping
relationship to the IPv4 addresses. This relationship is self-described by mapping the IPv4 address in the IPv6
address. Both stateless and stateful translators use IPv4-converted IPv6 addresses to represent the IPv4 hosts.
IPv6-converted address—IPv6 addresses that are assigned to the IPv6 hosts for the stateless translator. These
IPv6-converted addresses have an explicit mapping relationship to the IPv4 addresses. This relationship is

205
Glossary
self-described by mapping the IPv4 address in the IPv6 address. The stateless translator uses the corresponding
IPv4 addresses to represent the IPv6 hosts. The stateful translator does not use IPv6-converted addresses,
because the IPv6 hosts are represented by the IPv4 address pool in the translator via dynamic states.
NAT—Network Address Translation.
RP—Route Processor.
stateful translation—In stateful translation a per-flow state is created when the first packet in a flow is
received. A translation algorithm is said to be stateful if the transmission or reception of a packet creates or
modifies a data structure in the relevant network element. Stateful translation allows the use of multiple
translators interchangeably and also some level of scalability. Stateful translation is defined to enable the IPv6
clients and peers without mapped IPv4 addresses to connect to the IPv4-only servers and peers.
stateless translation—A translation algorithm that is not stateful is called stateless. A stateless translation
requires configuring a static translation table, or may derive information algorithmically from the messages
it is translating. Stateless translation requires less computational overhead than stateful translation. It also
requires less memory to maintain the state, because the translation tables and the associated methods and
processes exist in a stateful algorithm and do not exist in a stateless one. Stateless translation enables the
IPv4-only clients and peers to initiate connections to the IPv6-only servers or peers that are equipped with
IPv4-embedded IPv6 addresses. It also enables scalable coordination of IPv4-only stub networks or ISP
IPv6-only networks. Because the source port in an IPv6-to-IPv4 translation may have to be changed to provide
adequate flow identification, the source port in the IPv4-to-IPv6 direction need not be changed.

206
CHAPTER 15
Interchassis Redundancy
The Stateful Network Address Translation 64 Interchassis Redundancy feature adds interchassis redundancy
support to stateful Network Address Translation 64 (NAT64). The stateful interchassis redundancy enables
you to configure pairs of devices to act as backups for each other.
This module describes how to configure stateful NAT64 interchassis redundancy.
• Restrictions for Stateful Network Address Translation 64 Interchassis Redundancy, on page 207
• Information About Stateful Network Address Translation 64 Interchassis Redundancy, on page 207
• How to Configure Stateful Network Translation 64 Interchassis Redundancy, on page 212
• Configuration Examples for Stateful Network Address Translation 64 Interchassis Redundancy, on page
221
• Additional References, on page 223
Restrictions for Stateful Network Address Translation 64

• Asymmetric routing is not supported.
• Box-to-box (B2B) redundancy along with intrachassis redundancy is not supported.
• NAT interface overload configuration is not supported.


207
Stateful Network Address Translation 64 Interchassis Redundancy
Figure 15: Redundancy Group Configuration—One Outgoing Interface
msec command.

208
Active/Active Failover
cause.
level.
Active/Active Failover
In an active/active failover configuration, both devices can process network traffic. Active/active failover
generates virtual MAC (VMAC) addresses for interfaces in each redundancy group (RG).
One device in an active/active failover pair is designated as the primary (active) device, and the other is
designated as the secondary (standby) device. Unlike with active/standby failover, this designation does not
indicate which device becomes active when both devices start simultaneously. Instead, the primary/secondary
designation determines the following:
• The device that provides the running configuration to the failover pair when they start simultaneously.
• The device on which the failover RG appears in the active state when devices start simultaneously. Each
failover RG in the configuration is configured with a primary or secondary device preference. You can
configure both failover RGs to be in the active state on a single device and the standby failover RGs to
be on the other device. You can also configure one failover RG to be in the active state and the other RG
to be in the standby state on a single device.
Active/Standby Failover
Active/standby failover enables you to use a standby device to take over the functionality of a failed device.
A failed active device changes to the standby state, and the standby device changes to the active state. The
device that is now in the active state takes over IP addresses and MAC addresses of the failed device and
starts processing traffic. The device that is now in the standby state takes over standby IP addresses and MAC
addresses. Because network devices do not see any change in the MAC-to-IP address pairing, Address
Resolution Protocol (ARP) entries do not change or time out anywhere on the network.
In an active/standby scenario, the main difference between two devices in a failover pair depends on which
device is active and which device is a standby, namely which IP addresses to use and which device actively
passes the traffic. The active device always becomes the active device if both devices start up at the same
time (and are of equal operational health). MAC addresses of the active device are always paired with active
IP addresses.

209
LAN-LAN Topology
LAN-LAN Topology
In a LAN-LAN topology, all participating devices are connected to each other through LAN interfaces on
both the inside and the outside. In this scenario, the traffic is often directed to the correct firewall if static
routing is configured on the upstream or downstream devices to an appropriate virtual IP address. The dynamic
routing configuration supported on LAN-facing interfaces must not introduce a dependency on routing protocol
convergence; otherwise, fast failover requirements will not be met. The figure below shows a LAN-LAN
topology.
Figure 16: LAN-LAN Scenario
Redundancy Groups for Stateful NAT64

To support stateful Network Address Translation 64 (NAT64) box-to-box (B2B) redundancy, all stateful
NAT64 mappings must be associated with a redundancy group (RG). You can associate multiple stateful
NAT64 mappings with one RG. Any session or bind that is created from a stateful NAT64 mapping is associated
with the RG to which the stateful NAT64 is mapped. In B2B redundancy, stateful NAT64 checks the state of
the created, changed, or destroyed session or bind in the RG to determine whether the stateful NAT64 high
availability (HA) message should be sent to the standby device.
NAT binding is a one-to-one association between a local IP address and a global IP address. Sessions are
identified by the 5-tuple (the source IP address, the destination IP address, the protocol, the source port, and
the destination port) information. Sessions are normally created and destroyed at a much faster rate than
bindings.
Translation Filtering
RFC 4787 provides translation filtering behaviors for Network Address Translation (NAT). The following
options are used by NAT to filter packets that originate from specific external endpoints:

210
• Endpoint-independent filtering—Filters out packets that are not destined to an internal IP address and
port regardless of the external IP address and port source.
• Address-dependent filtering—Filters out packets that are not destined to an internal IP address. NAT
also filters out packets that are destined for an internal endpoint.
• Address- and port-dependent filtering—Filters out packets that are not destined to an internal IP address.
NAT also filters out packets that are destined for an internal endpoint if packets were not sent to the
endpoint previously.

The FTP64 (or service FTP) application-level gateway (ALG) helps stateful Network Address Translation
64 (NAT64) to operate on Layer 7 data. FTP64 ALG translates IP addresses and the TCP port information
embedded in the payload of an FTP control session.
NAT translates any TCP/UDP traffic that does not carry source and destination IP addresses in the application
data stream. Protocols that embed the IP address information within the payload (or in the application data
stream) require the support of an ALG. ALGs handle application data stream (Layer 7) protocol-specific
services, such as translating embedded IP addresses and port numbers in the packet payload and extracting
new connection or session information from control channels.
FTP64 is automatically enabled when Stateful NAT64 is enabled. Use the no nat64 service ftp command to
disable the NAT64 FTP service.
Note The FTP64 ALG is not supported in Stateless NAT64 translation.
Note The FTP64 ALG does not support IPv4-compatible IPv6 addresses.
Based on IPv6-to-IPv4 translation FTP considerations draft-ietf-behave-ftp64-02 and RFC 2228, the FTP64
ALG must switch to transparent mode (a device in a transparent mode is invisible in the network; however,
this device can act as a bridge and inspect or filter packets), when commands and responses flow between the
FTP client and the FTP server. When a client issues the FTP AUTH command, the FTP64 ALG transparently
forwards all data on the control channel in both (ingress and egress) directions, until the end of the control
channel session. Similarly, during an AUTH negotiation, the ALG must be in transparent mode, whether the
negotiation is successful or not.
Based on RFC 6384, the behavior of the FTP64 ALG during a client-server communication is different. During
an IPv6-to-IPv4 translation, the FTP64 ALG must transparently copy data transmitted over the control channel
so that the transport layer security (TLS) session works correctly. However, the client commands and server
responses are hidden from the FTP64 ALG. To ensure a consistent behavior, as soon as the initial FTP AUTH
command is issued by a client, the FTP64 ALG must stop translating commands and responses and start
transparently copying TCP data that is sent by the server to the client and vice versa. The FTP64 ALG must
ignore the AUTH command and not go into transparent mode if the server response is in the 4xx or 5xx ranges,
which comprise FTP error/warning messages.
Prior to CSCtu37975, when an IPv6 FTP client issues an FTP AUTH command, irrespective of whether the
IPv4 FTP server accepts or rejects that authorization negotiation, the FTP64 ALG moves the AUTH session
to transparent mode (or bypass mode). When a session is in transparent mode, NAT cannot perform translation

211
How to Configure Stateful Network Translation 64 Interchassis Redundancy
on the packets within the session. With CSCtu37975, during a client-server communication, the FTP64 ALG’s
behavior is compliant with RFC 6384.
How to Configure Stateful Network Translation 64 Interchassis

Redundancy
Configuring Redundancy Group Protocols
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. redundancy
5. protocol id
6. name group-name
7. Repeat Steps 3 to 6 to configure a redundancy group protocol on another device.
8. timers hellotime seconds holdtime seconds
9. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

Example:

Example:
Device(red)# application redundancy
Step 5 protocol id Defines a protocol instance for a redundancy group and

enters redundancy application protocol configuration mode.
Example:

212
Configuring Redundancy Groups for Active/Standby Load Sharing

Step 6 name group-name Configures a name for the redundancy group.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-prtcl)# name RG1
Step 7 Repeat Steps 3 to 6 to configure a redundancy group —

protocol on another device.
Step 8 timers hellotime seconds holdtime seconds Configures timers for hellotime and holdtime messages for
a redundancy group.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-prtcl)# timers hellotime 1
holdtime 3

Example:
Configuring Redundancy Groups for Active/Standby Load Sharing

SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. redundancy
5. group id
6. name group-name
9. Repeat Steps 3 to 8 to configure another redundancy group.
10. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

Example:

213
Configuring Redundancy Groups for Active/Active Load Sharing


Example:
Step 5 group id Configures a redundancy application group and enters

Example:
Step 6 name group-name Configures a name for the redundancy application group.
Example:
Step 7 control interface-type interface-number protocol id Configures a control interface type and number for the
redundancy application group.
Example:
Device(config-red-app-grp)# control
gigabitethernet 0/0/1 protocol 1
Step 8 data interface-type interface-number Configures a data interface type and number for the
Example:
Device(config-red-app-grp)# data gigabitethernet
0/2/2
Step 9 Repeat Steps 3 to 8 to configure another redundancy group. —

Example:

Perform this task to configure two redundancy groups (RGs) on the same device for active/active load sharing.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. redundancy
5. group id
6. name group-name
7. priority value [failover-threshold value]
10. end

214

12. redundancy
14. group id
15. name group-name
16. priority value [failover-threshold value]
19. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

Example:

Example:

Example:
Example:
Step 7 priority value [failover-threshold value] Specifies a group priority and failover threshold value for
Example:
Example:

215

Example:
0/2/2

Example:

Example:

Example:

Example:

Example:
Example:
Step 16 priority value [failover-threshold value] Specifies a group priority and failover threshold value for
Example:
Example:
Example:
0/2/2

216
Configuring a Traffic Interface for Stateful NAT64 Interchassis Redundancy

Example:
Configuring a Traffic Interface for Stateful NAT64 Interchassis Redundancy

This task applies to a LAN-LAN scenario.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
5. redundancy group group-id ipv6 ipv6-prefix/prefix-length exclusive decrement value
6. exit
9. redundancy group group-id ipv6 ipv6-prefix/prefix-length exclusive decrement value
10. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
mode.
Example:
Step 4 redundancy rii id Configures a redundancy interface identifier (RII) for a

redundancy group-protected traffic interfaces.
Example:
Step 5 redundancy group group-id ipv6 Enables IPv6 redundancy.

ipv6-prefix/prefix-length exclusive decrement value
Example:

217
Configuring Static Stateful NAT64 for Interchassis Redundancy

Device(config-if)# redundancy group 1 ipv6
2001:DB8:1::1:100/64 exclusive decrement 50

configuration mode.
Example:
mode.
Example:
Step 8 redundancy rii id Configures an RII for a redundancy group-protected traffic

interfaces.
Example:
Step 9 redundancy group group-id ipv6 ipv6-prefix/prefix-length Enables IPv6 redundancy.

exclusive decrement value
Example:
Device(config-if)# redundancy group 1 ipv6
2001:DB8:2::1:100/64 exclusive decrement 50

EXEC mode.
Example:

Perform this task to configure a static stateful NAT64 with interchassis redundancy. You can configure
interchassis redundancy with the following types of NAT configurations: dynamic, static, and Port Address
Translation (PAT) translations.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
5. ipv6 enable
6. ipv6 address ipv6-address/prefix-length
7. nat64 enable
8. exit
9. Repeat Steps 3 to 8 to configure NAT64 on another interface.
11. nat64 v6v4 static ipv6-address ipv6-address [redundancy group-id mapping-id id]
12. nat64 v6v4 tcp ipv6-address ipv6-port ipv4-address ipv4-port [redundancy group-id mapping-id id]

218
13. end
14. show nat64 translations protocol tcp
15. show nat64 translations redundancy group-id
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

Example:
mode.
Example:

Example:
Step 6 ipv6 address ipv6-address/prefix-length Configures an IPv6 address based on an IPv6 general prefix
and enables IPv6 processing on an interface.
Example:

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 9 Repeat Steps 3 to 8 to configure NAT64 on another —

interface.

219

Step 10 nat64 prefix stateful ipv6-prefix/length Defines the stateful NAT64 prefix that is to be added to
IPv4 hosts to translate the IPv4 address into an IPv6
Example:
address.
2001:DB8:1::1/96 • The stateful NAT64 prefix can be configured at the
global configuration level or at the interface
configuration level.
Step 11 nat64 v6v4 static ipv6-address ipv6-address [redundancy Enables NAT64 IPv6-to-IPv4 static address mapping and
group-id mapping-id id] interchassis redundancy.
Example:
209.165.201.1 redundancy 1 mapping-id 30
Step 12 nat64 v6v4 tcp ipv6-address ipv6-port ipv4-address Applies static mapping to TCP protocol packets and
ipv4-port [redundancy group-id mapping-id id] enables interchassis redundancy.
Example:
Device(config)# nat64 v6v4 tcp 2001:DB8:1::1
redundancy 1 mapping-id 1

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end
Step 14 show nat64 translations protocol tcp Displays information about NAT 64 protocol translations.
Example:
Device# show nat64 translations protocol tcp
Step 15 show nat64 translations redundancy group-id Displays information about NAT64 redundancy
translations.
Example:
Device# show nat64 translations redundancy 1
Example:
The following is sample output from the show nat64 translations protocol tcp command:
Device# show nat64 translations protocol tcp
Proto Original IPv4 Translated IPv4

Translated IPv6 Original IPv6
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
tcp 209.165.201.2:21 [2001:DB8:1::103]:32847

10.2.1.1:80 [2001::11]:80
tcp 209.165.201.2:21 [2001:DB8:1::104]:32848
10.2.1.1:80 [2001::11]:80
The following is sample output from the show nat64 translations redundancy command:

220
Configuration Examples for Stateful Network Address Translation 64 Interchassis Redundancy
Device# show nat64 translations redundancy 1
Proto Original IPv4 Translated IPv4

Translated IPv6 Original IPv6
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
209.165.201.2:21 [2001:DB8:1::103]:32847
tcp 10.2.1.11:32863 [2001::3201:10b]:32863

10.1.1.1:80 [2001::11]:80
tcp 209.165.201.2:21 [2001:DB8:1::104]:32848
10.1.1.1:80 [2001::11]:80
Configuration Examples for Stateful Network Address

Translation 64 Interchassis Redundancy
Example: Configuring Redundancy Group Protocols
Device(config-red-app-prtcl)# timers hellotime 1 holdtime 3
Example: Configuring Redundancy Groups for Active/Standby Load Sharing

The following example shows how to configure redundancy groups (RGs) on two devices for
active/standby load sharing:
Device1# configure terminal
Device1(config)# redundancy
Device1(config-red)# application redundancy
Device1(config-red-app)# group 1
Device1(config-red-app-grp)# name RG1
Device1(config-red-app-grp)# control gigabitethernet 0/0/1 protocol 1
Device1(config-red-app-grp)# data gigabitethernet 0/2/2
Device1(config-red-app-grp)# end


221
Example: Configuring Redundancy Groups for Active/Active Load Sharing

Example: Configuring Redundancy Groups for Active/Active Load Sharing

The following example shows how to configure two redundancy groups (RGs) on the same device
for active/active load sharing:
Device1(config-red-app-grp)# priority 195 failover-threshold 190

Example: Configuring a Traffic Interface for Stateful NAT64 Interchassis

Redundancy
Device(config-if)# redundancy group 1 ipv6 2001:DB8:1::1:100/64 exclusive decrement 50

222
Additional References

Device(config-if)# redundancy group 1 ipv6 2001:DB8::2:1:100/64 exclusive decrement 50
Related Documents
Standards/RFCs
Standard/RFC Title
RFC 4787 Network Address Translation (NAT) Behavioral Requirements for Unicast
UDP
Description Link


223

224
CHAPTER 16
Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation
The Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation feature provides connectivity to IPv4 hosts across IPv6
domains. Mapping of address and port using translation (MAP-T) is a mechanism that performs double
translation (IPv4 to IPv6 and vice versa) on customer edge (CE) devices and border routers.
This module provides an overview of MAP-T and explains how to configure this feature.
• Restrictions for Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation, on page 225
• Information About Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation, on page 225
• How to Configure Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation, on page 229
• Configuration Examples for Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation, on page 231
• Additional References for Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation, on page 232
• Feature Information for Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation, on page 233
Restrictions for Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation

• The mapping of address and port using translation (MAP-T) customer edge (CE) functionality is not
supported.
• In Cisco IOS XE Denali 16.2 release, the support for MAP-T domains were extended to 10000 domains.
For releases prior to Cisco IOS XE Denali 16.2, a maximum of 128 MAP-T domains are supported.
• Forwarding mapping rule (FMR) is not supported.
Information About Mapping of Address and Port Using

Translation
Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation Overview
The Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation feature provides connectivity to IPv4 hosts across IPv6
domains. Mapping of address and port using translation (MAP-T) builds on the existing stateless IPv4 and
IPv6 address translation techniques that are specified in RFCs 6052, 6144, and 6145.

225
MAP-T Mapping Rules
MAP-T is a mechanism that performs double translation (IPv4 to IPv6 and vice versa) on customer edge (CE)
devices and border routers. The Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation feature supports only the
MAP-T border router functionality. This feature does not support the MAP-T CE functionality.
The Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation feature leverages the Network Address Translation 64
(NAT64) translation engine and adds the MAP-T border router function to the NAT64 stateless function.
MAP-T is enabled on IPv4 and IPv6 interfaces. MAP-T uses IPv4 and IPv6 forwarding, IPv4 and IPv6
fragmentation functions, and NAT64 translation functions. A MAP-T domain is one or more MAP CE devices
and a border router, all connected to the same IPv6 network.
A MAP-T CE device connects a user’s private IPv4 address and the native IPv6 network to the IPv6-only
MAP-T domain. The MAP-T border router uses the stateless IPv4/IPv6 translation to connect external IPv4
networks to all devices available in the one or more MAP-T domains. MAP-T requires only one IPv6 prefix
per network and supports the regular IPv6 prefix/address assignment mechanisms. The MAP-T domain
contains regular IPv6-only hosts or servers that have an IPv4-translatable IPv6 address. MAP-T does not
require the operation of an IPv4 overlay network or the introduction of a non-native-IPv6 network device or
server functionality.
A MAP-T configuration provides the following features:
• Retains the ability for IPv4 end hosts to communicate across the IPv6 domain with other IPv4 hosts.
• Permits both individual IPv4 address assignment and IPv4 address sharing with a predefined port range.
• Allows communication between IPv4-only and IPv6-enabled end hosts and native IPv6-only servers in
domains that use IPv4-translatable IPv6 addresses.
• Allows the use of IPv6 native network operations, including the ability to classify IP traffic and perform
IP traffic routing optimization policies such as routing optimization based on peering policies for IPv4
destinations outside the domain.
MAP-T Mapping Rules

Mapping rules define the mapping between an IPv4 prefix and an IPv4 address or between a shared IPv4
address and an IPv6 prefix/address. Each mapping of address and port using translation (MAP-T) domain
uses a different mapping rule.
A MAP-T configuration has one basic mapping rule (BMR), one default mapping rule (DMR), and one or
more forwarding mapping rules (FMRs) for each MAP-T domain. You must configure the DMR before
configuring the BMR for a MAP-T domain.
The three types of mapping rules are described below:
• A BMR configures the MAP IPv6 address or prefix. The basic mapping rule is configured for the source
address prefix. You can configure only one basic mapping rule per IPv6 prefix. The basic mapping rule
is used by the MAP-T CE to configure itself with an IPv4 address, an IPv4 prefix, or a shared IPv4
address from an IPv6 prefix. The basic mapping rule can also be used for forwarding packets, where an
IPv4 destination address and a destination port are mapped into an IPv6 address/prefix. Every MAP-T
node (a CE device is a MAP-T node) must be provisioned with a basic mapping rule. You can use the
port-parameters command to configure port parameters for the MAP-T BMR.
• A DMR is a mandatory rule that is used for mapping IPv4 information to IPv6 addresses for destinations
outside a MAP-T domain. A 0.0.0.0/0 entry is automatically configured in the MAP rule table (MRT)
for this rule.

226
MAP-T Address Formats
• An FMR is used for forwarding packets. Each FMR results in an entry in the MRT for the rule IPv4
prefix. FMR is an optional rule for mapping IPv4 and IPv6 destinations within a MAP-T domain.
Note FMR is not supported by the Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation
feature.
MAP-T Address Formats

The mapping of address and port using translation (MAP-T) customer edge (CE) device address format is
defined by the IETF draft Mapping of Address and Port (MAP) . Address formats are used during mapping
rule operations to construct the source and destination IPv6 addresses.
Note Forwarding mapping rule (FMR) is not supported by the Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation
feature.
The figure below shows the mapped CE address format as defined in MAP-T configuration. This address
format is used in basic mapping rule (BMR) and FMR operations.
Figure 17: IPv4-Translatable Address for BMR and FMR
The figure below shows the address format used by the MAP-T default mapping rule (DMR), an IPv4-translated
address that is specific to MAP-T configuration.
Figure 18: IPv4-Translated Address for DMR
Packet Forwarding in MAP-T Customer Edge Devices
Note The Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation feature does not support the MAP-T customer edge
(CE) functionality. The CE functionality is provided by third-party devices.
IPv4-to-IPv6 Packet Forwarding

A mapping of address and port using translation (MAP-T) CE device that receives IPv4 packets performs
Network Address Translation (NAT) and creates appropriate NAT stateful bindings. The resulting IPv4 packets
contain the source IPv4 address and the source transport number defined by MAP-T. This IPv4 packet is
forwarded to the CE’s MAP-T, which performs IPv4-to-IPv6 stateless translation. IPv6 source and destination
addresses are then derived by the MAP-T translation, and IPv4 headers are replaced with IPv6 headers.

227
Packet Forwarding in Border Routers

A MAP-T CE device that receives an IPv6 packet performs its regular IPv6 operations. Only the packets that
are addressed to the basic mapping rule (BMR) address are sent to the CE’s MAP-T. All other IPv6 traffic is
forwarded based on the IPv6 routing rules on the CE device. The CE device checks if the transport-layer
destination port number of the packets received from MAP-T is in the range that was configured and forwards
packets that confirm to the port number. The CE device drops all nonconforming packets and responds with
an Internet Control Message Protocol Version 6 (ICMPv6) “Address Unreachable” message.
Packet Forwarding in Border Routers

An incoming IPv4 packet is processed by the IPv4 input interface, and the destination route lookup routes the
IPv4 packet to the mapping of address and port using translation (MAP-T) virtual interface. The border router
compares the packet against the IPv4 prefix lookup unit (PLU) tree to obtain the corresponding basic mapping
rule (BMR), the default mapping rule (DMR), and the forwarding mapping rule (FMR). Based on the BMR
or FMR rules, the border router constructs the IPv6 destination address by encoding the embedded address
(EA) bits and adding a suffix. The IPv6 source address is constructed from the DMR rule.
After the IPv6 source and destination addresses are constructed, the packet uses the Network Address
Translation 64 (NAT64) IPv4-to-IPv6 translation to construct the IPv6 packet. A routing lookup is done on
the IPv6 packet, and the packet is forwarded to the IPv6 egress interface for processing and transmission.

An incoming IPv6 packet is processed by the IPv6 input interface, and the destination route lookup routes the
IPv6 packet to the MAP-T virtual interface. The software compares the packet against the IPv6 PLU tree to
obtain the corresponding BMR, DMR, and FMR rules. The border router checks whether the port-set ID
(PSID) and the port set match. If the port-set ID and port set match, the DMR rule matches the packet destination
of the IPv6 packet. Based on the BMR and FMR, the border router constructs the IPv4 source address and
extracts the IPv4 destination address from the IPv6 destination address. The IPv6 packet uses the NAT64
IPv6-to-IPv4 translation engine to construct the IPv4 packet from the IPv6 packet. A routing lookup is done
on the IPv4 packet, and the IPv4 packet is forwarded to the IPv4 egress interface for processing and
transmission.
ICMP/ICMPv6 Header Translation for MAP-T

Mapping of address and port using translation (MAP-T) customer edge (CE) devices and border routers use
the ICMP/ICMPv6 translation for address sharing of port ranges.
Unlike TCP and UDP, which provide two port fields to represent source and destination addresses, the Internet
Control Message Protocol (ICMP) and ICMP Version 6 (ICMPv6) query message headers have only one ID
field.
When an ICMP query message originates from an IPv4 host that exists beyond a MAP-T CE device, the ICMP
ID field is exclusively used to identify the IPv4 host. The MAP-T CE device rewrites the ID field to a port-set
value that is obtained through the basic mapping rule (BMR) during the IPv4-to-IPv6 translation, and the
border router translates ICMPv6 packets to ICMP.
When a MAP-T border router receives an ICMP packet that contains an ID field that is bound for a shared
address in the MAP-T domain, the MAP-T border router uses the ID field as a substitute for the destination
port to determine the IPv6 destination address. The border router derives the destination IPv6 address by

228
Path MTU Discovery and Fragmentation in MAP-T
mapping the destination IPv4 address without the port information for packets that do not contain the ID field,
and the corresponding CE device translates the ICMPv6 packets to ICMP.
Path MTU Discovery and Fragmentation in MAP-T

Mapping of address and port using translation (MAP-T) uses path maximum transmission unit (MTU) discovery
and fragmentation for IPv4-to-IPv6 translation because the size of IPv4 (more than 20 octets) and IPv6 (40
octets) headers is different. The MTU defines the largest size of a packet that an interface can transmit without
the need to fragment the packet. IP packets larger than the MTU must go through IP fragmentation procedures.
When an IPv4 node performs path MTU discovery by setting the Don't Fragment (DF) bit in the packet header,
path MTU discovery operates end-to-end across the MAP-T border router and customer edge (CE) translators.
During IPv4 path MTU discovery, either the IPv4 device or the IPv6 device can send ICMP “Packet Too Big”
messages to the sender. When IPv6 devices send these messages as Internet Control Message Protocol Version
6 (ICMPv6) errors, the packets that follow the message pass through the translator and result in an appropriate
ICMP error message sent to the IPv4 sender.
When the IPv4 sender does not set the DF bit, the translator fragments the IPv4 packet and includes the packet
with fragment headers to fit the packet in the minimum MTU 1280-byte IPv6 packets. When packets are
fragmented, either by the sender or by IPv4 devices, the low-order 16 bits of the fragment identification are
carried end-to-end across the MAP-T domain to ensure that packets are reassembled correctly.
How to Configure Mapping of Address and Port Using

Translation
Configuring Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation
Before you begin
Prerequisites:
• Configure the ipv6 enable command on interfaces on which you configure the Mapping of Address and
Port Using Translation feature.
• Configure the default mapping rule before you configure the basic mapping rule.
• While configuring mapping of address and port using translation (MAP-T), the default mapping rule
(DMR) prefix, the IPv6 user prefix, and the IPv6 prefix plus the embedded address (EA) bits must be
less than or equal to 64 bits, and the share ratio plus the contiguous ports plus the start port must be 16
bits.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. nat64 map-t domain number
4. default-mapping-rule ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
5. basic-mapping-rule

229
Configuring Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation
6. ipv6-prefix prefix/length
7. ipv4-prefix prefix/length
8. port-parameters share-ratio ratio [start-port port-number]
9. end
10. show nat64 map-t domain number
DETAILED STEPS

Example: • Enter you password if prompted.
Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 nat64 map-t domain number Configures the Network Address Translation 64 (NAT64)
mapping of address and port using translation (MAP-T)
Example:
domain and enters NAT64 MAP-T configuration mode.
Device(config)# nat64 map-t domain 1
Step 4 default-mapping-rule ipv6-prefix/prefix-length Configures the default domain mapping rule for the MAP-T
domain.
Example:
Device(config-nat64-mapt)# default-mapping-rule
2001:DA8:B001:FFFF::/64
Step 5 basic-mapping-rule Configures the basic mapping rule (BMR) for the MAP-T
domain and enters NAT64 MAP-T BMR configuration
Example:
mode.
Device(config-nat64-mapt)# basic-mapping-rule
Step 6 ipv6-prefix prefix/length Configures an IPv6 address and prefix for the MAP-T
BMR.
Example:
Device(config-nat64-mapt-bmr)# ipv6-prefix
2001:DA8:B001::/56
Step 7 ipv4-prefix prefix/length Configures an IPv4 address and prefix for the MAP-T
BMR.
Example:
Device(config-nat64-mapt-bmr)# ipv4-prefix
202.1.0.128/28
Step 8 port-parameters share-ratio ratio [start-port Configures port parameters for the MAP-T BMR.
port-number]
Example:
Device(config-nat64-mapt-bmr)# port-parameters
share-ratio 16 start-port 1024

230
Configuration Examples for Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation

Step 9 end Exits NAT64 MAP-T BMR configuration mode and
returns to privileged EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config-nat64-mapt-bmr)# end
Step 10 show nat64 map-t domain number Displays MAP-T domain information.
Example:
Device# show nat64 map-t domain 1
Example:
The following is sample output from the show nat64 map-t domain command:
Device# show nat64 map-t domain 1
MAP-T Domain 1
Mode MAP-T
Default-mapping-rule
Ip-v6-prefix 2001:DA8:B001:FFFF::/64
Basic-mapping-rule
Ip-v6-prefix 2001:DA8:B001::/56
Ip-v4-prefix 202.1.0.128/28
Port-parameters
Share-ratio 16 Contiguous-ports 64 Start-port 1024
Share-ratio-bits 4 Contiguous-ports-bits 6 Port-offset-bits 6
Configuration Examples for Mapping of Address and Port Using

Translation
Example: Configuring Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation
Device(config-nat64-mapt)# $ping-rule 2001:DA8:B001:FFFF::/64
Device(config-nat64-mapt-bmr)# ipv6-prefix 2001:DA8:B001::/56
Device(config-nat64-mapt-bmr)# ipv4-prefix 202.1.0.128/28
Device(config-nat64-mapt-bmr)# $ters share-ratio 16 start-port 1024
Example: MAP-T Deployment Scenario

The following illustration shows a mapping of address and port using translation (MAP-T) deployment
scenario.
The following is the configuration for the MAP-T deployment scenario:

231
Additional References for Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation
Device(config)# nat64 map-t

Device(config-nat64-mapt)# $ping-rule 2001:DA8:B001:FFFF::/64
Device(config-nat64-mapt-bmr)# ipv6-prefix 2001:DA8:B001::/56
Device(config-nat64-mapt-bmr)# ipv4-prefix 202.1.0.128/28
Device(config-nat64-mapt-bmr)# $ters share-ratio 16 start-port 1024
At the PC:
An IPv4 packet goes from 202.1.0.130 to 11.1.1.1. At the customer edge (CE) device the Mapping
of address and port mapping using translation (MAP-T) function translates the packet to Src:
2201:DA8:B001:2E:0:CA01:82:E00 Dest: 2001:DA8:B001:FFFF:B:0101:0100:0.
At the border router the MAP-T border router translates the packet to
Packet goes from 192.168.1.2 ---> 74.1.1.1, source 4000, destination port : 5000
At the CPE the MAP-T CE function translates the
packet to Src: 2201:DA8:B001:2E:0:CA01:82:E00 Dest: 2001:DA8:B001:FFFF:B:0101:0100:0.
At the BR the MAP-T BR function translates the packet to
Src:203.38.102.130 Dst:74.1.1.1 SrcPort:4000 DstPort:5000
From End device:
Src:74.1.1.1 Dst:203.38.102.130 SrcPort:4000 DstPort:5000
At the BR the MAP-T BR function translates the packet to
Src: 2201:DA8:B001:2E:0:CA01:82:E00 Dest: 2001:DA8:B001:FFFF:B:0101:0100:0.
At the CE the MAP-T CE function translates the packet from
Src: 2201:DA8:B001:2E:0:CA01:82:E00 Dest: 2001:DA8:B001:FFFF:B:0101:0100:0.
To
Src:74.1.1.1 Dst:203.38.102.130 SrcPort:4000 Dstport:5000
Additional References for Mapping of Address and Port Using

Translation
Related Documents

232
Feature Information for Mapping of Address and Port Using Translation
Standards and RFCs
Standard/RFC Title
MAP Mapping of Address and Port (MAP)
MAP Translation MAP Translation (MAP-T) - specification
RFC 6052 IPv6 Addressing of IPv4/IPv6 Translators
RFC 6144 Framework for IPv4/IPv6 Translation
RFC 6145 IP/ICMP Translation Algorithm
Description Link

Feature Information for Mapping of Address and Port Using

Translation
Glossary
EA bits—Embedded address bits. The IPv4 EA bits in the IPv6 address identify an IPv4 prefix/address (or
part thereof) or a shared IPv4 address (or part thereof) and a port-set identifier.
IP fragmentation—The process of breaking a datagram into a number of pieces that can be reassembled
later. The IP source, destination, identification, total length, and fragment offset fields, along with the More
fragments and Don't Fragment (DF) flags in the IP header, are used for IP fragmentation and reassembly. A
DF bit is a bit within the IP header that determines whether a device is allowed to fragment a packet.
IPv4-translatable address—IPv6 addresses that are used to represent IPv4 hosts. These addresses have an
explicit mapping relationship to IPv6 addresses. This relationship is self-described by mapping the IPv4
address in the IPv6 address. Both stateless and stateful translators use IPv4-translatable (also called
IPv4-converted) IPv6 addresses to represent IPv4 hosts.
IPv6-translatable address—IPv6 addresses that are assigned to IPv6 hosts for stateless translation. These
IPv6-translatable addresses (also called IPv6-converted addresses) have an explicit mapping relationship to
IPv4 addresses. This relationship is self-described by mapping the IPv4 address in the IPv6 address. The
stateless translator uses corresponding IPv4 addresses to represent IPv6 hosts. The stateful translator does not

233
Glossary
use IPv6-translatable addresses because IPv6 hosts are represented by the IPv4 address pool in the translator
via dynamic states.
MAP rule—A set of parameters that define the mapping between an IPv4 prefix, an IPv4 address or a shared
IPv4 address, and an IPv6 prefix or address. Each MAP domain uses a different mapping rule set.
MAP-T border router—A mapping of address and port using translation (MAP-T)-enabled router or translator
at the edge of a MAP domain that provides connectivity to the MAP-T domain. A border relay router has at
least one IPv6-enabled interface and one IPv4 interface connected to the native IPv4 network, and this router
can serve multiple MAP-T domains.
MAP-T CE—A device that functions as a customer edge (CE) router in a MAP-T deployment. A typical
MAP-T CE device that adopts MAP rules serves a residential site with one WAN-side interface and one or
more LAN-side interfaces. A MAP-T CE device can also be referred to as a “CE” within the context of a
MAP-T domain.
MAP-T domain—Mapping of address and port using translation (MAP-T) domain. One or more customer
edge (CE) devices and a border router, all connected to the same IPv6 network. A service provider may deploy
a single MAP-T domain or use multiple MAP domains.
MRT—MAP rule table. Address and port-aware data structure that supports the longest match lookups. The
MRT is used by the MAP-T forwarding function.
path MTU—Path maximum transmission unit (MTU) discovery prevents fragmentation in the path between
endpoints. Path MTU discovery is used to dynamically determine the lowest MTU along the path from a
packet’s source to its destination. Path MTU discovery is supported only by TCP and UDP. Path MTU
discovery is mandatory in IPv6, but it is optional in IPv4. IPv6 devices never fragment a packet—only the
sender can fragment packets.
stateful translation—Creates a per-flow state when the first packet in a flow is received. A translation
algorithm is said to be stateful if the transmission or reception of a packet creates or modifies a data structure
in the relevant network element. Stateful translation allows the use of multiple translators interchangeably
and also some level of scalability. Stateful translation enables IPv6 clients and peers without mapped IPv4
addresses to connect to IPv4-only servers and peers.
stateless translation—A translation algorithm that is not stateful. A stateless translation requires configuring
a static translation table or may derive information algorithmically from the messages that it is translating.
Stateless translation requires less computational overhead than stateful translation. It also requires less memory
to maintain the state because the translation tables and the associated methods and processes exist in a stateful
algorithm and do not exist in a stateless one. Stateless translation enables IPv4-only clients and peers to initiate
connections to IPv6-only servers or peers that are equipped with IPv4-embedded IPv6 addresses. It also
enables scalable coordination of IPv4-only stub networks or ISP IPv6-only networks. Because the source port
in an IPv6-to-IPv4 translation may have to be changed to provide adequate flow identification, the source
port in the IPv4-to-IPv6 direction need not be changed.

234
CHAPTER 17
Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64
The Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64 feature allows you to disable flow cache entries for
dynamic and static Network Address Translation (NAT) translations. Disabling flow cache entries for dynamic
and static translations saves memory usage and helps in the scaling of NAT translations.
Note Disabling flow cache entries results in lesser performance as this functionality does multiple database
searches to find the most specific translation to use.
This module describes the feature and explains how to configure it.
• Restrictions for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64, on page 235
• Information About Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64, on page 236
• How to Disable Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64, on page 237
• Configuration Examples for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64, on page 243
• Additional References for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64, on page 244
• Feature Information for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64, on page 245
Restrictions for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64

• You cannot disable flow cache entries in interface overload configuration because session entries are
created even if flow entry creation is disabled.
• Flow cache entries are created for application layer gateway (ALG) traffic because flow-specific
information needs to be stored in the session entry for ALG traffic.

235
Information About Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64
Information About Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and

NAT64
Disabling of Flow Cache Entries Overview
By default, Network Address Translation (NAT) creates a session (which is a 5-tuple entry) for every translation.
A session is also called a flow cache entry. Flow cache entries create a NAT translation for every Internet
Control Message Protocol (ICMP), TCP, and UDP flow and, hence, consume a lot of system memory.
Port Address Translation (PAT) or interface overload configurations must have flow cache entries enabled.
However, dynamic and static NAT configurations can disable flow cache entries. Instead of creating sessions,
dynamic and static NAT translations can translate a packet off the binding (or bindings if both inside and
outside bindings are available). A binding or a half entry is an association between a local IP address and a
global IP address.
Note NAT, NAT64 (stateful and stateless), and carrier-grade NAT (CGN) translations support the disabling
of flow cache entries.
When flow cache entry is enabled and a user has 100 sessions, 1 bind and 100 session are created. However,
when flow cache entry is disabled, only one single bind is created for these sessions. Disabling flow cache
entries for dynamic and static translations saves memory usage and provides more scalability for your dynamic
or static translations.
Note Disabling flow cache entries will result in lesser performance as this functionality performs multiple
database searches to find the most specific translation to use.
When a packet is received for translation, the following processing happens:

• If your NAT configuration is PAT, the configuration to disable flow cache entries is ignored and the
packet is processed normally.
• If your configuration is not PAT, the following processing happens:
• If the packet is an application layer gateway (ALG) packet, a session is created.
• If the packet is a non-ALG packet, a temporary session is created and this session is sent for
translation. The packet is sent to Layer 3 or Layer 4 if your configuration is NAT or to Layer 4 or
Layer 7 if your configuration is NAT64 (stateful or stateless).

236
How to Disable Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64
How to Disable Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64

Disabling Flow Cache Entries in Dynamic NAT
Flow cache entries are enabled by default when Network Address Translation (NAT) is configured. To disable
flow cache entries, use the no ip nat create flow-entries command. Perform this task to disable flow cache
entries in the dynamic translation of inside source address.
Note Port Address Translation (PAT) or interface overload configuration, which is a type of dynamic NAT,
requires flow cache entries. You cannot disable flow cache entries for PAT configurations.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
4. access-list access-list-number permit source source-wildcard
6. no ip nat create flow-entries
9. ip nat inside
10. exit
13. ip nat outside
14. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Example:

237
Disabling Flow Cache Entries in Dynamic NAT

Device(config)# ip nat pool net-208 172.16.233.208
172.16.233.223 prefix-length 28
Step 4 access-list access-list-number permit source Defines a standard access list that permits IP addresses
source-wildcard that are to be translated.
Example:
0.0.0.255
Step 5 ip nat inside source list access-list-number pool name Establishes a dynamic source translation by specifying the
pool and the access list specified in Steps 3 and 4,
Example:
respectively.
net-208
Step 6 no ip nat create flow-entries Disables the creation of flow cache entries.
Example:
Device(config)# no ip nat create flow-entries
Step 7 interface type number Specifies an interface and enters interface configuration
mode.
Example:
Example:
255.255.255.0
subject to NAT.
Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
mode.
Example:

Example:
255.255.255.240
Step 13 ip nat outside Connects an interface to the outside network.

Example:

238
Disabling Flow Cache Entries in Static NAT64

EXEC mode.
Example:

Flow cache entries are enabled by default in NAT. Perform the following task to disable flow entries in your
stateful Network Address Translation 64 (NAT64) configuration.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
6. ipv6 enable
8. nat64 enable
9. exit
13. nat64 enable
14. exit
16. nat64 v6v4 static ipv6-address ipv4-address
17. nat64 settings flow-entries disable
18. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

Example:

239

Step 4 interface type number Specifies an interface type and enters interface
configuration mode.
Example:

Example:
ipv6

Example:
Example:

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 10 interface type number Specifies an interface type and enters interface
configuration mode.
Example:

Example:
ipv4

Example:
255.255.255.0

Example:

240
Disabling Flow Cache Entries in Static CGN

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 15 nat64 prefix stateful ipv6-prefix/length Defines the stateful NAT64 prefix to be added to IPv4
Example:
Device(config)# nat64 prefix stateful • The stateful NAT64 prefix can be configured in global
2001:DB8:1::1/96 configuration mode or in interface mode.
Step 16 nat64 v6v4 static ipv6-address ipv4-address Enables NAT64 IPv6-to-IPv4 static address mapping.
Example:
209.165.201.1
Step 17 nat64 settings flow-entries disable Disables flow cache entries in the NAT64 configuration.
Example:
Device(config)# nat64 settings flow-entries
disable

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end

Flow cache entries are enabled by default when Network Address Translation (NAT) is configured. Perform
this task to disable flow cache entries in a static carrier-grade NAT (CGN) configuration.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
5. no ip nat create flow-entries
6. interface virtual-template number
7. ip nat inside
8. exit
10. ip nat outside
11. end

241
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

Example:
Step 4 ip nat inside source static local-ip global-ip Enables static CGN of the inside source address.
Example:
192.168.2.1 192.168.34.2
Step 5 no ip nat create flow-entries Disables flow cache entries in static CGN mode.
Example:
Step 6 interface virtual-template number Creates a virtual template interface that can be configured
and applied dynamically when creating virtual access
Example:
interfaces and enters interface configuration mode.
Device(config)# interface virtual-template 1
subject to NAT.
Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
mode.
Example:
Step 10 ip nat outside Connects an interface to the outside network.

Example:

EXEC mode.
Example:

242
Configuration Examples for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64

Configuration Examples for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in

NAT and NAT64
Example: Disabling Flow Cache Entries in Dynamic NAT
Device(config)# ip nat pool net-208 172.16.233.208 172.16.233.223 prefix-length 28
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list 1 pool net-208
Example: Disabling Flow Cache Entries in Static NAT64

The following example shows a static stateful Network Address Translation 64 (NAT64):
Device(config)# nat64 prefix stateful 2001:DB8:1::1/96
Device(config)# nat64 v6v4 static 2001:DB8:1::FFFE 209.165.201.1
Device(config)# nat64 settings flow-entries disable
Device(config)# end
Example: Disabling Flow Cache Entries in Static CGN

The following example shows a stateful carrier-grade NAT (CGN) configuration that disables the
creation of flow cache entries:

243
Additional References for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64

Device(config)# ip nat inside source static 192.168.2.1 192.168.34.2
Device(config)# interface virtual-template 1
Additional References for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT

and NAT64
Related Documents

Cisco IOS Cisco IOS Master Command List, All Releases
commands
Carrier-grade NAT “Carrier-Grade Network Address Translation” module in IP Addressing NAT

Configuration Guide
Stateful NAT64 “Stateful Network Address Translation 64” module in IP Addressing NAT Configuration
Guide
Stateless NAT64 “Stateless Network Address Translation 64” module in IP Addressing NAT
Configuration Guide
Description Link
ID and password.

244
Feature Information for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64
Feature Information for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT

and NAT64
Table 16: Feature Information for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64
Disabling Flow Cache Cisco IOS XE Release The Disabling of Flow Cache Entries in NAT and
Entries in NAT and 3.10S NAT64 feature allows you to disable flow entries for
NAT64 dynamic and static NAT translations. By default, flow
entries are created for all Network Address Translation
(NAT) translations.
The following commands were introduced or modified:
ip nat create flow-entries, nat64 settings flow-entries
disable, and show ip nat translations.

245
Feature Information for Disabling Flow Cache Entries in NAT and NAT64

246
CHAPTER 18
Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT
The ability of Network Address Translation (NAT) to consistently represent a local IP address as a single
global IP address is termed paired address pooling. Paired address pooling is supported only on Port Address
Translation (PAT).
Prior to the introduction of the Paired-Address-Pooling Support feature, if you have a PAT configuration, and
you need a new global address or port, the next available address in the IP address pool is allocated. There
was no mechanism to ensure that a local address is consistently mapped to a single global address. The
Paired-Address-Pooling Support feature provides the ability to consistently map a local address to a global
address.
Starting from IOS XE Polaris 16.8 release, you can specify an NAT pool for which PAP support is to be
activated. This feature is helpful when you have to apply PAP support to a specific dynamic NAT traffic
stream.
• Restrictions for Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT, on page 247
• Information About Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT, on page 248
• How to Configure Paired-Address-Pooling Support , on page 249
• How to Configure Paired-Address-Pooling Support For a NAT Pool, on page 251
• Configuration Examples for Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT, on page 253
• Additional References for Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT, on page 254
• Feature Information for Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT, on page 254
Restrictions for Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT

Paired address pooling uses more memory, and the scaling of translations is much lower than standard Network
Address Translation (NAT) configuration due to the following reasons:
• Use of a new data structure that tracks each local address.
• Use of the paired-address-pooling limit. When the number of users on a global address reaches the
configured limit, the next global address is used for paired address pooling. The paired-address-pooling
limit uses more memory and requires more global addresses in the address pool than standard NAT.
• Two IP address pools with same IP addresses in two different mapping is not supported.
The following example shows two non-VRF mappings. The addresses used in these two pools mappings
should not overlap.
ip nat pool natpool1 83.0.0.56 83.0.0.56 prefix-length 24

247
Information About Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT

ip nat inside source list acl2 pool natpool2 overload
ip nat inside source list acl1 pool natpool1 overload
This following example is a combination of non-VRF and VRF-to-global mappings. In this example as
well, sharing IP addresses in pools are not supported.
ip nat inside source list acl2 pool natpool2 overload //non-vrf mapping//
ip nat inside source list acl1 pool natpool1 vrf vrf1 overload //vrf mapping//
The only case where same pools can be used in two different mapping is for the match-in-vrf mappings.
Information About Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT

Paired-Address-Pooling Support Overview
An IP address pool is a group of IP addresses. You create an IP address pool by assigning a range of IP
addresses and a name to it. You allocate or assign addresses in the pool to users.
The ability of Network Address Translation (NAT) to consistently represent a local IP address as a single
global IP address is termed paired address pooling. A local address is any address that appears on the inside
of a network, and a global address is any address that appears on the outside of the network. You can configure
paired address pooling only for Port Address Translation (PAT) because dynamic and static NAT configurations
are paired configurations by default. PAT, also called overloading, is a form of dynamic NAT that maps
multiple, unregistered IP addresses to a single, registered IP address (many-to-one) by using different ports.
Paired address pooling is supported in both classic (default) and carrier-grade NAT (CGN) mode.
In a paired-address-pooling configuration, a local address is consistently represented as a single global address.
For example, if User A is paired with the global address G1, that pairing will last as long as there are active
sessions for User A. If there are no active sessions, the pairing is removed. When User A has active sessions
again, the user may be paired with a different global address.
If a local address initiates new sessions, and resources (ports) are insufficient for its global address, packets
are dropped. When the number of users on a global address reaches the configured limit, the next global
address is used for paired address pooling. When a user who is associated with a global address through paired
address pooling is unable to get a port number, then the packet is dropped, the NAT drop code is incremented,
and Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) messages are not sent.
Paired-address-pooling uses the fill-it-up method for address selection. The fill-it-up method fits (adds) the
maximum possible users into a single global address before going to the next global address.

248
How to Configure Paired-Address-Pooling Support
How to Configure Paired-Address-Pooling Support

Configuring Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT
Note If you change the Network Address Translation (NAT) configuration mode to paired-address-pooling
configuration mode and vice versa, all existing NAT sessions are removed.
To configure NAT paired-address-pooling mode, use the ip nat settings pap command. To remove it, use
the no ip nat settings pap command.
After you configure paired-address-pooling mode, all pool-overload mappings will act in the
paired-address-pooling manner.
Based on your NAT configuration, you can use NAT static or dynamic rules.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat settings pap [limit {1000 | 120 | 250 | 30 | 500 | 60}]
9. ip nat inside
10. exit
13. ip nat outside
14. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

249
Configuring Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT

Step 3 ip nat settings pap [limit {1000 | 120 | 250 | 30 | 500 | Configures NAT paired address pooling configuration
60}] mode.
Example: • Use the limit keyword to limit of the number of local
Device(config)# ip nat settings pap addresses you can use per global address. The default
is 120.
Example:
192.168.202.129 192.168.202.158 netmask
255.255.255.240
Step 5 access-list access-list-number permit source Defines a standard access list permitting addresses that are
[source-wildcard] to be translated.
Example:
0.0.0.255
Step 6 ip nat inside source list access-list-number pool name Establishes dynamic Port Address Translation (PAT) or
overload NAT overload and specifies the access list and the IP
address pool defined in Step 4 and Step 5.
Example:
net-208 overload
mode.
Example:
Example:
255.255.255.0
subject to NAT.
Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
mode.
Example:

250
How to Configure Paired-Address-Pooling Support For a NAT Pool

Example:
255.255.255.240

Example:

EXEC mode.
Example:
How to Configure Paired-Address-Pooling Support For a NAT

Pool
Configuring Paired-Address-Pooling Support For a NAT Pool
Note If you change the Network Address Translation (NAT) configuration mode to paired-address-pooling
configuration mode and vice versa, all existing NAT sessions are removed.
To configure NAT paired-address-pooling mode, use the ip nat settings pap command. To remove it, use
the no ip nat settings pap command.
After you configure paired-address-pooling mode, all pool-overload mappings will act in the
paired-address-pooling manner.
Based on your NAT configuration, you can use NAT static or dynamic rules.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat settings pap [limit {1000 | 120 | 250 | 30 | 500 | 60}]
9. ip nat inside
10. exit

251
Configuring Paired-Address-Pooling Support For a NAT Pool

13. ip nat outside
14. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat settings pap [limit {1000 | 120 | 250 | 30 | 500 | Configures NAT paired address pooling configuration
60}] mode.
Example: • Use the limit keyword to limit of the number of local
Device(config)# ip nat settings pap addresses you can use per global address. The default
is 120.
Example:
192.168.202.129 192.168.202.158 netmask
255.255.255.240
Step 5 access-list access-list-number permit source Defines a standard access list permitting addresses that are
[source-wildcard] to be translated.
Example:
0.0.0.255
Step 6 ip nat inside source list access-list-number pool name Establishes dynamic Port Address Translation (PAT) or
overload NAT overload and specifies the access list and the IP
address pool defined in Step 4 and Step 5.
Example:
net-208 overload
mode.
Example:
Example:

252
Configuration Examples for Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT

255.255.255.0
subject to NAT.
Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
mode.
Example:
Example:
255.255.255.240

Example:

EXEC mode.
Example:
Configuration Examples for Paired-Address-Pooling Support in

NAT
Example: Configuring Paired Address Pooling Support in NAT
The following example shows how to configure paired address pooling along with Network Address
Translation (NAT) rules. This example shows a dynamic NAT configuration with access lists and
address pools. Based on your NAT configuration, you can configure static or dynamic NAT rules.
Device(config)# ip nat settings pap
Device(config)# ip nat pool net-208 192.168.202.129 192.168.202.158 netmask 255.255.255.240
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list 1 pool net-208 overload

253
Additional References for Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT
Additional References for Paired-Address-Pooling Support in

NAT
Related Documents

Commands
Description Link
ID and password.
Feature Information for Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT

Table 17: Feature Information for Paired-Address-Pooling Support in NAT
Paired-Address-Pooling Cisco IOS XE Release 3.9S The ability of Network Address Translation (NAT)
Support in NAT to consistently represent a local IP address as a
single global IP address is termed paired address
pooling. Paired address pooling is supported only
on Port Address Translation (PAT).
The following command was introduced or
modified: ip nat settings pap.

254
CHAPTER 19
Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation
The Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation feature allocates a block of ports for translation instead of
allocating individual ports. This feature is supported only in carrier-grade Network Address Translation (CGN)
mode.
This module provides information about the feature and how to configure it.
• Prerequisites for Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation, on page 255
• Restrictions for Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation, on page 255
• Information About Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation, on page 256
• How to Configure Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation, on page 258
• Configuration Examples for Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation, on page 260
• Additional References for Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation, on page 262
Prerequisites for Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation

• Enable the carrier-grade Network Address Translation (CGN) mode before enabling the Bulk Logging
and Port Block Allocation feature.
• Enable paired-address pooling for this feature to work.
Restrictions for Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation

• The Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation feature is not supported on interface overload configurations
because Network Address Translation (NAT) does not own the port space, the device owns it. You can
configure an interface-overload mapping with this feature; however, no messages will be logged for the
configuration.
• Destination information is not logged.
• Application layer gateways (ALGs) that require consecutive port pairings only work when bulk-port
allocation is configured with a step size of one. For more information on step size, see “Bulk Logging
and Port Block Allocation Overview, on page 256.”
• Only bulk logging of messages is performed when this feature is enabled.

255
Information About Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation
• ALG ports can be used for bulk-port allocation; however, this can cause degraded performance in sessions
associated with these ports. If your configuration does not need ALGs, we recommend that you disable
ALGs using the CLI.
• Syslog is not supported.
• Low ports, ports below 1024, are not supported; any application that requires a low port does not work
with this feature.
• Bulk-port allocation pools must not overlap with static NAT mappings (particularly static mappings with
ports) for this feature to work.
• The ip nat service full-range command is not supported.
Information About Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation

Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation Overview
The Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation feature allocates ports to users in blocks, instead of allocating
individual ports. When a session is started from inside the network, instead of allocating a single global IP
address and a global port, multiple global ports of a single global IP address are allocated for Network Address
Translation (NAT) of traffic. Based on the volume of translations, additional blocks of ports can be allocated.
To allocate port sets, you can use either the consecutive port-set method or the scattered port-set method. In
the consecutive port-set method, a user is allocated a set of ports with consecutive port numbers. It is easy to
determine the port numbers in the consecutive method and this as a result, can be a security threat.
The Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation feature uses the scattered port-set method, which allows you to
define a start port number, a step value, and the number of ports to allocate. For example, if the starting port
number is 4000, the step value is four, and the number of ports is 512, then the step value of four is added to
4000 to get the second port number. Four is added again to 4004 to get the third port number and this process
repeats until you have 512 ports in the port set. This method of port-set allocation provides better security.
Some application layer gateways (ALGs) require two consecutive global ports to operate correctly. These
ALGs are supported with this feature only when a step value of one is configured, which allocates a consecutive
port set.
You must enable NAT paired-address pooling support for this feature to work. This feature also supports
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).
Note This feature is supported only in carrier-grade NAT (CGN) mode; therefore only source information is
logged when this feature is configured. Destination information is not logged. For more information
about CGN, see the “Carrier-Grade Network Address Translation" module in IP Addressing: NAT
Configuration Guide.
Port Size in Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation

Port size is configurable and determines the number of ports allocated in each port set. However, ports below
1024, also known as low ports, will not work when bulk logging and port-block allocation is configured.

256
High-Speed Logging in Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation
The first port that is allocated is always the first port in the set. Initially, ports are likely to be allocated in a
linear method; however, as sessions are released and ports are freed, the allocation is semi-random. A port
set is freed when the last session referencing it is freed.
A few port sets are reserved for users using a specific global IP address. Therefore, when allocated ports are
used up, a session can use a reserved port set. If all reserved port sets are used, the session is dropped.
The default port size is 512 ports, but it can differ based on the configured paired-address pooling limit. The
following table provides information of the default port size when various paired-address pooling limits are
configured:
Table 18: Default Port Size Based on Paired-Address Pooling Support
Paired-Address Pooling Limit Default Bulk-Port Allocation Port Maximum Port Step Size
Size
120 512 ports 8
30 2048 ports 2
60 1024 ports 4
250 256 ports 4
500 128 ports 8
1000 64 ports 16
High-Speed Logging in Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation

The Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation feature reduces the volume of Network Address Translation
(NAT) high-speed logging (HSL). The reduction is accomplished by dynamically allocating a block of global
ports instead of a single global port.
Messages are usually logged when a session is created and destroyed. In bulk port allocation, messages are
logged when a port set is allocated or freed.
The following table provides information about HSL fields, their format and value:
Table 19: HSL Field Description
Source IP address IPv4 address 8 Varies
Translated source address IPv4 address 225 Varies
VRF1 ID 32-bit ID 234 Varies
Protocol 8-bit value 4 Varies
Event 8-bit value 230 • 0—Invalid

• 1—Add event
• 2—Delete event

257
How to Configure Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation
UNIX timestamp in 64-bit value 323 Varies

milliseconds
Port block start 16-bit port 361 Varies
Port block step size 16-bit step size 363 Varies
Number of ports in the 16-bit number 364 Varies

block
1
virtual routing and forwarding
How to Configure Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation

Configuring Bulk Logging and Port-Block Allocation
Before you configure bulk logging and port-block allocation, you must:
• Enable carrier-grade Network Address Translation (CGN) mode.
• Enable NAT paired-address pooling.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
4. ip nat inside
5. exit
7. ip nat outside
8. exit
13. ip nat settings pap bpa set-size 512 step-size 8
14. ip nat log translations flow-export v9 udp destination addr port
15. end

258
Configuring Bulk Logging and Port-Block Allocation
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
mode.
Example:
subject to Network Address Translation (NAT).
Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
mode.
Example:

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 9 ip nat settings mode cgn Enables CGN mode.

Example:
Example:
192.168.202.129 192.168.202.132 prefix-length 24

259
Configuration Examples for Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation

Step 11 access-list access-list-number permit source Defines a standard access list that permits addresses that
[source-wildcard] are to be translated.
Example:
Device(config)# access-list 1 permit source
192.168.34.0 0.0.0.255
Step 12 ip nat inside source list access-list-number pool name Establishes dynamic NAT by specifying the access list
and the IP address pool defined in Step 10 and Step 11.
Example:
net-208
Step 13 ip nat settings pap bpa set-size 512 step-size 8 Configures bulk-port allocation.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat settings pap bpa set-size
512 step-size 8
Step 14 ip nat log translations flow-export v9 udp destination Enables the high-speed logging (HSL) of all NAT
addr port translations.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat log translations
flow-export v9 udp destination 10.1.1.1 2055

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end
Step 16 show ip nat translations Displays active NAT translations.

Example:
Configuration Examples for Bulk Logging and Port Block

Allocation
Example: Configuring Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation
In the following example, dynamic carrier-grade NAT (CGN) and paired-address pooling is configured
for bulk-port allocation.

260
Verifying Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation
Device(config)# ip nat pool net-208 192.168.202.129 192.168.202.132 prefix-length 24
Device(config)# access-list 1 permit source 192.168.34.0 0.0.0.255
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list 1 pool net-208
Device(config)# ip nat settings pap bpa set-size 512 step-size 8
Device(config)# ip nat log translations flow-export v9 udp destination 10.1.1.1 2055
Device(config)# end
Verifying Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation

SUMMARY STEPS
1. show ip nat bpa
2. show ip nat pool namepool-name
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1 show ip nat bpa

Example:
Device# show ip nat bpa
Displays Network Address Translation (NAT) bulk logging and port-block allocation settings.
The following is sample output from the show ip nat bpa command:
Device# show ip nat bpa
Paired Address Pooling (PAP)

Limit: 120 local addresses per global address
Bulk Port Allocation (BPA)
Port set size: 1024 ports in each port set allocation
Port step size: 1
Single set: True
Step 2 show ip nat pool namepool-name

Example:
Device# show ip nat pool name pool1
Displays NAT pool and port statistics.

The following is sample output from the show ip nat pool name pool1 command:
NAT Pool Statistics

Pool name pool1, id 1
Assigned Available
Addresses 0 5
UDP Low Ports 0 0
TCP Low Ports 0 0
UDP High Ports 0 150
TCP High Ports 0 150
(Low ports are less than 1024. High ports are greater than or equal to 1024.)
The following is sample output from the show ip nat pool name pool3 command:

261
Additional References for Bulk Logging and Port Block Allocation
NAT Pool Statistics

Pool name pool3, id 4
Assigned Available
Addresses 0 9
UDP Low Ports 0 0
TCP Low Ports 0 0
UDP High Ports 0 1080
TCP High Ports 0 1080
(Low ports are less than 1024. High ports are greater than or equal to 1024.)
Additional References for Bulk Logging and Port Block

Allocation
Related Documents

Cisco IOS Commands Master Command List
Carrier-grade NAT “Carrier-Grade Network Address Translation” module in the IP Addressing

NAT Configuration Guide
Paired-address pooling “Paired-Address Pooling Support in NAT” module in the IP Addressing NAT
support Configuration Guide
Description Link
ID and password.

262
CHAPTER 20
MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT
The MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT feature provides support for the Microsoft (MS) Remote
Procedure Call (RPC) application-level gateway (ALG) on the firewall and Network Address Translation
(NAT). The MSRPC ALG provides deep packet inspection (DPI) of the MSRPC protocol. The MSRPC ALG
works in conjunction with a provisioning system to allow the network administrator to configure match filters
to define match criteria that can be searched in an MSRPC packet.
The MSRPC ALG additionally supports the Virtual Transport Control Protocol (vTCP) functionality which
provides a framework for various ALG protocols to appropriately handle the TCP segmentation and parse
the segments in the Cisco IOS zone-based firewall, Network Address Translation (NAT) and other applications.
• Prerequisites for MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT, on page 263
• Restrictions for MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT, on page 263
• Information About MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT, on page 264
• How to Configure MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT, on page 266
• Configuration Examples for MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT, on page 270
• Feature Information for MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT, on page 272
Prerequisites for MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT

• You must enable the Cisco IOS XE firewall and Network Address Translation (NAT) before applying
the Microsoft (MS) Remote Procedure Call (RPC) application-level gateway (ALG) on packets.
Note MSRPC ALG is automatically enabled if traffic is sent to TCP port 135 by either Cisco IOS XE firewall
or NAT, or both.
Restrictions for MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT

• Only TCP-based MSRPC is supported.
• You cannot configure the allow and reset commands together.
• You must configure the match protocol msrpc command for DPI.

263
Information About MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT
• Only traffic that reaches destination port 135 is supported. This setting can be changed by configuration.
Information About MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT

Application-Level Gateways
An application-level gateway (ALG), also known as an application-layer gateway, is an application that
translates the IP address information inside the payload of an application packet. An ALG is used to interpret
the application-layer protocol and perform firewall and Network Address Translation (NAT) actions. These
actions can be one or more of the following depending on your configuration of the firewall and NAT:
• Allow client applications to use dynamic TCP or UDP ports to communicate with the server application.
• Recognize application-specific commands and offer granular security control over them.
• Synchronize multiple streams or sessions of data between two hosts that are exchanging data.
• Translate the network-layer address information that is available in the application payload.
The firewall opens a pinhole, and NAT performs translation service on any TCP or UDP traffic that does not
carry the source and destination IP addresses in the application-layer data stream. Specific protocols or
applications that embed IP address information require the support of an ALG.
MSRPC
MSRPC is a framework that developers use to publish a set of applications and services for servers and
enterprises. RPC is an interprocess communication technique that allows the client and server software to
communicate over the network. MSRPC is an application-layer protocol that is used by a wide array of
Microsoft applications. MSRPC supports both connection-oriented (CO) and connectionless (CL) Distributed
Computing Environment (DCE) RPC modes over a wide variety of transport protocols. All services of MSRPC
establish an initial session that is referred to as the primary connection. A secondary session over a port range
between 1024 to 65535 as the destination port is established by some services of MSRPC.
For MSRPC to work when firewall and NAT are enabled, in addition to inspecting MSRPC packets, the ALG
is required to handle MSRPC specific issues like establishing dynamic firewall sessions and fixing the packet
content after the NAT.
By applying MSRPC protocol inspection, most MSRPC services are supported, eliminating the need for Layer
7 policy filters.
MSRPC ALG on Firewall

After you configure the firewall to inspect the MSRPC protocol, the MSRPC ALG starts parsing MSRPC
messages. The following table describes the types of Protocol Data Units (PDU) supported by the MSRPC
ALG Support on Firewall and NAT feature:

264
MSRPC ALG on NAT
Table 20: Supported PDU Types
PDU Number Type Description
REQUEST 0 call Initiates a call request.
RESPONSE 2 call Responds to a call request.
FAULT 3 call Indicates an RPC runtime, RPC stub, or

RPC-specific exception.
BIND 11 association Initiates the presentation negotiation for

the body data.
BIND_ACK 12 association Accepts a bind request.
BIND_NAK 13 association Rejects an association request.
ALTER_CONTEXT 14 association Requests additional presentation

negotiation for another interface and/or
version, or to negotiate a new security
context, or both.
ALTER_CONTEXT_RESP 15 association Responds to the ALTER_CONTEXT

PDU. Valid values are accept or deny.
SHUTDOWN 17 call Requests a client to terminate the

connection and free the related resources.
CO_CANCEL 18 call Cancels or orphans a connection. This

message is sent when a client encounters
a cancel fault.
ORPHANED 19 call Terminates a request that in progress and

that has not been entirely transmitted yet,
or aborts a (possibly lengthy) response
that is in progress.
MSRPC ALG on NAT

When NAT receives an MSRPC packet, it invokes the MSRPC ALG that parses the packet payload and forms
a token to translate any embedded IP addresses. This token is passed to NAT, which translates addresses or
ports as per your NAT configuration. The translated addresses are then written back into the packet payload
by the MSRPC ALG.
If you have configured both the firewall and NAT, NAT calls the ALG first.
MSRPC Stateful Parser

The MSRPC state machine or the parser is the brain of the MSRPC ALG. The MSRPC stateful parser keeps
all stateful information within the firewall or NAT depending on which feature invokes the parser first. The
parser provides DPI of MSRPC protocol packets. It checks for protocol conformance and detects

265
How to Configure MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT
out-of-sequence commands and malformed packets. As the packet is parsed, the state machine records various
data and fills in the correct token information for NAT and firewall inspection.
How to Configure MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT
Note By default, MSRPC ALG is automatically enabled when NAT is enabled. There is no need to explicitly
enable MSRPC ALG in the NAT-only configuration. You can use the no ip nat service msrpc command
to disable MSRPC ALG on NAT.
Configuring a Layer 4 MSRPC Class Map and Policy Map

SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. class-map type inspect match-any class-map-name
4. match protocol protocol-name
5. exit
6. policy-map type inspect policy-map-name
7. class type inspect class-map-name
8. inspect
9. end
DETAILED STEPS

Router> enable

Example:
Step 3 class-map type inspect match-any class-map-name Creates an inspect type class map for the traffic class and
enters QoS class-map configuration mode.
Example:
Router(config)# class-map type inspect match-any
msrpc-cmap

266
Configuring a Zone Pair and Attaching an MSRPC Policy Map

Step 4 match protocol protocol-name Configures the match criteria for a class map on the basis
of a specified protocol.
Example:
Router(config-cmap)# match protocol msrpc • Only Cisco IOS XE stateful packet
inspection-supported protocols can be used as match
criteria in inspect type class maps.
Step 5 exit Exits QoS class-map configuration mode and enters global
configuration mode.
Example:
Router(config-cmap)# exit
Step 6 policy-map type inspect policy-map-name Creates a Layer 3 or Layer 4 inspect type policy map and
enters QoS policy-map configuration mode.
Example:
Router(config)# policy-map type inspect msrpc-pmap
Step 7 class type inspect class-map-name Specifies the traffic (class) on which an action is to be
performed and enters QoS policy-map class configuration
Example:
mode.
Router(config-pmap)# class type inspect
msrpc-class-map
Step 8 inspect Enables Cisco IOS XE stateful packet inspection.

Example:
Router(config-pmap-c)# inspect
Step 9 end Exits QoS policy-map class configuration mode and enters
Example:
Router(config-pmap-c)# end

SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. zone security security-zone-name
4. exit
5. zone security security-zone-name
6. exit
7. zone-pair security zone-pair-name [source source-zone destination [destination-zone]]
8. service-policy type inspect policy-map-name

267
9. end
DETAILED STEPS

Router> enable

Example:
Rotuer# configure terminal
Step 3 zone security security-zone-name Creates a security zone to which interfaces can be assigned
and enters security zone configuration mode.
Example:
Router(config)# zone security in-zone
Step 4 exit Exits security zone configuration mode and enters global
configuration mode.
Example:
Router(config-sec-zone)# exit
Step 5 zone security security-zone-name Creates a security zone to which interfaces can be assigned
Example:
Router(config)# zone security out-zone
Step 6 exit Exits security zone configuration mode and enters global
configuration mode.
Example:
Step 7 zone-pair security zone-pair-name [source source-zone Creates a zone pair and enters security zone pair
destination [destination-zone]] configuration mode.
Example: Note To apply a policy, you must configure a zone
Router(config)# zone-pair security in-out source pair.
in-zone destination out-zone
Step 8 service-policy type inspect policy-map-name Attaches a firewall policy map to the destination zone pair.
Example: Note If a policy is not configured between a pair of
Router(config-sec-zone-pair)# service-policy type zones, traffic is dropped by default.
inspect msrpc-pmap

268
Enabling vTCP Support for MSRPC ALG

Step 9 end Exits security zone pair configuration mode and enters
Example:
Router(config-sec-zone-pair)# end
Enabling vTCP Support for MSRPC ALG

SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. alg vtcp service msrpc
4. exit
5. set platform hardware qfp active feature alg msrpc tolerance on
DETAILED STEPS

Router> enable

Example:
Step 3 alg vtcp service msrpc Enables vTCP functionality for MSRPC ALG.
Example: Note By default, MSRPC ALG supports vTCP.
Rotuer(config)# alg vtcp service msrpc

EXEC mode.
Example:
Rotuer(config)# exit
Step 5 set platform hardware qfp active feature alg msrpc Enables MSRPC unknown message tolerance.
tolerance on
Note By default, the tolerance is switched off.
Example:
Rotuer# set platform hardware qfp active feature
alg msrpc tolerance on

269
Disabling vTCP Support for MSRPC ALG
Disabling vTCP Support for MSRPC ALG

SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. no alg vtcp service msrpc
4. end
DETAILED STEPS

Router> enable

Example:
Step 3 no alg vtcp service msrpc Disables vTCP functionality for MSRPC ALG.
Example:
Rotuer(config)# no alg vtcp service msrpc

EXEC mode.
Example:
Rotuer(config)# end
Configuration Examples for MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall

and NAT
Example: Configuring a Layer 4 MSRPC Class Map and Policy Map

Router(config)# class-map type inspect match-any msrpc-cmap
Router(config-cmap)# match protocol msrpc
Router(config)# policy-map type inspect msrpc-pmap
Router(config-pmap)# class type inspect msrpc-cmap

270
Example: Configuring a Zone Pair and Attaching an MSRPC Policy Map
Router(config-pmap-c)# end
Example: Configuring a Zone Pair and Attaching an MSRPC Policy Map

Router(config)# zone security in-zone
Router(config)# zone security out-zone
Router(config)# zone-pair security in-out source in-zone destination out-zone
Router(config-sec-zone-pair)# service-policy type inspect msrpc-pmap
Router(config-sec-zone-pair)# end
Example: Enabling vTCP Support for MSRPC ALG

Router(config)# alg vtcp service msrpc
Router(config)# end
Example: Disabling vTCP Support for MSRPC ALG

Router(config)# no alg vtcp service msrpc
Router(config)# end

271
Feature Information for MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT
Feature Information for MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and

NAT
Table 21: Feature Information for MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT
MSRPC ALG Support for Firewall Cisco IOS XE Release 3.5S The MSRPC ALG Support for
and NAT Firewall and NAT feature provides
support for the MSRPC ALG on
the firewall and NAT. The MSRPC
ALG provides deep packet
inspection of the MSRPC protocol.
The MSRPC ALG works in
conjunction with a provisioning
system to allow the network
administrator to configure match
filters that define match criteria that
can be searched in an MSRPC
packet.
The following commands were
introduced or modified: ip nat
service msrpc, match protocol
msrpc.
MSRPC ALG Inspection Cisco IOS XE Release 3.14S The MSRPC ALG Inspection
Improvements for Zone-based Improvements for Zone-based
Firewall and NAT Firewall and NAT feature supports
Virtual Transport Control Protocol
(vTCP) functionality which
provides a framework for various
ALG protocols to appropriately
handle the TCP segmentation and
parse the segments in the Cisco
firewall, Network Address
Translation (NAT) and other
applications.
The following command was
introduced: alg vtcp service
msrpc.

272
CHAPTER 21
Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT
The Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT feature adds support for the Sun Microsystems
remote-procedure call (RPC) application-level gateway (ALG) on the firewall and Network Address Translation
(NAT). Sun RPC is an application layer protocol that enables client programs to call functions in a remote
server program. This module describes how to configure the Sun RPC ALG.
• Restrictions for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT, on page 273
• Information About Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT, on page 273
• How to Configure Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT, on page 274
• Configuration Examples for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT, on page 282
• Additional References for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT, on page 284
• Feature Information for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT, on page 285
Restrictions for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT
• If you configure the inspect action for Layer 4 or Layer 7 class maps, packets that match the Port Mapper
Protocol well-known port (111) pass through the firewall without the Layer 7 inspection. Without the
Layer 7 inspection, firewall pinholes are not open for traffic flow, and the Sun remote-procedure call
(RPC) is blocked by the firewall. As a workaround, configure the match program-number command
for Sun RPC program numbers.
• Only Port Mapper Protocol Version 2 is supported; none of the other versions are supported.
• Only RPC Version 2 is supported.
Information About Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT

273
Sun RPC
Sun RPC
The Sun remote-procedure call (RPC) application-level gateway (ALG) performs a deep packet inspection
of the Sun RPC protocol. The Sun RPC ALG works with a provisioning system that allows network
administrators to configure match filters. Each match filter define a match criterion that is searched in a Sun
RPC packet, thereby permitting only packets that match the criterion.
In an RPC, a client program calls procedures in a server program. The RPC library packages the procedure
arguments into a network message and sends the message to the server. The server, in turn, uses the RPC
library and takes the procedure arguments from the network message and calls the specified server procedure.
When the server procedure returns to the RPC, return values are packaged into a network message and sent
back to the client.
For a detailed description of the Sun RPC protocol, see RFC 1057, RPC: Remote Procedure Call Protocol
Specification Version 2.
Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls

You can configure the Sun RPC ALG by using the zone-based firewall that is created by using policies and
class maps. A Layer 7 class map allows network administrators to configure match filters. The filters specify
the program numbers to be searched for in Sun RPC packets. The Sun RPC Layer 7 policy map is configured
as a child policy of the Layer 4 policy map with the service-policy command.
When you configure a Sun RPC Layer 4 class map without configuring a Layer 7 firewall policy, the traffic
returned by the Sun RPC passes through the firewall, but sessions are not inspected at Layer 7. Because
sessions are not inspected, the subsequent RPC call is blocked by the firewall. Configuring a Sun RPC Layer
4 class map and a Layer 7 policy allows Layer 7 inspection. You can configure an empty Layer 7 firewall
policy, that is, a policy without any match filters.
Sun RPC ALG Support for NAT

By default, the Sun RPC ALG is automatically enabled when Network Address Translation (NAT) is enabled.
You can use the no ip nat service alg command to disable the Sun RPC ALG on NAT.
How to Configure Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT
For Sun RPC to work when the firewall and NAT are enabled, the ALG must inspect Sun RPC packets. The
ALG also handles Sun RPC-specific issues such as establishing dynamic firewall sessions and fixing the
packet content after NAT translation.

274
Configuring the Firewall for the Sun RPC ALG
Configuring the Firewall for the Sun RPC ALG

You must configure a Layer 7 Sun remote-procedure call (RPC) policy map if you have configured the inspect
action for the Sun RPC protocol (that is, if you have specified the match protocol sunrpc command in a
Layer 4 class map).
We recommend that you do not configure both security zones and inspect rules on the same interface because
this configuration may not work.
Perform the following tasks to configure a firewall for the Sun RPC ALG:
Configuring a Layer 4 Class Map for a Firewall Policy

Perform this task to configure a Layer 4 class map for classifying network traffic. When you specify the
match-all keyword with the class-map type inspect command, the Sun RPC traffic matches all Sun
remote-procedure call (RPC) Layer 7 filters (specified as program numbers) in the class map. When you
specify the match-any keyword with the class-map type inspect , the Sun RPC traffic must match at least
one of the Sun RPC Layer 7 filters (specified as program numbers) in the class map.
To configure a Layer 4 class map, use the class-map type inspect {match-any | match-all} classm-map-name
command.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. class-map type inspect {match-any | match-all} class-map-name
5. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 class-map type inspect {match-any | match-all} Creates a Layer 4 inspect type class map and enters QoS
class-map-name class-map configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config)# class-map type inspect match-any
sunrpc-l4-cmap
Step 4 match protocol protocol-name Configures a match criterion for a class map on the basis
of the specified protocol.
Example:
Device(config-cmap)# match protocol sunrpc

275

Step 5 end Exits QoS class-map configuration mode and enters
Example:
Device(config-cmap)# end

Perform this task to configure a Layer 7 class map for classifying network traffic. This configuration enables
programs such as mount (100005) and Network File System (NFS) (100003) that use Sun RPC. 100005 and
100003 are Sun RPC program numbers. By default, the Sun RPC ALG blocks all programs.
For more information about Sun RPC programs and program numbers, see RFC 1057, RPC: Remote Procedure
Call Protocol Specification Version 2.
Use the class-map type inspect protocol-name command to configure a Layer 7 class map.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. class-map type inspect protocol-name {match-any | match-all} class-map-name
4. match program-number program-number
5. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 class-map type inspect protocol-name {match-any | Creates a Layer 7 (application-specific) inspect type class
match-all} class-map-name map and enters QoS class-map configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config)# class-map type inspect sunrpc
match-any sunrpc-l7-cmap
Step 4 match program-number program-number Specifies the allowed RPC protocol program number as a
match criterion.
Example:
Device(config-cmap)# match program-number 100005
Step 5 end Exits QoS class-map configuration mode and enters

Example:

276
Configuring a Sun RPC Firewall Policy Map

Configuring a Sun RPC Firewall Policy Map

Perform this task to configure a Sun remote-procedure call (RPC) firewall policy map. Use a policy map to
allow packet transfer for each Sun RPC Layer 7 class that is defined in a class map for a Layer 7 firewall
policy.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. policy-map type inspect protocol-name policy-map-name
4. class type inspect protocol-name class-map-name
5. allow
6. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 policy-map type inspect protocol-name Creates a Layer 7 (protocol-specific) inspect type policy
policy-map-name map and enters QoS policy-map configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config)# policy-map type inspect sunrpc
sunrpc-l7-pmap
Step 4 class type inspect protocol-name class-map-name Specifies the traffic class on which an action is to be
performed and enters QoS policy-map class configuration
Example:
mode.
Device(config-pmap)# class type inspect sunrpc
sunrpc-l7-cmap
Step 5 allow Allows packet transfer.

Example:
Device(config-pmap-c)# allow
Step 6 end Exits QoS policy-map class configuration mode and returns
Example:
Device(config-pmap-c)# end

277
Attaching a Layer 7 Policy Map to a Layer 4 Policy Map
Attaching a Layer 7 Policy Map to a Layer 4 Policy Map
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
4. class {class-map-name | class-default}
5. inspect [parameter-map-name]
6. service-policy protocol-name policy-map-name
7. exit
8. class class-default
9. drop
10. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 policy-map type inspect policy-map-name Creates a Layer 4 inspect type policy map and enters QoS
policy-map configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config)# policy-map type inspect
sunrpc-l4-pmap
Step 4 class {class-map-name | class-default} Associates (class) on which an action is to be performed

and enters QoS policy-map class configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config-pmap)# class sunrpc-l4-cmap
Step 5 inspect [parameter-map-name] Enables stateful packet inspection.

Example:
Device(config-pmap-c)# inspect
Step 6 service-policy protocol-name policy-map-name Attaches the Layer 7 policy map to a top-level Layer 4
policy map.
Example:
Device(config-pmap-c)# service-policy sunrpc
sunrpc-l7-pmap
Step 7 exit Exits QoS policy-map class configuration mode and returns
to QoS policy-map configuration mode.
Example:

278
Creating Security Zones and Zone Pairs and Attaching a Policy Map to a Zone Pair

Device(config-pmap-c)# exit
Step 8 class class-default Specifies the default class (commonly known as the
class-default class) before you configure its policy and
Example:
enters QoS policy-map class configuration mode.
Device(config-pmap)# class class-default
Step 9 drop Configures a traffic class to discard packets belonging to

a specific class.
Example:
Device(config-pmap-c)# drop
Step 10 end Exits QoS policy-map class configuration mode and returns
Example:
You need two security zones to create a zone pair. However, you can create only one security zone and the
second one can be the system-defined security zone. To create the system-defined security zone or self zone,
configure the zone-pair security command with the self keyword.
Note If you select a self zone, you cannot configure the inspect action.
In this task, you will do the following:

• Create security zones.
• Define zone pairs.
• Assign interfaces to security zones.
• Attach a policy map to a zone pair.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. zone security {zone-name | default}
4. exit
6. exit
7. zone-pair security zone-pair-name source source-zone-name destination destination-zone-name
9. exit
11. ip address ip-address mask [secondary [vrf vrf-name]]
12. zone-member security zone-name

279
13. exit
15. ip address ip-address mask [secondary [vrf vrf-name]]
17. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 zone security {zone-name | default} Creates a security zone and enters security zone
configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config)# zone security z-client • Your configuration must have two security zones to
create a zone pair: a source zone and a destination
zone.
• In a zone pair, you can use the default zone or self
zone as either the source or destination zone.
Step 4 exit Exits security zone configuration mode and returns to

global configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config-sec-zone)# exit
Step 5 zone security {zone-name | default} Creates a security zone and enters security zone
configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config)# zone security z-server • Your configuration must have two security zones to
create a zone pair: a source zone and a destination
zone.
• In a zone pair, you can use the default zone as either
the source or destination zone.

Example:
Step 7 zone-pair security zone-pair-name source Creates a zone pair and enters security zone-pair
source-zone-name destination destination-zone-name configuration mode.
Example:

280

Device(config)# zone-pair security clt2srv source
z-client destination z-server
Step 8 service-policy type inspect policy-map-name Attaches a firewall policy map to a zone pair.
Example:
Device(config-sec-zone-pair)# service-policy type
inspect sunrpc-l4-pmap
Step 9 exit Exits security zone-pair configuration mode and returns

to global configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config-sec-zone-pair)# exit
configuration mode.
Example:
Step 11 ip address ip-address mask [secondary [vrf vrf-name]] Sets a primary or secondary IP address for an interface.
Example:
255.255.255.0
Step 12 zone-member security zone-name Attaches an interface to a security zone.

Example:
Device(config-if)# zone-member security z-client

configuration mode.
Example:
configuration mode.
Example:
Step 15 ip address ip-address mask [secondary [vrf vrf-name]] Sets a primary or secondary IP address for an interface.
Example:
255.255.255.0
Step 16 zone-member security zone-name Attaches an interface to a security zone.

Example:
Device(config-if)# zone-member security z-server

EXEC mode.
Example:

281
Configuration Examples for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT
Configuration Examples for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewall

and NAT
Example: Configuring a Layer 4 Class Map for a Firewall Policy
Device(config)# class-map type inspect match-any sunrpc-l4-cmap
Device(config-cmap)# match protocol sunrpc
Example: Configuring a Layer 7 Class Map for a Firewall Policy

Device(config)# class-map type inspect sunrpc match-any sunrpc-l7-cmap
Device(config-cmap)# match program-number 100005
Example: Configuring a Sun RPC Firewall Policy Map

Device(config)# policy-map type inspect sunrpc sunrpc-l7-pmap
Device(config-pmap)# class type inspect sunrpc sunrpc-l7-cmap
Device(config-pmap-c)# allow
Example: Attaching a Layer 7 Policy Map to a Layer 4 Policy Map

Device(config)# policy-map type inspect sunrpcl4-pmap
Device(config-pmap)# class sunrpcl4-cmap
Device(config-pmap-c)# service-policy sunrpc sunrpc-l7-pmap
Device(config-pmap)# class class-default
Device(config-pmap-c)# drop
Example: Creating Security Zones and Zone Pairs and Attaching a Policy Map
to a Zone Pair
Device(config)# zone security z-client

282
Example: Configuring the Firewall for the Sun RPC ALG
Device(config)# zone security z-server

Device(config)# zone-pair security clt2srv source z-client destination z-server
Device(config-sec-zone-pair)# service-policy type inspect sunrpc-l4-pmap
Device(config-if)# zone-member security z-client
Device(config-if)# zone-member security z-server
Example: Configuring the Firewall for the Sun RPC ALG

The following is a sample firewall configuration for the Sun remote-procedure call (RPC) application-level
gateway (ALG) support:
class-map type inspect sunrpc match-any sunrpc-l7-cmap

match program-number 100005
!
class-map type inspect match-any sunrpc-l4-cmap
match protocol sunrpc
!
!
policy-map type inspect sunrpc sunrpc-l7-pmap
class type inspect sunrpc sunrpc-l7-cmap
allow
!
!
policy-map type inspect sunrpc-l4-pmap
class type inspect sunrpc-l4-cmap
inspect
service-policy sunrpc sunrpc-l7-pmap
!
class class-default
drop
!
!
zone security z-client
!
zone security z-server
!
zone-pair security clt2srv source z-client destination z-server
service-policy type inspect sunrpc-l4-pmap
!
ip address 192.168.10.1 255.255.255.0
zone-member security z-client
!
ip address 192.168.23.1 255.255.255.0
zone-member security z-server
!

283
Additional References for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewall and NAT
Additional References for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewall

and NAT
Related Documents
IP Addressing commands IP Addressing Services Command Reference
Security commands • Security Command Reference: Commands A to C

• Security Command Reference: Commands D to L
• Security Command Reference: Commands M to R
• Security Command Reference: Commands S to Z
Standards and RFCs
Standard/RFC Title
RFC 1057 RPC: Remote Procedure Call Protocol Specification Version

2
Description Link


284
Feature Information for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT
Feature Information for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and
NAT
Table 22: Feature Information for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT
Sun RPC ALG Support for Cisco IOS XE Release The Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and
Firewalls and NAT 3.2S NAT feature adds support for the Sun RPC ALG
on the firewall and NAT.
The following command was introduced or
modified: match protocol.

285
Feature Information for Sun RPC ALG Support for Firewalls and NAT

286
CHAPTER 22
vTCP for ALG Support
Virtual Transport Control Protocol (vTCP) functionality provides a framework for various Application Layer
Gateway (ALG) protocols to appropriately handle the Transport Control Protocol (TCP) segmentation and
parse the segments in the Cisco firewall, Network Address Translation (NAT) and other applications.
• Prerequisites for vTCP for ALG Support, on page 287
• Restrictions for vTCP for ALG Support, on page 287
• Information About vTCP for ALG Support, on page 288
• How to Configure vTCP for ALG Support, on page 288
• Configuration Examples for vTCP for ALG Support, on page 292
• Additional References for vTCP for ALG Support, on page 293
Prerequisites for vTCP for ALG Support

Your system must be running Cisco IOS XE Release 3.1 or a later Cisco IOS XE software release. The latest
version of NAT or firewall ALG should be configured.
Restrictions for vTCP for ALG Support

• To aid ALG payload parsing, vTCP supports reassembly of TCP segments. In order to protect system
resources, the amount of memory that vTCP can consume for reassembly is restricted to 8K for FTP,
H323, LDAP, NETBIOS, PPTP, SCCP, SUNRPC, and TFTP. Connections will be reset once the limits
are reached.
• vTCP does not support the high availability functionality. High availability mainly relies on the firewall
or Network Address Translation (NAT) to synchronize the session information to the standby forwarding
engine.
• vTCP does not support asymmetric routing. vTCP validates and assembles packet segments based on
their sequence number. If packet segments that belong to the same Layer 7 message go through different
devices, vTCP will not record the proper state or do an assembly of these segments.

287
Information About vTCP for ALG Support
Information About vTCP for ALG Support

Overview of vTCP for ALG Support
When a Layer 7 protocol uses TCP for transportation, the TCP payload can be segmented due to various
reasons, such as application design, maximum segment size (MSS), TCP window size, and so on. The
application-level gateways (ALGs) that the firewall and NAT support do not have the capability to recognize
TCP fragments for packet inspection. vTCP is a general framework that ALGs use to understand TCP segments
and to parse the TCP payload.
vTCP helps applications like NAT and Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) that require the entire TCP payload
to rewrite the embedded data. The firewall uses vTCP to help ALGs support data splitting between packets.
When you configure firewall or NAT ALGs, the vTCP functionality is activated.
vTCP currently supports Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) and DNS ALGs.
TCP Acknowledgment and Reliable Transmission

Because vTCP resides between two TCP hosts, a buffer space is required to store TCP segments temporarily,
before they are sent to other hosts. vTCP ensures that data transmission occurs properly between hosts. vTCP
sends a TCP acknowledgment (ACK) to the sending host if vTCP requires more data for data transmission.
vTCP also keeps track of the ACKs sent by the receiving host from the beginning of the TCP flow to closely
monitor the acknowledged data.
vTCP reassembles TCP segments. The IP header and the TCP header information of the incoming segments
are saved in the vTCP buffer for reliable transmission.
vTCP can make minor changes in the length of outgoing segments for NAT-enabled applications. vTCP can
either squeeze the additional length of data to the last segment or create a new segment to carry the extra data.
The IP header or the TCP header content of the newly created segment is derived from the original incoming
segment. The total length of the IP header and the TCP header sequence numbers are adjusted accordingly.
vTCP with NAT and Firewall ALGs

ALG is a subcomponent of NAT and the firewall. Both NAT and the firewall have a framework to dynamically
couple their ALGs. When the firewall performs a Layer 7 inspection or NAT performs a Layer 7 fix-up, the
parser function registered by the ALGs is called and ALGs take over the packet inspection. vTCP mediates
between NAT and the firewall and the ALGs that use these applications. In other words, packets are first
processed by vTCP and then passed on to ALGs. vTCP reassembles the TCP segments in both directions
within a TCP connection.
How to Configure vTCP for ALG Support

The RTSP, DNS, NAT, and the firewall configurations enable vTCP functionality by default. Therefore no
new configuration is required to enable vTCP functionality.

288
Enabling RTSP to Activate vTCP

Perform this task to enable RTSP packet inspection.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
5. exit
8. inspect
10. exit
11. exit
12. zone security zone-name1
13. exit
14. zone security zone-name2
15. exit
16. zone-pair security zone-pair-name source source-zone-name destination destination-zone-name
18. exit
20. zone-member security zone-name1
21. exit
24. end
DETAILED STEPS

Router> enable

Example:
Step 3 class-map type inspect match-any class-map-name Creates an inspect type class map and enters class-map
configuration mode.
Example:

289
Router(config)# class-map type inspect match-any

rtsp_class1
Step 4 match protocol protocol-name Configures the match criteria for a class map on the basis
of the named protocol.
Example:
• Use DNS in place of RTSP to configure DNS as the
Router(config-cmap)# match protocol rtsp match protocol.
Step 5 exit Returns to global configuration mode.

Example:
Step 6 policy-map type inspect policy-map-name Creates an inspect type policy map and enters policy-map
configuration mode.
Example:
Router(config)# policy-map type inspect

rtsp_policy
Step 7 class type inspect class-map-name Specifies the class on which the action is performed and
enters policy-map-class configuration mode.
Example:
Router(config-pmap)# class type inspect

rtsp_class1
Step 8 inspect Enables stateful packet inspection.

Example:
Step 9 class class-default Specifies that these policy map settings apply to the
predefined default class. If traffic does not match any of
Example:
the match criteria in the configured class maps, it is
directed to the predefined default class.
Router(config-pmap-c)# class class-default
Step 10 exit Returns to policy-map configuration mode.

Example:
Router(config-pmap-c)# exit

Example:
Router(config-pmap)# exit
Step 12 zone security zone-name1 Creates a security zone to which interfaces can be assigned
and enters security-zone configuration mode.
Example:

290
Router(config)# zone security private

Example:
Step 14 zone security zone-name2 Creates a security zone to which interfaces can be assigned
and enters security-zone configuration mode.
Example:
Router(config)# zone security public

Example:
Step 16 zone-pair security zone-pair-name source Creates a pair of security zones and enters
source-zone-name destination destination-zone-name security-zone-pair configuration mode.
Example: • To apply a policy, you must configure a zone pair.
Router(config)# zone-pair security pair-two source

private destination public
Example: • If a policy is not configured between a pair of zones,
traffic is dropped by default.
Router(config-sec-zone-pair)# service-policy
rtsp_policy

Example:
Router(config-sec-zone-pair)# exit
Step 19 interface type number Specifies an interface for configuration.

Example: • Enters interface configuration mode.
Router(config)# GigabitEthernet0/1/0
Step 20 zone-member security zone-name1 Assigns an interface to a specified security zone.

Example: • When you make an interface a member of a security
zone, all traffic into and out of that interface (except
Router(config-if)# zone-member security private traffic bound for the router or initiated by the router)
is dropped by default. To let traffic through the
interface, you must make the zone part of a zone pair
to which you apply a policy. If the policy permits
traffic, traffic can flow through that interface.

291
Troubleshooting Tips

Example:
Step 22 interface type number Specifies an interface for configuration.

Example: • Enters interface configuration mode.
Router(config)# GigabitEthernet0/1/0
Step 23 zone-member security zone-name Assigns an interface to a specified security zone.

Example: • When you make an interface a member of a security
zone, all traffic into and out of that interface (except
Router(config-if)# zone-member security public traffic bound for the router or initiated by the router)
is dropped by default. To let traffic through the
interface, you must make the zone part of a zone pair
to which you apply a policy. If the policy permits
traffic, traffic can flow through that interface.
Step 24 end Returns to privileged EXEC mode.

Example:
Router(config-if)# end
The following commands can be used to troubleshoot your RTSP-enabled configuration:
• clear zone-pair
• show policy-map type inspect zone-pair
• show zone-pair security
Configuration Examples for vTCP for ALG Support

Example RTSP Configuration
The following example shows how to configure the RTSP inspection:
class-map type inspect match-any rtsp_class1

match protocol rtsp
policy-map type inspect rtsp_policy
class type inspect rtsp_class1
inspect
class class-default
zone security private

292
Additional References for vTCP for ALG Support
zone security public

zone-pair security pair-two source private destination public
service-policy type inspect rtsp_policy
interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0
ip address 10.0.0.1 255.0.0.0
zone-member security private
!
ip address 10.0.1.1 255.0.0.0
zone-member security public

Related Documents
Cisco IOS firewall commands • Security Command Reference: Commands A to C

Cisco Firewall--SIP Enhancements: ALG Security Configuration Guide: Securing the Data Plane
Network Address Translation IP Addressing Services Configuration
Standards and RFCs
Standard/RFC Title
RFC 793 Transport Control Protocol
RFC 813 Window and Acknowledge Strategy in TCP
Description Link


293

294
CHAPTER 23
ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support
for Firewall and NAT
The ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT feature enhances the H.323
application-level gateway (ALG) to support a TCP segment that is not a single H.323 message. Virtual TCP
(vTCP) supports TCP segment reassembly. Prior to this introduction of the feature, the H.323 ALG processed
a TCP segment only if it was a complete H.323 message. If the TCP segment was more than one message,
the H.323 ALG ignored the TCP segment and the packet was passed without processing.
This module describes how to configure the ALG—H.323 vTCP with high availability (HA) support for
firewalls.
• Restrictions for ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT, on page 295
• Information About ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT, on page
296
• How to Configure ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT, on page
298
• Configuration Examples for ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT,
on page 300
• Additional References for ALG-H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT, on
page 301
• Feature Information for ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT, on
page 302
Restrictions for ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support

for Firewall and NAT
• When an incoming TCP segment is not a complete H.323 message, the H.323 ALG buffers the TCP
segment while waiting for the rest of the message. The buffered data is not synchronized to the standby
device for high availability (HA).
• The performance of the H.323 ALG may get impacted when vTCP starts to buffer data.

295
ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT
Information About ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT
Information About ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability

Support for Firewall and NAT
Basic H.323 ALG Support

H.323 is a recommendation published by the ITU-T defining a series of network elements and protocols for
multimedia transmission through packet-based networks. H.323 defines a number of network elements used
in multimedia transmission.
Although most H.323 implementations today utilize TCP as the transport mechanism for signaling, H.323
Version 2 enables basic UDP transport.
• H.323 Terminal—This element is an endpoint in the network, providing two-way communication with
another H.323 terminal or gateway.
• H.323 Gateway—This element provides protocol conversion between H.323 terminals and other terminals
that do not support H.323.
• H.323 Gatekeeper—This element provides services like address translation, network access control, and
bandwidth management and account for H.323 terminals and gateways.
The following core protocols are described by the H.323 specification:

• H.225—This protocol describes call signaling methods used between any two H.323 entities to establish
communication.
• H.225 Registration, Admission, and Status (RAS)—This protocol is used by the H.323 endpoint and
gateway for address resolution and admission control services.
• H.245—This protocol is used for exchanging the capabilities of multimedia communication and for the
opening and closing of logical channels for audio, video, and data.

296
In addition to the protocols listed, the H.323 specification describes the use of various IETF protocols like
the Real Time Transport (RTP) protocol and audio (G.711, G.729, and so on) and video (H.261, H.263, and
H.264) codecs.
NAT requires a variety of ALGs to handle Layer 7 protocol-specific services such as translating embedded
IP addresses and port numbers in the packet payload and extracting new connection/session information from
control channels. The H.323 ALG performs these specific services for H.323 messages.

When a Layer 7 protocol uses TCP for transportation, the TCP payload can be segmented due to various
reasons, such as application design, maximum segment size (MSS), TCP window size, and so on. The
application-level gateways (ALGs) that the firewall and NAT support do not have the capability to recognize
TCP fragments for packet inspection. vTCP is a general framework that ALGs use to understand TCP segments
and to parse the TCP payload.
vTCP helps applications like NAT and Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) that require the entire TCP payload
to rewrite the embedded data. The firewall uses vTCP to help ALGs support data splitting between packets.
When you configure firewall or NAT ALGs, the vTCP functionality is activated.
vTCP currently supports Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) and DNS ALGs.
TCP Acknowledgment and Reliable Transmission

Because vTCP resides between two TCP hosts, a buffer space is required to store TCP segments temporarily,
before they are sent to other hosts. vTCP ensures that data transmission occurs properly between hosts. vTCP
sends a TCP acknowledgment (ACK) to the sending host if vTCP requires more data for data transmission.
vTCP also keeps track of the ACKs sent by the receiving host from the beginning of the TCP flow to closely
monitor the acknowledged data.
vTCP reassembles TCP segments. The IP header and the TCP header information of the incoming segments
are saved in the vTCP buffer for reliable transmission.
vTCP can make minor changes in the length of outgoing segments for NAT-enabled applications. vTCP can
either squeeze the additional length of data to the last segment or create a new segment to carry the extra data.
The IP header or the TCP header content of the newly created segment is derived from the original incoming
segment. The total length of the IP header and the TCP header sequence numbers are adjusted accordingly.
vTCP with NAT and Firewall ALGs

ALG is a subcomponent of NAT and the firewall. Both NAT and the firewall have a framework to dynamically
couple their ALGs. When the firewall performs a Layer 7 inspection or NAT performs a Layer 7 fix-up, the
parser function registered by the ALGs is called and ALGs take over the packet inspection. vTCP mediates
between NAT and the firewall and the ALGs that use these applications. In other words, packets are first
processed by vTCP and then passed on to ALGs. vTCP reassembles the TCP segments in both directions
within a TCP connection.
Overview of ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support

The ALG-H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT feature enhances the H.323
application-level gateway (ALG) to support a TCP segment that is not a single H.323 message. After the
H.323 ALG is coupled with vTCP, the firewall and NAT interact with the H.323 ALG through vTCP. When

297
How to Configure ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT
vTCP starts to buffer data, the high availability (HA) function is impacted, because vTCP cannot synchronize
the buffered data to a standby device. If the switchover to the standby device happens when vTCP is buffering
data, the connection may be reset if the buffered data is not synchronized to the standby device. After the
buffered data is acknowledged by vTCP, the data is lost and the connection is reset. The firewall and NAT
synchronize the data for HA. vTCP only synchronizes the status of the current connection to the standby
device, and in case of errors, the connection is reset.
How to Configure ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability

Configuring ALG-H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for NAT
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
4. ip nat inside
5. exit
7. ip nat outside
8. exit
9. ip nat pool pool-name start-ip end-ip prefix-length prefix-length
10. ip nat inside source list pool pool-name
12. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
mode.
Example:

298
Configuring ALG-H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for NAT

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
mode.
Example:
network.
Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 9 ip nat pool pool-name start-ip end-ip prefix-length Defines a pool of IP addresses for NAT.
prefix-length
Example:
Step 10 ip nat inside source list pool pool-name Enables NAT of the inside source address.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list pool
pool1
Step 11 access-list access-list-number permit source Defines a standard IP access list and permits access to
[source-wildcard] packets if conditions are matched.
Example:
255.255.255.0

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end
Example

299
Configuration Examples for ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT

Outside interfaces:
Inside interfaces:
Hits: 0 Misses: 25
Dynamic mappings:
-- Inside Source
[Id: 1] access-list 1 pool pool1 refcount 2
pool pool1: netmask 255.255.255.0
start 10.1.1.10 end 10.1.1.100
nat-limit statistics:
max entry: max allowed 0, used 0, missed 0

--- 10.1.1.10 10.2.1.2 --- ---
udp 10.1.1.10:75 10.2.1.2:75 10.1.1.1:69 10.1.1.1:69
Configuration Examples for ALG—H.323 vTCP with High

Availability Support for Firewall and NAT
Example: Configuring ALG-H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for NAT
Device(config)# ip nat pool pool1 10.1.1.10 10.1.1.100 prefix-length 24
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list pool pool1
Device(config)# end

300
Additional References for ALG-H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT
Additional References for ALG-H.323 vTCP with High Availability

Related Documents
Cisco IOS commands Master Commands List, All Releases
Firewall commands • Security Command Reference: Commands A to C

Description Link


301
Feature Information for ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT
Feature Information for ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability

Table 23: Feature Information for ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability Support for Firewall and NAT
ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Cisco IOS XE The ALG—H.323 vTCP with High Availability
Availability Support for Firewall Release 3.7S Support for Firewall and NAT feature enhances the
and NAT H.323 ALG to support a TCP segment that is not a
single H.323 message. vTCP supports segment
reassembly. Prior to the introduction of this feature,
the H.323 ALG processed a TCP segment only if it
was a complete H.323 message. If the TCP segment
was more than one message, the H.323 ALG ignored
the TCP segment and the packet was passed without
processing.

302
CHAPTER 24
SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall
The SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall feature provides better memory management and RFC
compliance over the existing Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) application-level gateway (ALG) support for
Network Address Translation (NAT) and firewall. This feature provides the following enhancements:
• Management of the local database for all SIP Layer 7 data
• Processing of the Via header
• Support for logging additional SIP methods
• Support for Provisional Response Acknowledgment (PRACK) call flow
• Support for the Record-Route header
The above enhancements are available by default; no additional configuration is required on NAT or firewall.
This module explains the SIP ALG enhancements and describes how to enable NAT and firewall support for
SIP.
• Restrictions for SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall, on page 303
• Information About SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall, on page 304
• How to Configure SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall, on page 306
• Configuration Examples for SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall, on page 310
• Additional References for SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall, on page 311
• Feature Information for SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall, on page 312
Restrictions for SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall

• Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) application-level gateway (ALG) does not provide any security features.
• SIP ALG manages the local database based on call IDs. There might be a corner case involving two calls
coming from two different clients with the same call ID, resulting in call ID duplication.

303
Information About SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall
Information About SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall

SIP Overview
Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) is an application-layer control (signaling) protocol for creating, modifying,
and terminating sessions with one or more participants. These sessions could include Internet telephone calls,
multimedia distribution, and multimedia conferences. SIP is based on an HTTP-like request/response transaction
model. Each transaction consists of a request that invokes a particular method or function on the server and
at least one response.
SIP invitations that are used to create sessions carry session descriptions that allow participants to agree on a
set of compatible media types. SIP makes use of elements called proxy servers to help route requests to users'
current locations, authenticate and authorize users for services, implement provider call-routing policies, and
provide features to users. SIP also provides a registration function that allows users to upload their current
locations for use by proxy servers. SIP runs on top of several different transport protocols.
SIP ALG Local Database Management

A Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) trunk is a direct connection of an IP PBX to a service provider over an IP
network using SIP. There can be numerous concurrent calls in a SIP trunk. During the call setup process, all
calls use the same control channel for call establishment. More than one call uses the same control channel
for call setup. When the same control channel is used by more than one call, the stateful information stored
in the control-channel sessions becomes unreliable. SIP stateful information consists of media channel
information such as the IP address and port number used by client and server endpoints to send media data.
The media channel information is used to create a firewall pinhole and a Network Address Translation (NAT)
door for the data channel in firewall and NAT, respectively. Because multiple calls use the same control
channel for call setup, there will be multiple sets of media data.
In a SIP trunk, more than one call shares the same firewall and NAT session. NAT and firewall identify and
manage a SIP session by using the 5 tuple in a SIP packet—source address, destination address, source port,

304
SIP ALG Via Header Support
destination port, and protocol. The conventional method of using the 5 tuple to identify and match calls does
not completely support SIP trunking and often leads to Layer 7 data memory leaks and call matching issues.
In contrast to other application-level gateways (ALGs), SIP ALG manages the SIP Layer 7 data by using a
local database to store all media-related information contained in normal SIP calls and in SIP calls embedded
in a SIP trunk. SIP ALG uses the Call-ID header field contained in a SIP message to search the local database
for call matching and to manage and terminate calls. The Call-ID header field is a dialog identifier that identifies
messages belonging to the same SIP dialog.
SIP ALG uses the call ID to perform search in the local database and to manage memory resources. In certain
scenarios where SIP ALG is unable to free up a Layer 7 data record from the database, a session timer is used
to manage and free resources to ensure that there are no stalled call records in the database.
Note Because all Layer 7 data is managed by SIP ALG by using a local database, SIP ALG never replies on
firewall and NAT to free SIP Layer 7 data; SIP ALG frees the data by itself. If you use the clear command
to clear all NAT translations and firewall sessions, the SIP Layer 7 data in the local database is not freed.
SIP ALG Via Header Support

A Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) INVITE request contains a Via header field. The Via header field indicates
the transport paths taken by a SIP request. The Via header also contains information about the return path for
subsequent SIP responses, which includes the IP address and the port to which the response message is to be
sent.
SIP ALG creates a firewall pinhole or a Network Address Translation (NAT) door based on the first value in
the Via header field for each SIP request received, except the acknowledge (ACK) message. If the port number
information is missing from the first Via header, the port number is assumed to be 5060.
SIP ALG Method Logging Support

The SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall feature provides support for detailed logging of the following
methods in Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) application-level gateway (ALG) statistics:
• PUBLISH
• OPTIONS
• 1XX (excluding 100,180,183)
• 2XX (excluding 200)
The existing SIP methods that are logged in SIP ALG statistics include ACK, BYE, CANCEL, INFO, INVITE,
MESSAGE, NOTIFY, REFER, REGISTER, SUBSCRIBE, and 1XX-6XX.
SIP ALG PRACK Call-Flow Support

Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) defines two types of responses: final and provisional. Final responses convey
the result of processing a request and are sent reliably. Provisional responses, on the other hand, provide
information about the progress of processing a request but are not sent reliably.

305
SIP ALG Record-Route Header Support
Provisional Response Acknowledgement (PRACK) is a SIP method that provides an acknowledgment (ACK)
system for provisional responses. PRACK allows reliable exchanges of SIP provisional responses between
SIP endpoints. SIP reliable provisional responses ensure that media information is exchanged and resource
reservation can occur before connecting the call.
SIP uses the connection, media, and attribute fields of the Session Description Protocol (SDP) during connection
negotiation. SIP application-level gateway (ALG) supports SDP information within a PRACK message. If
media information exists in a PRACK message, SIP ALG retrieves and processes the media information. SIP
ALG also handles the creation of media channels for subsequent media streams. SIP ALG creates a firewall
pinhole and a NAT door based on the SDP information in PRACK messages.
SIP ALG Record-Route Header Support

The Record-Route header field is added by a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) proxy to a SIP request to force
future requests in a SIP dialog to be routed through the proxy. Messages sent within a dialog then traverse all
SIP proxies, which add a Record-Route header field to the SIP request. The Record-Route header field contains
a globally reachable Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) that identifies the proxy.
SIP application-level gateway (ALG) parses the Contact header and uses the IP address and the port value in
the Contact header to create a firewall pinhole and a Network Address Translation (NAT) door. In addition,
SIP ALG supports the parsing of the Record-Route header to create a firewall pinhole and a NAT door for
future messages that are routed through proxies.
How to Configure SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall

Enabling NAT for SIP Support
NAT support for SIP is enabled by default on port 5060. If this feature has been disabled, perform this task
to re-enable NAT support for SIP. To disable the NAT support for SIP, use the no ip nat service sip command.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat service sip {tcp | udp} port port-number
4. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:

306
Enabling SIP Inspection

Step 3 ip nat service sip {tcp | udp} port port-number Enables NAT support for SIP.
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat service sip tcp port 5060
Step 4 end Exist global configuration mode and returns to privileged

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end
Enabling SIP Inspection

SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
5. exit
8. inspect
9. exit
11. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 class-map type inspect match-any class-map-name Creates an inspect type class map and enters class-map
configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config)# class-map type inspect match-any
sip-class1
Step 4 match protocol protocol-name Configures the match criterion for a class map based on
the named protocol.
Example:
Device(config-cmap)# match protocol sip

307
Configuring a Zone Pair and Attaching a SIP Policy Map

Step 5 exit Exits class-map configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config-cmap)# exit
Step 6 policy-map type inspect policy-map-name Creates an inspect type policy map and enters policy-map
configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config)# policy-map type inspect sip-policy
Step 7 class type inspect class-map-name Specifies the class on which the action is performed and
enters policy-map class configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config-pmap)# class type inspect sip-class1
Step 8 inspect Enables stateful packet inspection.

Example:
Step 9 exit Exits policy-map class configuration mode and returns to

policy-map configuration mode.
Example:
Step 10 class class-default Specifies that these policy map settings apply to the
predefined default class.
Example:
Device(config-pmap)# class class-default • If traffic does not match any of the match criteria in
the configured class maps, it is directed to the
predefined default class.
Step 11 end Exits policy-map configuration mode and returns to

Example:
Device(config-pmap)# end

SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
4. exit
6. exit
7. zone-pair security zone-pair-name [source {source-zone-name | self | default} destination
[destination-zone-name | self | default]]

308
9. exit
12. exit
15. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 zone security {zone-name | default} Creates a security zone to which interfaces can be assigned
Example:
Device(config)# zone security zone1

Example:
Step 5 zone security {zone-name | default} Creates a security zone to which interfaces can be assigned
Example:
Device(config)# zone security zone2

Example:
Step 7 zone-pair security zone-pair-name [source Creates a zone pair and returns to security zone-pair
{source-zone-name | self | default} destination configuration mode.
[destination-zone-name | self | default]]
Note To apply a policy, you must configure a zone
Example: pair.
Device(config)# zone-pair security in-out source
zone1 destination zone2
Example: Note If a policy is not configured between a pair of
Device(config-sec-zone-pair)# service-policy type zones, traffic is dropped by default.
inspect sip-policy

309
Configuration Examples for SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall

Step 9 exit Exits security zone-pair configuration mode and returns
to global configuration mode.
Example:
mode.
Example:

Example: Note When you make an interface a member of a
Device(config-if)# zone-member security zone1 security zone, all traffic in and out of that
interface (except traffic bound for the device or
initiated by the device) is dropped by default.
To let traffic through the interface, you must
make the zone part of a zone pair to which you
apply a policy. If the policy permits traffic,
traffic can flow through that interface.

configuration mode.
Example:
mode.
Example:

Example:
Device(config-if)# zone-member security zone2

EXEC mode.
Example:
Configuration Examples for SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and

Firewall
Example: Enabling NAT for SIP Support
Device> enable

310
Example: Enabling SIP Inspection
Device(config)# ip nat service sip tcp port 5060

Device(config)# end
Example: Enabling SIP Inspection

class-map type inspect match-any sip-class1
match protocol sip
!
policy-map type inspect sip-policy
class type inspect sip-class1
inspect
!
class class-default
Example: Configuring a Zone Pair and Attaching a SIP Policy Map

zone security zone1
!
zone security zone2
!
zone-pair security in-out source zone1 destination zone2
service-policy type inspect sip-policy
!
zone security zone1
!
zone security zone2
Additional References for SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and

Firewall
Related Documents
NAT configuration IP Addressing: NAT Configuration Guide
Firewall configuration Security Configuration Guide: Zone-Based Policy Firewall
Firewall commands • Cisco IOS Security Command Reference: Commands A to C

• Cisco IOS Security Command Reference: Commands D to L
• Cisco IOS Security Command Reference: Commands M to R
• Cisco IOS Security Command Reference: Commands S to Z

311
Feature Information for SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall
Standards and RFCs
Standard/RFC Title
RFC 3261 SIP: Session Initiation Protocol
Description Link

Feature Information for SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall
Table 24: Feature Information for SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Firewall
SIP ALG Hardening for NAT and Cisco IOS XE Release 3.8S The SIP ALG Hardening for NAT
Firewall and Firewall feature provides better
memory management and RFC
compliance over the existing SIP
ALG support for NAT and firewall.

312
CHAPTER 25
SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks
The SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks feature provides protection against Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)
application layer gateway (ALG) denial of service (DoS) attacks. This feature supports a configurable lock
limit, a dynamic blacklist, and configurable timers to prevent DoS attacks.
This module explains the feature and how to configure DoS prevention for the SIP application layer gateway
(ALG). Network Address Translation and zone-based policy firewalls support this feature.
• Information About SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks, on page 313
• How to Configure SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks, on page 315
• Configuration Examples for SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks, on page 319
• Additional References for SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks, on page 319

Information About SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks

SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks Overview
The SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks feature provides protection against denial of service (DoS) attacks
to the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) application layer gateway (ALG). This feature supports a configurable
lock limit, a dynamic blacklist, and configurable timers to prevent DoS attacks. This feature is supported by
Network Address Translation (NAT) and zone-based policy firewalls.
SIP is an application-level signaling protocol for setting up, modifying, and terminating real-time sessions
between participants over an IP data network. These sessions could include Internet telephone calls, multimedia
distribution, and multimedia conferences. SIP DoS attacks are a major threat to networks.

313
SIP ALG Dynamic Blacklist
The following are types of SIP DoS attacks:

• SIP register flooding: A registration flood occurs when many VoIP devices try to simultaneously register
to a network. If the volume of registration messages exceeds the device capability, some messages are
lost. These devices then attempt to register again, adding more congestion. Because of the network
congestion, users may be unable to access the network for some time.
• SIP INVITE flooding: An INVITE flood occurs when many INVITE messages are sent to servers that
cannot support all these messages. If the attack rate is very high, the memory of the server is exhausted.
• SIP broken authentication and session attack: This attack occurs when an attacker presumes the identity
of a valid user, using digest authentication. When the authentication server tries to verify the identity of
the attacker, the verification is ignored and the attacker starts a new request with another session identity.
These attacks consume the memory of the server.
SIP ALG Dynamic Blacklist

One of the common methods of denial of service (DoS) attacks involves saturating the target network with
external communication requests making the network unable to respond to legitimate traffic. To solve this
issue, the SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks feature uses configurable blocked lists. A blocked list is a list
of entities that are denied a particular privilege, service, or access. Dynamic blacklists are disabled by default.
When requests to a destination address exceed a predefined trigger criteria in the configured blocked list, the
Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) application layer gateway (ALG) will drop these packets.
The following abnormal SIP session patterns are monitored by dynamic blocked lists:
• In the configured period of time if a source sends multiple requests to a destination and receives non-2xx
(as per RFC 3261, any response with a status code between 200 and 299 is a "2xx response") final
responses from the destination.
• In the configured period of time if a source sends multiple requests to a destination and does not receive
any response from the destination.
SIP ALG Lock Limit

Both Network Address Translation (NAT) and the firewall use the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) application
layer gateway (ALG) to parse SIP messages and create sessions through tokens. To maintain session states,
the SIP ALG uses a per call data structure and Layer 7 data to store call-related information that is allocated
when a session is initiated and freed when a session is released. If the SIP ALG does not receive a message
that indicates that the call has ended, network resources are held for the call.
Because Layer 7 data is shared between threads, a lock is required to access the data. During denial of service
(DoS) and distributed DoS attacks, many threads wait to get the same lock, resulting in heavy CPU usage,
which makes the system unstable. To prevent the system from becoming unstable, a limit is added to restrict
the number of threads that can wait for a lock. SIP sessions are established by request/response mode. When
there are too many concurrent SIP messages for one SIP call, packets that exceed the lock limit are dropped.
SIP ALG Timers

To exhaust resources on Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) servers, some denial of service (DoS) attacks do
not indicate the end of SIP calls. To prevent these types of DoS attacks, a protection timer is added.
The SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks feature uses the following timers:
• Call-duration timer that controls the maximum length of an answered SIP call.

314
How to Configure SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks
• Call-proceeding timer that controls the maximum length of an unanswered SIP call.
When the configured maximum time is reached, the SIP application layer gateway (ALG) releases resources
for this call, and future messages related to this call may not be properly parsed by the SIP ALG.
How to Configure SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks

Configuring SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks
You can configure the prevention of denial of service (DoS) parameters for the Session Initiation Protocol
(SIP) application layer gateway (ALG) that is used by Network Address Translation (NAT) and the zone-based
policy firewall.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. alg sip processor session max-backlog concurrent-processor-usage
4. alg sip processor global max-backlog concurrent-processor-usage
5. alg sip blacklist trigger-period trigger-period trigger-size minimum-events destination ip-address
6. alg sip blacklist trigger-period trigger-period trigger-size minimum-events block-time block-time
[destination ip-address]
7. alg sip timer call-proceeding-timeout time
8. alg sip timer max-call-duration seconds
9. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 alg sip processor session max-backlog Sets a per session limit for the number of backlog messages
concurrent-processor-usage waiting for shared resources.
Example:
Device(config)# alg sip processor session
max-backlog 5
Step 4 alg sip processor global max-backlog Sets the maximum number of backlog messages waiting
concurrent-processor-usage for shared resources for all SIP sessions.
Example:

315
Verifying SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks

Device(config)# alg sip processor global
max-backlog 5
Step 5 alg sip blacklist trigger-period trigger-period Configures dynamic SIP ALG blacklist criteria for the
trigger-size minimum-events destination ip-address specified destination IP address.
Example:
Device(config)# alg sip blacklist trigger-period
90 trigger-size 30 destination 10.1.1.1
Step 6 alg sip blacklist trigger-period trigger-period Configures the time period, in seconds, when packets from
trigger-size minimum-events block-time block-time a source are blocked if the configured limit is exceeded.
[destination ip-address]
Example:
Device(config)# alg sip blacklist trigger-period
90 trigger-size 30 block-time 30
Step 7 alg sip timer call-proceeding-timeout time Sets the maximum time interval, in seconds, to end SIP
calls that do not receive a response.
Example:
Device(config)# alg sip timer
call-proceeding-timeout 35
Step 8 alg sip timer max-call-duration seconds Sets the maximum call duration, in seconds, for a successful
SIP call.
Example:
Device(config)# alg sip timer max-call-duration 90

EXEC mode.
Example:
Device(config)# end

Use the following commands to troubleshoot the feature.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
2. show alg sip
3. show platform hardware qfp {active | standby} feature alg statistics sip
4. show platform hardware qfp {active | standby} feature alg statistics sip dbl
5. show platform hardware qfp {active | standby} feature alg statistics sip dblcfg
6. show platform hardware qfp {active | standby} feature alg statistics sip processor
7. show platform hardware qfp {active | standby} feature alg statistics sip timer
8. debug alg {all | info | trace | warn}

316
DETAILED STEPS
Step 1 enable
Example:
Device> enable
Enables privileged EXEC mode.

Step 2 show alg sip

Displays all Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) application layer gateway (ALG) information.
Example:
Device# show alg sip
sip timer configuration

Type Seconds
max-call-duration 380
call-proceeding-timeout 620
sip processor configuration

Type Backlog number
session 14
global 189
sip blacklist configuration

dst-addr trig-period(ms) trig-size block-time(sec)
10.0.0.0 60 30 2000
10.1.1.1 20 30 30
192.0.2.115 1000 5 30
198.51.100.34 20 30 388
Step 3 show platform hardware qfp {active | standby} feature alg statistics sip
Displays SIP ALG-specific statistics information in the Cisco Quantum Flow Processor (QFP).
Example:
Device# show platform hardware qfp active feature alg statistics sip
Events
...
Cr dbl entry: 10 Del dbl entry: 10
Cr dbl cfg entry: 8 Del dbl cfg entry: 4
start dbl trig tmr: 10 restart dbl trig tmr: 1014
stop dbl trig tmr: 10 dbl trig timeout: 1014
start dbl blk tmr: 0 restart dbl blk tmr: 0
stop dbl blk tmr: 0 dbl blk tmr timeout: 0
start dbl idle tmr: 10 restart dbl idle tmr: 361
stop dbl idle tmr: 1 dbl idle tmr timeout: 9
DoS Errors
Dbl Retmem Failed: 0 Dbl Malloc Failed: 0
DblCfg Retm Failed: 0 DblCfg Malloc Failed: 0
Session wlock ovflw: 0 Global wlock ovflw: 0
Blacklisted: 561
Step 4 show platform hardware qfp {active | standby} feature alg statistics sip dbl

317
Displays brief information about all SIP blocked list data.

Example:
Device# show platform hardware qfp active feature alg statistics sip dbl
SIP dbl pool used chunk entries number: 1
entry_id src_addr dst_addr remaining_time(sec)

a4a051e0a4a1ebd 10.74.30.189 10.74.5.30 25
Step 5 show platform hardware qfp {active | standby} feature alg statistics sip dblcfg
Displays all SIP blocked list settings.
Example:
Device# show platform hardware qfp active feature alg statistics sip dblcfg
SIP dbl cfg pool used chunk entries number: 4

dst_addr trig_period(ms) trig_size block_time(sec)
10.1.1.1 20 30 30
10.74.5.30 1000 5 30
192.0.2.2 60 30 2000
198.51.100.115 20 30 388
Step 6 show platform hardware qfp {active | standby} feature alg statistics sip processor
Displays SIP processor settings.
Example:
Device# show platform hardware qfp active feature alg statistics sip processor
Session: 14 Global: 189
Current global wlock count: 0
Step 7 show platform hardware qfp {active | standby} feature alg statistics sip timer
Displays SIP timer settings.
Example:
Device# show platform hardware qfp active feature alg statistics sip timer
call-proceeding: 620 call-duration: 380
Step 8 debug alg {all | info | trace | warn}

Example:
Device# debug alg warn
Enables the logging of ALG warning messages.

318
Configuration Examples for SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks
Configuration Examples for SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks

Example: Configuring SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks
Device(config)# alg sip processor session max-backlog 5
Device(config)# alg sip processor global max-backlog 5
Device(config)# alg sip blacklist trigger-period 90 trigger-size 30 destination 10.1.1.1
Device(config)# alg sip blacklist trigger-period 90 trigger-size 30 block-time 30
Device(config)# alg sip timer call-proceeding-timeout 35
Device(config)# alg sip timer max-call-duration 90
Device(config)# end
Additional References for SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks

Related Documents
Firewall commands • Cisco IOS Security Command Reference: Commands

A to C
• Cisco IOS Security Command Reference: Commands
D to L
M to R
S to Z
NAT commands IP Addressing Services Command References
Standards and RFCs
Standard/RFC Title
RFC 4028 Session Timers in the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)

319
Additional References for SIP ALG Resilience to DoS Attacks
MIBs
MB
I MIBs Link
To locate and download MIBs for selected platforms, Cisco IOS releases, and feature sets, use Cisco
MIB Locator found at the following URL:
http://www.cisco.com/go/mibs
Description Link
ID and password.

320
CHAPTER 26
Match-in-VRF Support for NAT
The Match-in-VRF Support for NAT feature supports Network Address Translation (NAT) of packets that
communicate between two hosts within the same VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. In intra-VPN
NAT, both the local and global address spaces for end hosts are isolated to their respective VPNs, and as a
result, the translated addresses for the hosts overlap each other. The Match-in-VRF Support for NAT feature
helps separate the address space for translated addresses among VPNs.
• Restrictions for Match-in-VRF Support for NAT, on page 321
• Information About Match-in-VRF Support for NAT, on page 321
• How to Configure Match-in-VRF Support for NAT, on page 323
• Configuration Examples for Match-in-VRF Support for NAT, on page 327
• Additional References for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP, on page 327
• Feature Information for Match-in-VRF Support for NAT, on page 328
Restrictions for Match-in-VRF Support for NAT

• The Match-in-VRF Support for NAT feature is not supported on interface overload configuration.
• The match-in-vrf keyword for intra-VPN NAT is not supported with CGN.
Information About Match-in-VRF Support for NAT

In Cisco IOS XE Release 3.5S and later releases, the Match-in-VRF Support for NAT feature supports NAT
of packets that communicate between two hosts within the same VPN.
The VRF-aware NAT enables communication between hosts in the private address space in different VPN
routing and forwarding (VRF) instances and common servers in the Internet or the global domain. Because
IP addresses of the inside hosts overlap with each other, the VRF-aware NAT facilitates communication
between these hosts by converting overlapped inside IP addresses into globally unique addresses. The
Match-in-VRF Support for NAT feature extends VRF-aware NAT by supporting intra-VPN NAT capability.
In the intra-VPN NAT, both the local and global address spaces for end hosts are isolated to their respective
VPNs, and as a result translated addresses for hosts overlap each other. To separate the address space for
translated addresses among VPNs, configure the match-in-vrf keyword in the NAT mapping (ip nat inside

321
source command) configuration. Both static and dynamic NAT configurations support the match-in-vrf
keyword.
Note All NAT commands that support VRF support the match-in-vrf keyword. Because NAT outside rules
(ip nat outside source command) support the match-in-VRF functionality by default, the match-in-vrf
keyword is not supported by NAT outside rules.
In VRF-aware NAT, the IP alias and Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) entries for inside global addresses
are configured in the global domain. For intra-VPN NAT, the IP alias and ARP entries for inside global
addresses are configured in the VRF through which the translation happens. In intra-VPN NAT, configuration
of the match-in-vrf keyword implies that at least one NAT outside interface is configured in the same VRF.
The ARP entry in that VRF replies to the ARP request from the outside host.
If inside addresses are configured, the match-in-VRF is determined through inside mappings during the address
translation of VRF traffic. If you have configured only outside mapping of IP addresses for address translations,
the match-in-VRF will work. When a translation entry is created with both inside and outside mappings, the
match-in-vrf keyword is determined by the inside mapping.
The Match-in-VRF Support for NAT feature supports the configuration of multiple dynamic mappings with
the same IP address pool.
The following table provides you information about VRF support for NAT:
NAT Inside Interface NAT Outside Interface
Global Global IPv4 (non-MPLS)
MPLS IP VRF
Note You must use the match-in-vrf keyword
in the configuration to indicate that
communication is occurring within the
VRF.
VRF VRF
Note Both VRFs must be in the same inside
interface for this configuration to work.
VRF MPLS
Note You must use the match-in-vrf keyword
in the configuration to indicate that
communication is occurring within the
VRF.
VRF Global IPv4 (non-MPLS)

322
How to Configure Match-in-VRF Support for NAT
How to Configure Match-in-VRF Support for NAT

Configuring Static NAT with Match-in-VRF
Perform the following task to configure a static NAT translation and to enable NAT inside and outside traffic
in the same VRF.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat inside source static local-ip global-ip [vrf vrf-name [match-in-vrf]]
6. ip nat inside
7. ip vrf forwarding vrf-name
8. exit
11. ip nat outside
13. end
DETAILED STEPS

Router> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat inside source static local-ip global-ip [vrf Establishes static translation between an inside local
vrf-name [match-in-vrf]] address and an inside global address.
Example: • The match-in-vrf keyword enables NAT inside and
Router(config)# ip nat inside source static outside traffic in the same VRF.
10.10.10.1 172.16.131.1 vrf vrf1 match-in-vrf
mode.
Example:
Router(config)# interface gigabitethernet 0/0/1

323
Configuring Dynamic NAT with Match-in-VRF

Example:
Router(config-if)# ip address 10.114.11.39
255.255.255.0

Example:
Router(config-if)# ip nat inside
Step 7 ip vrf forwarding vrf-name Associates a VRF with an interface or subinterface.

Example:
Router(config-if)# ip vrf forwarding vrf1

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 9 interface type number Specifies a different interface and enters interface
configuration mode.
Example:

Example:
255.255.255.240

Example: Note NAT outside rules support the match-in-VRF
Router(config-if)# ip nat outside functionality by default.

Example:

EXEC mode.
Example:

Perform the following task to configure a dynamic NAT translation with the same address pool and to enable
NAT inside and outside traffic in the same VRF.

324
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat inside source list access-list-number pool pool-name [vrf vrf-name [match-in-vrf]]
5. ip nat inside source list access-list-number pool pool-name vrf vrf-name [match-in-vrf]
8. ip nat inside
10. exit
13. ip nat outside
15. end
DETAILED STEPS

Router> enable

Example:
Step 3 ip nat inside source list access-list-number pool Enables multiple dynamic mappings to be configured with
pool-name [vrf vrf-name [match-in-vrf]] the same address pool.
Example: • The match-in-vrf keyword enables NAT inside and
Router(config)# ip nat inside source list 1 pool outside traffic in the same VRF.
shared-pool vrf vrf1 match-in-vrf
Example:
Router(config)# access-list 1 permit 192.168.34.0
0.0.0.255
Step 5 ip nat inside source list access-list-number pool Establishes dynamic source translation, specifying the
pool-name vrf vrf-name [match-in-vrf] access list defined in the previous step.
Example:
shared-pool vrf vpn1

325

mode.
Example:

Example:
255.255.255.240

Example:

Example:
Router(config-if)# ip vrf forwarding vpn1

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 11 interface type number Specifies a different interface and enters interface
configuration mode.
Example:

Example:
255.255.255.240

Example: Note NAT outside rules support the match-in-VRF
Router(config-if)# ip nat outside functionality by default.

Example:
Step 15 end Exits interface configuration mode and returns to global

configuration mode.
Example:

326
Configuration Examples for Match-in-VRF Support for NAT
Configuration Examples for Match-in-VRF Support for NAT

Example: Configuring Static NAT with Match-in-VRF
The following example shows how to configure a static NAT translation between the local IP address
10.10.10.1 and the global IP address 172.16.131.1. The match-in-vrf keyword enables NAT inside
and outside traffic in the same VRF.
Router(config)# ip nat inside source static 10.10.10.1 172.16.131.1 vrf vrf1 match-in-vrf
Router(config-if)# ip address 10.114.11.39 255.255.255.0
Router(config-if)# ip nat outside
Example: Configuring Dynamic NAT with Match-in-VRF

The following example shows how to configure dynamic NAT mappings with the same address pool.
The match-in-vrf keyword enables NAT inside and outside traffic in the same VRF.
Router(config)# ip nat inside source list 1 pool shared-pool vrf vrf1 match-in-vrf
Router(config)# access-list 1 permit 192.168.34.0 0.0.0.255
Router(config)# ip nat inside source list 1 pool shared-pool vrf vpn1

Related Documents

327
Feature Information for Match-in-VRF Support for NAT
command mode, command history, usage
guidelines, and examples
IP Access List Sequence Numbering IP Access List Sequence Numbering document
NAT configuration tasks “Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation” module
NAT maintenance “Monitoring and Maintaining NAT” module
Using NAT with MPLS VPNs “Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs” module
Standards and RFCs
Standard/RFC Title
RFC 903 Reverse Address Resolution Protocol
RFC 826 Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol: Or converting network protocol addresses to 48.bit
Ethernet address for transmission on Ethernet hardware
RFC 1027 Using ARP to implement transparent subnet gateways
Description Link

Feature Information for Match-in-VRF Support for NAT

Table 25: Feature Information for Match-in-VRF Support for NAT
Match-in-VRF Support for NAT Cisco IOS XE Release 3.5S The Match-in-VRF Support for
NAT feature supports the NAT
translation of packets that
communicate between two hosts
within the same VPN.

328
CHAPTER 27
IP Multicast Dynamic NAT
The IP Multicast Dynamic Network Address Translation (NAT) feature supports the source address translation
of multicast packets. You can use source address translation when you want to connect to the Internet, but
not all your hosts have globally unique IP addresses. NAT translates the internal local addresses to globally
unique IP addresses before sending packets to the outside network. The IP multicast dynamic translation
establishes a one-to-one mapping between an inside local address and one of the addresses from the pool of
outside global addresses.
• Restrictions for IP Multicast Dynamic NAT, on page 329
• Information About IP Multicast Dynamic NAT, on page 330
• How to Configure IP Multicast Dynamic NAT, on page 332
• Configuration Examples for IP Multicast Dynamic NAT, on page 334
• Additional References, on page 335
• Feature Information for IP Multicast Dynamic NAT, on page 336
Restrictions for IP Multicast Dynamic NAT

The IP Multicast Dynamic NAT feature does not support:
• IPv4-to-IPv6 address translation.
• Multicast destination address translation.
• Port Address Translation (PAT) overloading for multicast.
• Source and destination address translation.
• Unicast-to-multicast address translation.
Note To configure multicast ACL for a NAT inside interface, ensure that you configure the ACL to allow IP
addresses before and after NAT translation. If you do not configure the ACL to permit IP addresses after
NAT translation, the MFIB table does not contain (S,G) entry and this can cause issues in certain
deployments.

329
Information About IP Multicast Dynamic NAT
Information About IP Multicast Dynamic NAT

How NAT Works
A device that is configured with NAT has at least one interface to the inside network and one to the outside
network. In a typical environment, NAT is configured at the exit device between a stub domain and the
backbone. When a packet exits the domain, NAT translates the locally significant source address into a globally
unique address. When a packet enters the domain, NAT translates the globally unique destination address
into a local address. If more than one exit point exists, each NAT must have the same translation table. If
NAT cannot allocate an address because it has run out of addresses, it drops the packet. Then, NAT sends an
Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) host unreachable packet to the destination.
Uses of NAT
NAT can be used for the following applications:
• When you want to connect to the Internet, but not all of your hosts have globally unique IP addresses.
NAT enables private IP internetworks that use nonregistered IP addresses to connect to the Internet. NAT
is configured on the router at the border of a stub domain (referred to as the inside network) and a public
network such as the Internet (referred to as the outside network). NAT translates internal local addresses
to globally unique IP addresses before sending packets to the outside network. As a solution to the
connectivity problem, NAT is practical only when relatively few hosts in a stub domain communicate
outside of the domain at the same time. When this is the case, only a small subset of the IP addresses in
the domain must be translated into globally unique IP addresses when outside communication is necessary,
and these addresses can be reused when they are no longer in use.
• When you must change your internal addresses. Instead of changing the internal addresses, which can
be a considerable amount of work, you can translate them by using NAT.
• When you want to do basic load sharing of TCP traffic. You can map a single global IP address to many
local IP addresses by using the TCP load distribution feature.

The term inside in a Network Address Translation (NAT) context refers to networks owned by an organization
that must be translated. When NAT is configured, hosts within this network have addresses in one space
(known as the local address space). These hosts appear to those users outside the network as being in another
space (known as the global address space).
Similarly, the term outside refers to those networks to which the stub network connects, and which are not
under the control of an organization. Also, hosts in outside networks can be subject to translation, and can
thus have local and global addresses. NAT uses the following definitions:
• Inside local address—An IP address that is assigned to a host on the inside network. The address that
the Network Information Center (NIC) or service provider assigns is probably not a legitimate IP address.
• Inside global address—A legitimate IP address assigned by the NIC or service provider that represents
one or more inside local IP addresses to the outside world.

330
Dynamic Translation of Addresses
• Outside local address—The IP address of an outside host as it appears to the inside network. Not
necessarily a legitimate address, it is allocated from the address space that is routable on the inside.
• Outside global address—The IP address that is assigned to a host on the outside network by the owner
of the host. The address is allocated from a globally routable address or network space.
NAT supports the following VRFs:
Table 26: VRF NAT Support
NAT Inside Interface NAT Outside Interface Condition
Global VRF (also referred to as a Global VRF (also referred to as a Normal

non-VRF interface) non-VRF interface)
VRF X Global VRF (also referred to as a When NAT is not configured for
non-VRF interface) Match-in-VRF support. For more
details, see the Match-in-VRF
Support for NAT chapter.
VRF X VRF X When both inside and outside

interfaces are in the same VRF, and
NAT is configured with
Match-in-VRF support.
This section describes the following topics:

• Inside Source Address Translation, on page 8
• Overloading of Inside Global Addresses, on page 10
Dynamic Translation of Addresses

Dynamic translation establishes a mapping between an inside local address and a pool of global addresses.
Dynamic translation is useful when multiple users on a private network access the Internet. The dynamically
configured pool IP address may be used as needed. It is released for use by other users when access to the
Internet is no longer required.
Note When inside global or outside local addresses belong to a directly connected subnet on a NAT router,
the router adds IP aliases for them. This action enables answer Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)
requests. However, a situation can arise where the router itself answers packets that are not destined for
it, possibly causing a security issue. This security issue can happen when an incoming Internet Control
Message Protocol (ICMP) or UDP packet that is destined for one of the aliased addresses does not have
a corresponding NAT translation in the NAT table. The router itself runs a corresponding service, for
example, the Network Time Protocol (NTP). Such a situation might cause minor security risks.

331
How to Configure IP Multicast Dynamic NAT
How to Configure IP Multicast Dynamic NAT

Configuring IP Multicast Dynamic NAT
Note IP multicast dynamic translation establishes a one-to-one mapping between an inside local address and
one of the addresses from the pool of outside global addresses
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
3. ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip {netmask netmask | prefix-length prefix-length} [type
{match-host | rotary}]
4. access-list access-list-number permit source-address wildcard-bits [any]
6. ip multicast-routing distributed
9. ip pim sparse-mode
10. ip nat inside
11. exit
14. ip pim sparse-mode
15. ip nat outside
16. end
DETAILED STEPS

Router> enable

Example:

332
Configuring IP Multicast Dynamic NAT

Step 3 ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip {netmask netmask Defines a pool of global addresses to be allocated as
| prefix-length prefix-length} [type {match-host | needed.
rotary}]
Example:
Router(config)# ip nat pool mypool 10.41.10.1
10.41.10.23 netmask 255.255.255.0
Step 4 access-list access-list-number permit source-address Defines a standard access list for the inside addresses that
wildcard-bits [any] are to be translated.
Example:
Router(config)# access-list 100 permit 10.3.2.0
0.0.0.255 any
Step 5 ip nat inside source list access-list-number pool name Establishes dynamic source translation, specifying the
access list defined in the prior step.
Example:
mypool
Step 6 ip multicast-routing distributed Enables Multicast Distributed Switching (MDS).

Example:
Router(config)# ip multicast-routing distributed
mode.
Example:
Example:
255.255.255.0
Step 9 ip pim sparse-mode Enables sparse mode operation of Protocol Independent

Multicast (PIM) on an interface.
Example:
Router(config-if)# ip pim sparse-mode
Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
mode.
Example:

333
Configuration Examples for IP Multicast Dynamic NAT

Example:
255.255.255.0
Step 14 ip pim sparse-mode Enables sparse mode operation of PIM on an interface.

Example:
network.
Example:

EXEC mode.
Example:
Configuration Examples for IP Multicast Dynamic NAT

Example: Configuring IP Multicast Dynamic NAT

Router(config)# ip nat pool mypool 10.41.10.1 10.41.10.23 netmask 255.255.255.0
Router(config)# access-list 100 permit 10.3.2.0 0.0.0.255 any
Router(config)# ip nat inside source list 100 pool mypool
Router(config)# ip multicast-routing distributed

334
Related Documents
Cisco IOS commands Cisco IOS Master Commands List, All Releases
NAT commands Cisco IOS IP Addressing Services Command

Reference
Configuring NAT for IP address conservation Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation
module
Standards and RFCs
Standard/RFC Title
None —
MIBs
MIB MIBs Link
None To locate and download MIBs for selected platforms, Cisco software releases, and feature sets, use
Cisco MIB Locator found at the following URL:
http://www.cisco.com/go/mibs
Description Link


335
Feature Information for IP Multicast Dynamic NAT
Feature Information for IP Multicast Dynamic NAT

Table 27: Feature Information for IP Multicast Dynamic NAT
IP Multicast Dynamic NAT Cisco IOS XE Release 3.4S The IP Multicast Dynamic Network
Address Translation feature
supports the source address
translation of multicast packets.
You can use source address
translation when you want to
connect to the Internet, but not all
your hosts have globally unique IP
addresses. NAT translates the
internal local addresses to globally
unique IP addresses before sending
packets to the outside network. The
IP multicast dynamic translation
establishes a one-to-one mapping
between an inside local address and
one of the addresses from the pool
of outside global addresses.

336
CHAPTER 28
PPTP Port Address Translation
The PPTP Port Address Translation feature supports the Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) application
layer gateway (ALG) for Port Address Translation (PAT) configuration. PAT configuration requires the PPTP
ALG to parse PPTP packets. The PPTP ALG is enabled by default when Network Address Translation (NAT)
is configured.
This module provides information about how to configure the PPTP ALG for PAT.
• Restrictions for PPTP Port Address Translation, on page 337
• Information About PPTP Port Address Translation, on page 337
• How to Configure PPTP Port Address Translation, on page 338
• Configuration Examples for PPTP Port Address Translation, on page 340
• Additional References for PPTP Port Address Translation, on page 340
• Feature Information for PPTP Port Address Translation, on page 341
Restrictions for PPTP Port Address Translation

• The Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) application layer gateway (ALG) does not support virtual
TCP (vTCP) and TCP segments.
• The PPTP ALG will not work in Carrier Grade Network Address Translation (NAT) mode, when the
NAT client and server use the same call ID.
Information About PPTP Port Address Translation

PPTP ALG Support Overview
The Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) is a network protocol that enables the secure transfer of data
from a remote client to an enterprise server by creating a VPN across TCP/IP-based data networks. PPTP
encapsulates PPP packets into IP datagrams for transmission over the Internet or other public TCP/IP-based
networks.
PPTP establishes a tunnel for each communicating PPTP network server (PNS)-PPTP Access Concentrator
(PAC) pair. After the tunnel is set up, PPP packets are exchanged using enhanced generic routing encapsulation
(GRE). A call ID present in the GRE header indicates the session to which a particular PPP packet belongs.

337
How to Configure PPTP Port Address Translation
Network Address Translation (NAT) translates only the IP address and the port number of a PPTP message.
Static and dynamic NAT configurations work with PPTP without the requirement of the PPTP application
layer gateway (ALG). However, Port Address Translation (PAT) configuration requires the PPTP ALG to
parse the PPTP header and facilitate the translation of call IDs in PPTP control packets. NAT then parses the
GRE header and translates call IDs for PPTP data sessions. The PPTP ALG does not translate any embedded
IP address in the PPTP payload. The PPTP ALG is enabled by default when NAT is configured.
NAT recognizes PPTP packets that arrive on the default TCP port, 1723, and invokes the PPTP ALG to parse
control packets. NAT translates the call ID parsed by the PPTP ALG by assigning a global address or port
number. Based on the client and server call IDs, NAT creates two doors based on the request of the PPTP
ALG. ( A door is created when there is insufficient information to create a complete NAT-session entry. A
door contains information about the source IP address and the destination IP address and port.) Two NAT
sessions are created (one with the server call ID and the other with the client call ID) for two-way data
communication between the client and server. NAT translates the GRE packet header for data packets that
complies with RFC 2673.
PPTP is a TCP-based protocol. Therefore, when NAT recognizes a TCP packet as a PPTP packet, it invokes
the PPTP ALG parse-callback function. The PPTP ALG fetches the embedded call ID from the PPTP header
and creates a translation token for the header. The PPTP ALG also creates data channels for related GRE
tunnels. After ALG parsing, NAT processes the tokens created by the ALG.
PPTP Default Timer

The default timer for PPTP is 24 hours. This means that a generic routing encapsulation (GRE) session will
live for 24 hours when deploying static and dynamic NAT. Based on your PPTP configuration and scaling
requirement, you adjust the PPTP default timer.
Some PPTP clients and servers send keepalive messages to keep GRE sessions alive. You can adjust the NAT
session timer for PPTP sessions by using the ip nat translation pptp-timeout command.
How to Configure PPTP Port Address Translation

Configuring PPTP ALG for Port Address Translation
The Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) application layer gateway (ALG) is enabled by default when
Network Address Translation (NAT) is configured. Use the no ip nat service pptp command to disable the
PPTP ALG. Use the ip nat service pptp command to reenable PPTP ALG translation of applications.
SUMMARY STEPS
1. enable
4. ip nat inside
5. exit
7. ip nat outside
8. exit

338
Configuring PPTP ALG for Port Address Translation
10. ip nat inside source list {access-list-number | access-list-name} pool name overload
11. ip access-list standard access-list-name
12. permit host-ip
13. end
DETAILED STEPS

Device> enable

Example:
Step 3 interface type number Enables an interface and enters interface configuration
mode.
Example:
subject to NAT.
Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 6 interface type number Enables an interface and enters interface configuration
mode.
Example:

Example:

configuration mode.
Example:
Step 9 ip nat pool name start-ip end-ip {netmask netmask | Defines a pool of IP addresses for NAT translations.
prefix-length prefix-length}
Example:
Device(config)# ip nat pool pptp-pool 192.168.0.1

339
Configuration Examples for PPTP Port Address Translation

Step 10 ip nat inside source list {access-list-number | Enables NAT of the inside source address.
access-list-name} pool name overload
• When overloading is configured, the TCP or UDP
Example: port number of each inside host distinguishes between
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list pptp-acl multiple conversations by using the same local IP
pool pptp-pool overload address.
Step 11 ip access-list standard access-list-name Defines a standard IP access list by name to enable packet
filtering and enters standard access-list configuration mode.
Example:
Device(config)# ip access-list standard pptp-acl
Step 12 permit host-ip Sets conditions in named IP access lists that permit packets.
Example:
Device(config-std-nacl)# permit 10.1.1.1
Step 13 end Exits standard access-list configuration mode and enters

Example:
Device(config-std-nacl)# end
Configuration Examples for PPTP Port Address Translation

Example: Configuring PPTP ALG for Port Address Translation
Device(config)# ip nat pool pptp-pool 192.168.0.1 192.168.0.234 prefix-length 24
Device(config)# ip nat inside source list pptp-acl pool pptp-pool overload
Device(config)# ip access-list standard pptp-acl
Device(config-std-nacl)# permit 10.1.1.1
Device(config-std-nacl)# end
Additional References for PPTP Port Address Translation

Related Documents

commands

340
Feature Information for PPTP Port Address Translation

Standards and RFCs
Standard/RFC Title
RFC 2637 Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)
Description Link
ID and password.

Table 28: Feature Information for PPTP Port Address Translation
PPTP Port Address Cisco IOS XE Release The PPTP Port Address Translation Support
Translation Support 3.9S feature introduces the Point-to-Point Tunneling
Protocol (PPTP) application layer gateway (ALG)
for Port Address Translation (PAT) configuration.
PAT configuration requires the PPTP ALG to
parse PPTP packets. The PPTP ALG is enabled
by default when Network Address Translation
(NAT) is configured.
modified: debug platform hardware qfp feature
alg datapath pptp, ip nat service pptp, show
platform hardware qfp feature alg statistics
pptp.

341

342
CHAPTER 29
NPTv6 Support
The NPTv6 feature supports IPv6-to-IPv6 Network Prefix Translation (NPTv6) which enables a router to
translate an IPv6 packet header to IPv6 packet header and vice versa. The IPv6-to-IPv6 Network Prefix
Translation (NPTv6) provides a mechanism to translate an inside IPv6 source address prefix to outside IPv6
source address prefix in IPv6 packet header and vice-versa. A router that implements an NPTv6 prefix
translation function is referred to as an NPTv6 Translator.
• Information About NPTv6 support, on page 343
• Configuring NPTv6 , on page 344
• Use Cases for NPTv6 support, on page 346
• Additional References for NPTv6 support, on page 347

Information About NPTv6 support

The IPv6-to-IPv6 Network Prefix Translation (NPTv6) serves as a useful mechanism for implementing address
independence in an IPv6 environment. A major benefit associated with NPTv6 is the fact that it avoids the
requirement for an NPTv6 Translator to rewrite the transport layer headers which reduces the load on network
devices. NPTv6 also does not interfere with encryption of the full IP payload.
The NPTv6 support allows for greater reliability as it provides support for load balancing and achieves the
translation without breaking the end-to-end reachability at the network layer.
The following sections provide details about NPTv6 support:

343
NPTv6 Support
Benefits of Using NPTv6 support
Benefits of Using NPTv6 support

The NPTv6 support allows you to redirect or forward packets from one network to another in an IPV6
environment. The NPTv6 support on is an algorithmic translation function which provides a 1:1 relationship
between the addresses within the inside and outside network. When NTPv6 is used, you can interconnect
different networks and support multihoming, load balancing, peer-to-peer networking. The NPTv6 does not
create any state in the date plane and hence can operate using minimal memory and also supports high
availability by default.
The NPTv6 supports prefix longer than 64 bits and also supports static IPv6 host to host translations. You
can configure IPv4 and IPv6 translations on the same interface using NPTv6 support and scaling is supported.
The NPTv6 feature also supports Packet tracing and conditional debugging.
Restrictions for NPTv6 support

• Firewall is not supported.
• High Speed Logging (HSL) and syslog is not supported..
IPv6 Prefix Format

The NPTv6 support uses IPv6 prefix format for translation. The first 48 bits of the Ipv6 address represents
the IPv6 prefix. The NPTv6 Translator is used to translate the address prefixes. The translation function first
ensures that the internal and external prefixes are of the same length and if not, extends the shorter of the two
with zeroes.
NPTv6 Translation Inside to Outside Network

In NPTv6 a datagram is allowed to pass through the NPTv6 Translator from an internal to an external network.
When the pass is from an internal to external network, the internal prefix is overwritten with the external
prefix and the header checksum is generated.
NPTv6 Translation Outside to Inside Network

In NPTv6, when a datagram passes from an external network to an internal network through an NPTv6
Translator, the external prefix is overwritten with the internal prefix and the header checksum is generated.
Configuring NPTv6
You can configure the inside and outside prefix for NPTv6 translation.
To configure NPTv6 support :
enable
configure terminal
nat66 inside

344
NPTv6 Support
Configuring NPTv6
nat66 outside
nat66 prefixinside 2002:AB01::/64outside 2002:AB02::/64
end
Verifying NPTv6 Configuration

Use the show nat66 prefix command to verify the stateless NAT66 prefix configuration:
Device# show nat66 prefix
Prefixes configured: 1
NAT66 Prefixes
Id: 1 Inside 2002:AB01::/64 Outside 2002:AB02::/64
Use the show nat66 statistics command to verify the NAT66 interface and global configuration:
Device# show nat66 statistics
NAT66 Statistics
Global Stats:
Packets translated (In -> Out)
: 7
Packets translated (Out -> In)
: 7
Use the show platform hardware qfp active feature nat66 datapath basecfg command to verify the global
stateless NPTv6 prefix in the data plane along with other base configuration information:
Device# show platform hardware qfp active feature nat66 datapath basecfg
nat66 cfg_flags 0x00000001, dbg_flags 0x00000000
nat66_prefix_hash_table_entries 2048, nat66_prefix_hash_table 0x89628400
prefix hasht 0x89628400 max 2048 chunk 0x8c392bb0 hash_salt 719885386
Use the show platform hardware qfp active feature nat66 datapath prefix command to verify the passed
interfaces stateless NPTv6 prefix configuration:
Device# show platform hardware qfp active feature nat66 datapath prefix
prefix hasht 0x89628400 max 2048 chunk 0x8c392bb0 hash_salt 719885386
NAT66 hash[1] id(1) len(64) vrf(0) in: 2002:ab01:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000 out:
2002:ab02:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000 in2out: 7 out2in: 7
Use the show platform hardware qfp active feature nat66 datapath statistics to verify the global NPTv6
statistics.
Device# show platform hardware qfp act feat nat66 data statistics
in2out xlated pkts 7
out2in xlated pkts 7
NAT66_DROP_SC_INVALID_PKT 0
NAT66_DROP_SC_BAD_DGLEN 0
NAT66_DROP_SC_PLU_FAIL 22786
NAT66_DROP_SC_PROCESS_V6_ERR 0
NAT66_DROP_SC_INVALID_EMBEDDED 0
NAT66_DROP_SC_SRC_RT 0
NAT66_DROP_SC_NOT_ENABLED 0
NAT66_DROP_SC_NO_GPM 0
NAT66_DROP_SC_LOOP 0
in2out_pkts 22768 out2in_pkts 22793
in2out_pkts_untrans 22761 out2in_pkts_untrans 22786
in2out_lookup_pass 7 out2in_lookup_pass 7
in2out_lookup_fail 0 out2in_lookup_fail 22786
mem_alloc_fail 0 prefix_fail 0
total prefix count 1

345
NPTv6 Support
You must make sure that the inside and outside interfaces are configured.
Use the following debug commands if you have any configuration issues:
• debug platform hardware qfp active feature nat66 datapath detailed- Provides detailed debugging
information about the data plane layer.
• debug platform hardware qfp active feature nat66 datapath all- Displays debugging information
about the data plane layer.
• debug platform condtion feature nat66 datapath submode detailed- Provides data plane layer
debugging information using buginf_cond. ACL filter can be supplied via the debug condition
infrastructure.
Use Cases for NPTv6 support

Single Inside and Outside Network
You can use an NPTv6 Translator to interconnect two network links, one which is an internal network linked
to a leaf network which is within a single administrative domain and the other which is external network with
connectivity to a global network like the Internet. All hosts on the internal network use addresses from a single
prefix which is routed locally. The addresses will be translated to and from the addresses in a globally routable
prefix when the IP datagrams transit the NPTv6 Translator. The lengths of these two prefixes will be functionally
the same and if the prefix lengths are different, the longer of the two prefixes limits the ability to use subnets
in the shorter prefix.
The figure below illustrates NPTv6 deployment having a single inside and outside network.
Figure 19: NPTv6 using Single Inside and Outside Network
Redundancy and Load Sharing

When more than one NPTv6 Translator is attached to a network, the NPTv6 Translators are configured with
the same internal and external prefixes. Since the translation is algorithmic, even though there are multiple
translators, they map only one external address to the internal address.
The figure below illustrates NPTv6 deployment in redundancy and load-sharing network.

346
NPTv6 Support
Additional References for NPTv6 support
Figure 20: NPTv6 in Redundancy and Loadsharing Network
Multihoming
In a multihomed network the NPTv6 Translators are attached to an internal network, but are connected to
different external networks. The NPTv6 Translators are configured with the same internal prefix but different
external prefixes. Since there are multiple translations, the NPTv6 Translator maps multiple external addresses
to the common internal address.
The figure below illustrates NPTv6 deployment in multihoming network.
Figure 21: NPTv6 in Multihoming Network

Related Documents
IP Addressing Services commands Cisco IOS IP Addressing Services Command Reference
Standards and RFCs
Standard/RFC Title
RFC 6296 IPv6-to-IPv6 Network Prefix Translation

347
NPTv6 Support
Description Link


348

Cisco Nat Xe 16 Book

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cisco Nat Xe 16 Book

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cisco Nat Xe 16 Book

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

IP Addressing: NAT Configuration Guide

CHAPTER 1 Read Me First 1

CHAPTER 2 Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation 3

Prerequisites for Configuring NAT for IP Address Conservation 3

IP Addressing: NAT Configuration Guide

Example: Setting a Global NAT Rate Limit 41

IP Addressing: NAT Configuration Guide

Example: Setting NAT Rate Limits for All VRF Instances 41

CHAPTER 3 Using Application-Level Gateways with NAT 45

Prerequisites for Using Application Level Gateways with NAT 45

IP Addressing: NAT Configuration Guide

CHAPTER 4 Carrier Grade Network Address Translation 61

Restrictions for Carrier Grade Network Address Translation 61

CHAPTER 5 Static NAT Mapping with HSRP 75

IP Addressing: NAT Configuration Guide

Feature Information for Static NAT Mapping with HSRP 82

CHAPTER 6 VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP 83

Prerequisites for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP 83

Example: Enabling HSRP for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT 88

Feature Information for VRF-Aware Dynamic NAT Mapping with HSRP 91

CHAPTER 7 Configuring Stateful Interchassis Redundancy 93

Prerequisites for Stateful Interchassis Redundancy 93

IP Addressing: NAT Configuration Guide

Example: Configuring NAT with Stateful Interchassis Redundancy 107

IP Addressing: NAT Configuration Guide

CHAPTER 10 Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs 137

IP Addressing: NAT Configuration Guide

Feature Information for Integrating NAT with MPLS VPNs 147

CHAPTER 11 Monitoring and Maintaining NAT 149

Prerequisites for Monitoring and Maintaining NAT 149

How to Monitor and Maintain NAT 151

CHAPTER 12 Enabling NAT High-Speed Logging per VRF 157

CHAPTER 13 Stateless Network Address Translation 64 163

Restrictions for Stateless Network Address Translation 64 163

Restrictions for Stateless Network Address Translation 64 164

Information About Stateless Network Address Translation 64 164

Fragmentation of IP Datagrams in IPv6 and IPv4 Networks 164

IP Addressing: NAT Configuration Guide

IPv4-Translatable IPv6 Address 164

How to Configure Stateless Network Address Translation 64 167

Configuring a Routing Network for Stateless NAT64 Communication 167

Example Configuring a Routing Network for Stateless NAT64 Translation 178

CHAPTER 14 Stateful Network Address Translation 64 181

Prerequisites for Configuring Stateful Network Address Translation 64 181

Restrictions for Configuring Stateful Network Address Translation 64 181

Information About Stateful Network Address Translation 64 182

Stateful Network Address Translation 64 182

Prefixes Format for Stateful Network Address Translation 64 183

Well Known Prefix 183

IP Addressing: NAT Configuration Guide

Configuring Static Stateful Network Address Translation 64 190

Configuring Dynamic Stateful Network Address Translation 64 192

Configuring Dynamic Port Address Translation Stateful NAT64 195

Example: Configuring Static Stateful Network Address Translation 64 199

Example: Configuring Dynamic Stateful Network Address Translation 64 200

Example: Configuring Dynamic Port Address Translation Stateful NAT64 200

Feature Information for Stateful Network Address Translation 64 204

CHAPTER 15 Stateful Network Address Translation 64 Interchassis Redundancy 207

IP Addressing: NAT Configuration Guide